The URL can be used to link to this page

Home My WebLink AboutSOUTHERN CALIFORNIA EDUCATION CORPORATIONINSURANCEONFILE , A-2023-069-08 WORK MAY PROCEED UNTIL INSURANCE EXPIRES CITY CLERK DATE: ll AGREEMENT FOR WORKFORCE TRAINING b G 0� �g0.vid Y3) CsxTHIS SUBAWARD AGREEMENT "A eement" ( gr ), made and entered into this 1st day of July, 2023, by and between the City of Santa Ana, a charter city and municipal corporation duly organized and existing under the Constitution and laws of the State of California ("CITY") and Southern California Education Corporation (DBA Southern California Institute of n Technology), a for -profit corporation identified by the assigned Data Universal Numbering System (DUNS) Number (782789333) ("CONTRACTOR"), RECITALS: A. CITY has been designated a Local Workforce Development Area (LWDA) under the Workforce Innovation and Opportunity Act of 2014, Public Law 1-113-128 ("WIOA" or "the Act"), Catalog of Federal Domestic Assistance (CFDA) Number 17.258, 17.278, 17.259 and Federal Award Identification Number (FAIN) AA363092155A6. B. The State of California has created the LWDA to administer the Act programs operated by the State of California pursuant to the Act. C. As a LWDA, CITY is entitled to receive Federal funds to establish programs to increase the employment, retention and earnings of participants, and increase occupational skills attainment by participants, and as a result, improve the quality of the workforce, reduce welfare dependency, and enhance the productivity and competitiveness of the nation. Under WIOA, participants in need of training services may access career training through a list of state -approved schools and their training programs. D. In addition to WIOA, the CITY received funding from the Orange County Social Services Vocational Training grant funded through the California Work Opportunity and Responsibility to Kids Act of 1997, which provides monies for the basic needs of families with children ("CalWORKs" or "SSA"). An important component of CaIWORKs allows for the provision of employment services for parents. Heads of households are provided job training services to help families upgrade job skills with the ultimate goal of self-sufficiency. E. The CITY intends to utilize the WIOA and SSA Grant Funds to operate a Workforce Training Program in which vocational training courses will be made available to Qualified Participants ("Workforce Training Program"). Qualified Participants are those individuals that are permitted to participate under the Act and approved to participate under the City's Workforce Training Program ("Qualified Participants"). Pursuant to the Workforce Training Program, the CITY desires to contract with public and private organizations, including employers, who are qualified to participate in the CITY's Workforce Training Program by providing services to Qualified Participants (each, a "Qualified Contractor"). F. CONTRACTOR is a Qualified Contractor that has been selected as one of several vendors that qualified to provide workforce training under the Workforce Training Program. Page 1 of 19 G. CONTRACTOR represents that it is knowledgeable in its field, and is willing to provide workforce training services under the Workforce Training Program pursuant to applicable Federal and California laws. H. The CITY and CONTRACTOR (each, a "Party" and jointly, the "Parties") desire to enter into this Agreement so that CONTRACTOR may receive a subgrant of the proceeds of the WIOA and/or SSA Grants (hereinafter defined as the "Subgrant") in consideration for CONTRACTOR's participation in the CITY's WIOA and/or SSA Programs and provision of services to Qualified Participants upon the request of the CITY. WHEREFORE, for and in consideration of the respective and mutual covenants and promises hereinafter contained and made, and subject to all the terms and conditions hereof, the Parties hereto do hereby agree as follows: I. CONTRACTOR'S OBLIGATIONS A. In compliance with all of the terms and conditions of this Agreement, CONTRACTOR shall provide the CONTRACTOR's Services, as authorized by the CITY's Representative. CONTRACTOR represents and warrants that CONTRACTOR's Services to be provided hereunder shall be performed in a competent, professional and satisfactory manner in accordance with the CITY's Workforce Training Program. B. CONTRACTOR agrees to provide benefits to individuals who participate in the activities and services funded by this Agreement ("Participants") in accordance with the standards and requirements set forth in this Agreement, C. CONTRACTOR acknowledges and agrees that CITY shall request that CONTRACTOR provide the CONTRACTOR's Services on an "as requested" basis and that CITY does not guaranty a minimum number of Qualified Participants for whom CONTRACTOR's Services shall be requested and required under this Agreement. CONTRACTOR acknowledges and agrees that CONTRACTOR shall not commence to provide CONTRACTOR's Services to a particular Qualified Participant hereunder unless and until CONTRACTOR receives a Notice to Proceed from the CITY authorizing the provision of CONTRACTOR's Services to that particular Qualified Participant. CONTRACTOR further acknowledges and agrees that this Agreement and any request for the provision of services hereunder is nonexclusive and that the CITY may enter into similar agreements with other entities for the provision of similar services. D. Time is of the essence in the performance of this Agreement, CONTRACTOR shall perform and complete all of CONTRACTOR's Services in a timely and expeditious manner. CONTRACTOR shall not be responsible for delays caused by circumstances beyond its reasonable control, provided that CONTRACTOR has delivered to the CITY written notice of the cause of any such delay within ten (10) days of the occurrence of such cause. E. Scope of Services. On an as -needed basis, and at the sole discretion of CITY, CONTRACTOR shall perform the services that are described in Exhibit A. The Scope of Services shall include the CONTRACTOR's proposal or bid, if any, which shall be incorporated herein by Page 2 of 19 this reference as though fully set forth herein. In the event of any inconsistency between the terms of such proposal and this Agreement, the terms of this Agreement shall govern. Specific allocation of services may be changed at the discretion of the CITY and upon mutual agreement of the Parties. F. Compliance with Law. CONTRACTOR's Services shall be provided in accordance with all ordinances, resolutions, statutes, rules, regulations and laws of the CITY and any Federal, State or local governmental agency of competent jurisdiction. G. CONTRACTOR shall obtain, at CONTRACTOR's sole cost and expense, such licenses, permits and approvals as may be required by law for the performance of CONTRACTOR's Services. CONTRACTOR shall have the sole obligation to pay for any fees, assessments and taxes, plus applicable penalties and interest, which may be imposed by law and which arise from or are necessary for the performance of the services required by this Agreement H. CONTRACTOR shall adhere to all applicable labor standards as required by the Act ("Labor Standards"). I. If funding is through WIOA, CONTRACTOR agrees to comply with the "Complaint Handling Procedures under the WIOA", attached hereto as Exhibit H and incorporated herein as though fully set forth in 20 CFR 658.411. CONTRACTOR shall advise applicants, where applicable, and Qualified Participants of their rights to file complaints under the Act and the procedures for resolution of any complaints. CITY's procedures for handling complaints alleging a violation of the Act, regulations, grants, or other agreements under the Act shall be followed and any decision of CITY, the State or the Federal government relating to the complaint shall be binding and followed by CONTRACTOR. CONTRACTOR, who is an employer, shall operate a grievance system that incorporates CITY's procedures for resolution of complaints relating to the terms and conditions of employment; these procedures shall be approved in writing by CITY. J. As a condition of this award of financial assistance under the Act to CONTRACTOR from CITY, CONTRACTOR assures, with respect to operation of all programs or activities funded with funds provided pursuant to the Act, and all agreements or arrangements to carry out such programs or activities, that it will comply fully with the nondiscrimination and equal opportunity provisions of the Act (Section 188) and compliance with Equal Employment Opportunity provisions in Executive Order (E.O.) 11246, as amended by E.O. 11375 and supplemented by the requirements of 41 CFR Part 60; the Nontraditional Employment for Women Act of 1991; Title VI of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, as amended; section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, as amended; the Age Discrimination Act of 1975, as amended; the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990; and with all applicable requirements imposed by or pursuant to regulations implementing those laws, including, but not limited to, 29 CFR Parts 33 and 37. The United States, the State of California and CITY have the right to seek judicial enforcement of this assurance. K. CONTRACTOR agrees that no Qualified Participant(s) shall commence training prior to the approval of funding pursuant to Section 123 of the Act, or the approval of SSA funding, as applicable. Page 3 of 19 L. CONTRACTOR agrees to the following accounting, monitoring, auditing, and review requirements: 1. CONTRACTOR agrees to maintain such records and submit such reports, data and information, on the form and containing such information, at such times as CITY may request or require regarding the performance of CONTRACTOR'S services or activities, costs or other data, including but not limited to Qualified Participants' attendance and certifications. 2. CITY, the State of California and the United States government and/or their representatives shall have access for purposes of monitoring, auditing and examining of CONTRACTOR'S activities, performance, and Qualified Participants related to this Agreement. Such agencies or representatives shall also schedule on -site monitoring at their discretion. Monitoring activities may also include, but are not limited to, questioning employees and Qualified Participants and entering any premises or onto any site in which any of the services or activities funded hereunder are conducted or in which any of the records of CONTRACTOR are kept (2 CFR 200.330). Nothing herein shall be construed to require access to any privileged or confidential information as set forth in Federal or state law. 3. In the event CONTRACTOR does not make the above -referenced documents available within the City of Santa Ana, California, CONTRACTOR agrees to pay all necessary and reasonable expenses incurred by CITY in conducting any audit at the location where said records and books of account are maintained. 4. All accounting records and evidence pertaining to all costs of CONTRACTOR and all documents related to this Agreement shall be kept available at the location where CONTRACTOR conducted the program, as well as in the County of Orange, for the duration of this Agreement and thereafter for three (3) years after completion of an audit. Records which relate to (a) complaints, claims, administrative proceedings or litigation arising out of the performance of this Agreement, or (b) costs and expenses of this Agreement to which CITY, the State of California or the United States Government take exception, shall be retained beyond the three (3) years until resolution of disposition of such appeals, litigation, claims, or exceptions. M. Without prejudice to any other section of this Agreement, CONTRACTOR shall, where applicable, maintain the confidential nature of information provided to it concerning Qualified Participants in accordance with the requirements of Federal and state law. Notwithstanding the foregoing, CONTRACTOR agrees to submit to CITY, the State of California and/or the United States Government or their representatives, all records requested for administrative purposes, including audits, examinations, monitoring and verification of records submitted by CONTRACTOR, costs incurred and services rendered hereunder. N. CONTRACTOR shall not expend funds pursuant to this Agreement to provide services to any Qualified Participant where costs of training are paid for by any other Page 4 of 19 person or entity. 0. If funding is through WIOA, CONTRACTOR shall comply with the provisions of Uniform Guidance 2 CFR Part 200 of the U.S, Office of Management and Budget (OMB) and all other applicable Federal statutes and executive orders and their implementing regulations, including regulations at 29 CFR Part 97, P. If funding is through WIOA, CONTRACTOR shall comply with the requirements of Federal regulations found at 29 CFR Part 93, which provide that no appropriated funds may be expended by the recipient of a Federal contract, grant, loan or cooperative agreement to pay any person for influencing or attempting to influence an officer or employee of any agency, member of Congress or an officer or employee of a member of Congress in connection with awarding of any Federal contract, the making of any Federal grant or loan, entering into any cooperative agreement and the extension, renewal, amendment or modification of any Federal contract, grant, loan or cooperative agreement. CONTRACTOR shall sign a Certification Regarding Lobbying to that effect in a form as set forth in Exhibit D, attached hereto and by this reference incorporated herein. CONTRACTOR shall submit said signed Certification to CITY prior to performing any of its obligations under this Agreement and prior to any obligation arising on the part of CITY to pay any sums to CONTRACTOR under the terms and conditions of this Agreement. Q. CONTRACTOR agrees to provide a drug -free work place and to execute a Drug Free Workplace Certification as set forth in Exhibit E attached hereto and incorporated herein by this reference. R. CONTRACTOR, in accordance with the Child Support Recovery Act of 1992, recognizes and acknowledges the importance of child and family support obligations and shall fully comply with all state and Federal laws relating to child and family support enforcement, including, but not limited to: disclosure of information and compliance with earnings assignment orders, as provided in Chapter 8 (commencing with Section 5200) of Part 5 of Division 9 of the state Family Code; and, to the best of its knowledge is fully complying with the earnings assignment orders of all employees and is providing the names of all new employees to the New Employee Registry maintained by the California Employment Development Department (EDD). S. CONTRACTOR agrees to comply with all applicable provisions of the Act or SSA, as applicable, and all applicable Federal regulations, including, but not limited to, the Code of Federal Regulations, Title 2 -Grants and Agreements, Subtitle A —Office of Management and Budget Guidance for Grants and Agreements, as well as all applicable state and local regulations. T. If funding is through WIOA, CONTRACTOR agrees to remain in compliance with the Certification Regarding Debarment, attached hereto as Exhibit F and incorporated herein by reference, as required by the regulations implementing Executive Order 12549, Debarment and Suspension, (2 CFR Part 180). U. If funding is through WIOA, CONTRACTOR agrees to provide priority of services for veterans and eligible spouses pursuant to 20 CFR Part 1010, and the regulations Page 5 of 19 implementing priority of service for veterans and eligible spouses in Department of Labor job training programs under the Jobs for Veterans Act published at 73 Fed. Reg. 78132 on December 19, 2008. V. CONTRACTOR acknowledges that the official name for the statewide system of providing employment and training through the WIOA partnerships, SSA, and various other local programs is "America's Job Center". To achieve the goals of this Workforce Training Program, it is important that the public has a quick and easy method to identify that the projects or programs they are taking part in are part of the "America's Job Center". CONTRACTOR agrees to place the America's Job Center logo, in accordance with the State of California guidelines for such use, on all public materials, such as statements, press releases, brochures, advertisements, reports and other documents describing projects or programs funded in whole or in part with WIOA or SSA funds. When the America's Job Center logo is used, CONTRACTOR may accompany it with the following statement, "The (CONTRACTOR) is a proud partner of the America's Job Center network". CONTRACTOR shall not use the America's Job Center logo in any manner that would imply that the State of California endorses a commercial product, service or activity. II. CITY'S OBLIGATIONS A. On July 1, 2023 the CITY was awarded a Department of Labor Workforce Innovation and Opportunity Act grant of $2,367,690.00 for fiscal year 2023-2024. In addition, on July 1, 2023, the CITY was awarded an Orange County Social Services Vocational Training grant through the California Work Opportunity and Responsibility to Kids Act of 1997 in the total amount of $838,964.00 for fiscal year 2023-2024. A portion of both grants in a total amount not to exceed $2,500,000.00 shall be available to all Qualified Contractors to provide workforce training classes for Qualified Participants. B. If a Qualified Participant chooses to enroll in a course offered by CONTRACTOR, CITY agrees to pay to CONTRACTOR when, if and to the extent WIOA or SSA funds are received under the provisions of the applicable grants, in accordance with the Course Costs attached hereto as Exhibit B and incorporated herein by reference, which may be amended during the period of this Agreement. Said sum shall be paid with either WIOA or SSA funds, as determined by the CITY in its sole discretion, after CITY receives invoices submitted by CONTRACTOR as provided herein. C. CONTRACTOR has the ability to adjust line item amounts in the Course Costs with the approval of the Executive Director. D. CITY agrees to provide for on -site monitoring reviews of the Workforce Training Program operation at least annually. In addition, monthly desktop reviews of pertinent information will be conducted. E. CITY has the right to de -obligate the funds hereunder, and take such funding back from CONTRACTOR, due to any of the following reasons: (a) lack of performance by Page 6 of 19 CONTRACTOR; (b) lack of fiscal accountability of CONTRACTOR; or (c) decrease in available funding. III. COMPENSATION A. CITY neither warrants nor guarantees any minimum or maximum compensation to CONTRACTOR under this Agreement. CONTRACTOR shall be paid only for actual services performed under this Agreement at the rates and charges identified in Exhibit B, Any compensation payable to CONTRACTOR shall be paid from a portion of the above - referenced WIOA and/or SSA grants awarded to the CITY in a total amount not to exceed $2,500,000.00. B. Payment by CITY shall be made within thirty (30) days following receipt of proper invoice evidencing work performed, subject to CITY accounting procedures. IV. TERM OF AGREEMENT A. This Agreement shall commence on the date stated above and continue through June 30, 2027, with a one-year option to renew executable by the CITY in its sole discretion, unless terminated earlier by either party. The one-year option may be executed, by a writing executed by the City Manager and the City Attorney. B. Unless the CITY authorizes an extension, CONTRACTOR must liquidate all obligations incurred under the Federal award not later than ninety (90) calendar days after the end date of the period of performance as specified in the terms and conditions of the Federal award, as applicable. IV. INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR A. CONTRACTOR shall, during the entire term of this Agreement, be construed to be an independent contractor and not an employee of the CITY. This Agreement is not intended nor shall it be construed to create an employer -employee relationship, a joint venture relationship, or to allow the CITY to exercise discretion or control over the professional manner in which CONTRACTOR performs the services which are the subject matter of this Agreement; however, the services to be provided by CONTRACTOR shall be provided in a manner consistent with all applicable standards and regulations governing such services. CONTRACTOR shall pay all salaries and wages, employer's social security taxes, unemployment insurance and similar taxes relating to employees and shall be responsible for all applicable withholding taxes. V. WORKER'S COMPENSATION AND EMPLOYER'S RIGHTS A. CONTRACTOR shall use appropriate funds received from CITY to provide workers' compensation to all those hired by CONTRACTOR under this Agreement. Page 7 of 19 B. CONTRACTOR shall have the right to hire, dismiss, or promote its employees or contract personnel hired under this Agreement so long as its hiring or dismissal policy or standard does not violate Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, Fair Labor Standards Act of 1938, or any other applicable law, and CONTRACTOR maintains itself as an Equal Opportunity Employer. VI. APPLICABLE GUIDELINES A. The Parties hereto agree that CONTRACTOR shall comply with all applicable Federal and state laws and regulations, including, but not limited to the Eligible Training Provider List (ETPL) Policy and Procedures WSD21-03 attached hereto as Exhibit C and incorporated herein by reference, and general program requirements described in Sections 2 and 116 of the Act, and applicable regulations, and the U.S. Department of Labor guidelines and regulations, including amendments or revisions made during the terms of this Agreement. Said applicable laws are hereby incorporated by reference and made part of this Agreement as though fully set forth herein. B. CONTRACTOR also assures and certifies that: 1. CONTRACTOR shall comply with Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964 and in accordance with Title VII of the Act, requiring that no person shall, on the grounds of race, color, religion, sex, age, handicap or national origin be excluded from participation in, be denied the benefits of, or be otherwise subjected to discrimination under this Agreement. 2. CONTRACTOR shall comply with any and all Federal laws limiting the political activity of employees hired under this Agreement. 3. CONTRACTOR shall comply with the requirements that no program under the Act shall involve political activities. 4. RECORD INSPECTION. CONTRACTOR shall provide the U.S. Department of Labor and the Comptroller General, by and through any authorized representative, as well as the California Workforce Development Board ("WDB") Administrative Office, access to and the right to examine all records, books, papers or documents relating to the accounting and use of funds under this Agreement for a three-year period from and after the effective date of this Agreement. 5. No person with responsibilities in the operation of any program under the Workforce Training Program shall discriminate with respect to any Qualified Participant or any application for participation in such program because of race, creed, color, national origin, sex, political affiliation or beliefs. 6. CONTRACTOR shall maintain appropriate standards for health and Page 8 of 19 safety in work and training situations. 7. CONTRACTOR shall comply with general provisions, assurances, and execute the Assurances and Certifications attached hereto as Exhibit G and incorporated herein. 8. EQUAL OPPORTUNITY. Any literature distributed by CONTRACTOR for the purpose of apprising businesses, Qualified Participants, or the general public of its programs under this Agreement shall state that its programs are supported by the City of Santa Ana and the Santa Ana Workforce Development Board, and shall state that the program is an "equal opportunity employer/program" and that "auxiliary aids and services are available upon request to individuals with disabilities." 9. Based on the population eligible to be served, or likely to be directly affected by the program or activity, the services or information may need to be provided in a language other than English in order to allow such population to be effectively informed about or able to participate in the program or activity. Pursuant to 29 CFR 37.35, CONTRACTOR must take reasonable steps to provide services and information in appropriate languages after considering the scope of the program or activity, and the size and concentration of the population that needs services or information in a language other than English. 10. CONTRACTOR certifies that all property, finished or unfinished documents, data, studies and reports prepared or purchased under this Agreement, will be disposed of in accordance with the direction of the CITY. In addition, any tools and/or equipment furnished to the CONTRACTOR by the CITY and/or purchased by the CONTRACTOR with funds pursuant to this Agreement, will be limited to use within the activities outlined in this Agreement and will remain the property of the United States Government and/or CITY. Upon termination of this Agreement, CONTRACTOR will immediately return such tools and/or equipment to the CITY or dispose of them in accordance with the direction of the CITY. it. CONTRACTOR certifies that this Agreement does not provide for the advancement or aid to any religious sect, church or creed, or sectarian purpose, nor does it help to support or sustain any school, college, university, hospital or other institution controlled by any religious creed, church, or sectarian denomination, as specified by Article XVI, Section 5, of the Constitution of the State of California, regarding separation of church and state. 12. CLEAN AIR ACT / CLEAN WATER ACT. If the grant hereunder exceeds $100,000, CONTRACTOR must comply with the Clean Air Act ("CAA")[(42 USC 7401, et seq,]; the Clean Water Act ("CWA") (33 USC 1368); Executive Order 11738 and United States Environmental Protection Agency ("EPA") regulations (40 CFR Part 35) as any may now exist or be hereafter amended. Under these laws and regulations, the CONTRACTOR assures that: Page 9 of 19 (a) No facility to be utilized in the performance of the proposed grant has been issued a violation from the EPA under the CAA or CWA; (b) It will notify CITY prior to award of the receipt of any communication from the Director, Office of Federal Activities, EPA, indicating that a facility to be utilized for the grant is under consideration for issuance of a violation under the CAA or CWA; and, (c) It will notify the CITY and the EPA about any known violation of the above laws and regulations. 13. CONTRACTOR agrees to adhere to the following STANDARDS OF CONDUCT: (a) General Assurance. Every reasonable course of action will be taken by CONTRACTOR in order to maintain the integrity of this expenditure of public funds and to avoid favoritism. This Agreement will be administered in an impartial manner, free from errors to gain personal, financial, political gain. CONTRACTOR, its officers and employees, in administering this Agreement, will avoid situations, which give rise to a suggestion that any decision was influenced by prejudice, bias, special interest or desire for personal gain. (b) Emnlovment of Former State or CITY Employ. CONTRACTOR will ensure that any of its employees who were formerly employed by the State of California or CITY, in a position that could have enabled such individuals to impact policy regarding or implementation of programs covered by this Agreement, will not be assigned to any part or phase of the activities conducted pursuant to this Agreement for a period of not less than two (2) years following the termination of such employment. (c) Conducting Business Involving Relatives. No relative by blood, adoption or marriage of any executive or employee of CONTRACTOR will receive favorable treatment when considered for enrollment in programs provided by, or employment with, CONTRACTOR. (d) Conducting Business Involving Close Personal Friends and Associates. Executives and employees of CONTRACTOR will be particularly aware of the varying degrees of influence that can be exerted by personal friends and associates and, in administering this Agreement, will exercise due diligence to avoid situations which give rise to an assertion that favorable treatment is being granted to friends and associates. When it is in the public interest for CONTRACTOR to conduct business with a friend or associate of an executive or employee of CONTRACTOR, an elected official in the area or a voting or non -voting member of the Local Workforce Development Board (WDB), a permanent record of the transaction will be retained. Page 10 of 19 (e) Avoidance of Conflict of Economic Interest. No executive or employee of CONTRACTOR elected official in the area, or voting or non -voting member of a WDB, will solicit or accept money or any other consideration from a third person, for the performance of an act reimbursed in whole or part by CONTRACTOR or CITY. Supplies, materials, equipment or services purchased with Agreement funds will be used solely for purposes asserted or allowed under this Agreement. No voting member of the WDB will cast a vote on the provision of services or vote on any matter, which would provide direct financial benefit to that member or any business or organization that the member directly represents. (f) Salary and Bonus Limitations. If CONTRACTOR receives WIOA funds, CONTRACTOR is required to comply with Federal requirements regarding the limitations on salary and bonus payments in accordance with Public Law 109-149, Section 503. VII. HOLD HARMLESS CONTRACTOR agrees to defend, and shall indemnify and hold harmless the CITY, its officers, agents, employees, contractors, special counsel, and representatives from liability: (1) for personal injury, damages, just compensation, restitution, judicial or equitable relief arising out of claims for personal injury, including death, and claims for property damage, which may arise from the negligent operations of the CONTRACTOR, its subcontractors, agents, employees, or other persons acting on its behalf which relates to the services described in this Agreement; and (2) from any claim that personal injury, damages, just compensation, restitution, judicial or equitable relief is due by reason of the terms of or effects arising from this Agreement. This indemnity and hold harmless agreement applies to all claims for damages, just compensation, restitution, judicial or equitable relief suffered, or alleged to have been suffered, by reason of the events referred to in this Section or by reason of the terms of, or effects, arising from this Agreement. The CONTRACTOR further agrees to indemnify, hold harmless, and pay all costs for the defense of the CITY, including fees and costs for special counsel to be selected by the CITY, regarding any action by a third party challenging the validity of this Agreement, or asserting that personal injury, damages, just compensation, restitution, judicial or equitable relief due to personal or property rights arises by reason of the terms of, or effects arising from this Agreement. CITY may make all reasonable decisions with respect to its representation in any legal proceeding. VIII. INSURANCE A. Contractor shall procure and maintain for the duration of the contract insurance against claims for injuries to persons or damages to property which may arise from or in connection with the performance of the work hereunder and the results of that work by the Contractor, his agents, representatives, employees or subcontractors. Page 11 of 19 B. MINIMUM SCOPE AND LIMIT OF INSURANCE Coverage shall be at least as broad as: Commercial General Liability (CGL): Insurance Services Office Form CG 00 01 covering CGL on an "occurrence" basis, including products and completed operations, property damage, bodily injury and personal & advertising injury with limits no less than $1,000,000 per occurrence. If a general aggregate limit applies, either the general aggregate limit shall apply separately to this project/location (ISO CG 25 03 or 25 04) or the general aggregate limit shall be twice the required occurrence limit. Automobile Liability: Insurance Services Office Form Number CA 0001 covering, Codel (any auto), or if Consultant has no owned autos, Code 8 (hired) and 9 (non -owned), withlimit no less than $1,000,000 per accident for bodily injury and property damage. (Not required if CONTRACTOR provides written verification an automobile is not required to perform services.) Workers' Compensation: as required by the State of California, with Statutory Limits, and Employer's Liability Insurance with limit of no less than $1,000,000 per accident for bodily injury or disease. (Not required if CONTRACTOR provides written verification it has no employees.) • Professional Liability (Errors and Omissions) Insurance appropriates to the Consultant's profession, with limit no less than $1,000,000 per occurrence or claim, $2,000,000 aggregate. If the Contractor maintains broader coverage and/or higher limits than the minimums shown above, the Entity requires and shall be entitled to the broader coverage and/or the higher limits maintained by the contractor. Any available insurance proceeds in excess of the specified minimum limits of insurance and coverage shall be available to the Entity. C. Other Insurance Provisions The insurance policies are to contain, or be endorsed to contain, the following provisions: Additional Insured Status The Entity, its officers, officials, employees, and volunteers are to be covered as additional insureds on the CGL policy with respect to liability arising out of work or operations performed by or on behalf of the Contractor including materials, parts, or equipment furnished in connection with such work or operations. General liability coverage can be provided in the form of an endorsement to the Contractor's insurance (at least as broad as ISO Form CG 20 10 1185 or if not available, through the addition of both CG 20 10, CG 20 26, CG 20 33, or CG 20 38; and CG 20 37 if a later edition is used). Page 12 of 19 Primary Coverage For any claims related to this contract, the Contractor's insurance coverage shall be primary coverage at least as broad as ISO CG 20 01 04 13 as respects the Entity, its officers, officials, employees, and volunteers. Any insurance or self-insurance maintained by the Entity, its officers, officials, employees, or volunteers shall be excess of the Contractor's insurance and shall not contribute with it. Notice of Cancellation Each insurance policy required above shall provide that coverage shall not be canceled, except with notice to the Entity. Waiver of Subrogation Contractor hereby grants to Entity a waiver of any right to subrogation which any insurer of said Contractor may acquire against the Entity by virtue of the payment of any loss under such insurance. Contractor agrees to obtain any endorsement that may be necessary to affect this waiver of subrogation, but this provision applies regardless of whether or not the Entity has received a waiver of subrogation endorsement from the insurer. Self -Insured Retentions Self -insured retentions must be declared to and approved by the Entity. The Entity may require the Contractor to purchase coverage with a lower retention or provide proof of ability to pay losses and related investigations, claim administration, and defense expenses within the retention. The policy language shall provide, or be endorsed to provide, that the self -insured retention may be satisfied by either the named insured or Entity. Acceptability of Insurers Insurance is to be placed with insurers authorized to conduct business in the state with a current A.M. Best's rating of no less than ANII, unless otherwise acceptable to the Entity. Claims Made Policies (note — should be applicable only to professional liability, see below) If any of the required policies provide claims -made coverage: 1. The Retroactive Date must be shown, and must be before the date of the contract or thebeginning of contract work. 2. Insurance must be maintained and evidence of insurance must be provided for at leastfive (5) years after completion of the contract of work. 3. If coverage is canceled or non -renewed, and not replaced with another claims -made policy form with a Retroactive Date prior to the contract effective date, the Contractormust purchase "extended reporting" coverage for a minimum of five (5) years after completion of work. Page 13 of 19 Verification of Coverage Contractor shall furnish the Entity with original Certificates of Insurance including all required amendatory endorsements (or copies of the applicable policy language effecting coverage requiredby this clause) and a copy of the Declarations and Endorsement Page of the CGL policy listing allpolicy endorsements to Entity before work begins. However, failure to obtain the required documents prior to the work beginning shall not waive the Contractor's obligation to provide them. The Entity reserves the right to require complete, certified copies of all required insurance policies,including endorsements required by these specifications, at any time. Special Risks or Circumstances Entity reserves the right to modify these requirements, including limits, based on the nature of therisk, prior experience, insurer, coverage, or other special circumstances. IX. CORPORATESTATUS CONTRACTOR shall be in good standing, without suspension by the California Secretary of State, Franchise Tax Board or Internal Revenue Service. Any change in corporate status or suspension shall be reported immediately to CITY. X. ASSIGNABILITY None of the duties of, or work to be performed by, CONTRACTOR under this Agreement shall be subcontracted or assigned to any agency, consultant, or person without the prior written consent of CITY. CONTRACTOR must submit all subcontracts and other agreements that relate to this Agreement to CITY. If receiving WIOA funds, CONTRACTOR acknowledges and agrees that it must follow procurement regulations for contractors (2 CFR 200.317). No subcontract or assignment shall terminate or alter the legal obligations of CONTRACTOR pursuant to this Agreement. XI. LAWS GOVERNING THIS AGREEMENT A. In its performance under this Agreement, CONTRACTOR shall fully comply with the requirements of the following, whether or not otherwise referred to in this Agreement: Page 14 of 19 1. If receiving WIOA funds, the Act and all applicable Federal statutes, regulations, policies, procedures and directives, including but not limited to, 2 CFR 200 and 20 CFR. Parts 651 and 654 2. All applicable State statutes, regulations, policies, procedures and directives; 3. All applicable CITY policies, procedures and directives; 4. All applicable local ordinances and requirements, including use permits and licensing; 5. Court orders applicable to its operation; and, 6. The terms and conditions of this Agreement. If any of the foregoing is enacted, amended, or revised, CONTRACTOR will comply with such or will notify CITY after enactment or modification that it cannot so comply. CITY may thereupon terminate this Agreement, if necessary. XII. EXCLUSIVITY AND AMENDMENT OF AGREEMENT This Agreement, together with attachments hereto, represents the complete and exclusive statement between the CITY and CONTRACTOR, and supersedes any and all other agreements, oral or written, between the Parties. In the event of a conflict between the terms of this Agreement and any attachments hereto, the terms of this Agreement shall prevail. This Agreement may not be modified except by written instrument signed by the CITY and by an authorized representative of CONTRACTOR. The Parties agree that any terms or conditions of any purchase order or other instrument that are inconsistent with, or in addition to, the terms and conditions hereof, shall not bind or obligate CONTRACTOR or the CITY. Each party to this Agreement acknowledges that no representations, inducements, promises or agreements, orally or otherwise, have been made by any party, or anyone acting on behalf of any party, which is not embodied herein. XIII. FRAUD CONTRACTOR shall immediately report to CITY all instances and facts concerning possible fraud, abuse or criminal activity relating to expenditure or receipt of funds under this Agreement. XIV. CONTINGENCY OF FUNDS CONTRACTOR acknowledges that approval of and funding for this Agreement is contingent upon State approval, and WIOA and/or SSA funds received or obligated from the State of California to CITY. If such approval of funds is not forthcoming, or is otherwise limited, CITY shall immediately notify CONTRACTOR. Within twenty (20) days of receipt of such notice, CONTRACTOR shall modify or cease operations as directed by CITY and negotiate necessary Page 15 of 19 modification to this Agreement and/or reimbursement of costs incurred hereunder. XV. TERMINATION A. This Agreement may be terminated by either party at its sole discretion, upon thirty (30) days written notice to the other party. Notice shall be deemed served on the date of mailing. However, CONTRACTOR may not terminate this Agreement if undue hardship will result to any Qualified Participant. B. In the event CONTRACTOR defaults by failing to fulfill all or any of its obligations hereunder, CITY may declare a default and termination of this Agreement by written notice to CONTRACTOR, which default and termination shall be effective on a date stated in the notice which is to be not less than ten (10) days after certified mailing or personal service of such notice, unless such default is cured before the effective date of termination stated in such notice. If terminated for cause, CITY shall be relieved of further liability or responsibility under this Agreement, or as a result of the termination thereof, including the payment of money, except for payment for approved expenses incurred for services satisfactorily and timely performed prior to the mailing or service of the notice of termination, and except for reimbursement of (1) any payments made for services not subsequently performed in a timely and satisfactory manner, and (2) costs incurred by CITY in obtaining substitute performance. XVI. DISPUTES A. Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, any dispute concerning any question arising under this Agreement shall be decided by CITY. In such a case, CITY shall reduce its decision to writing and mail or otherwise furnish a copy thereof to CONTRACTOR. The decision of the CITY shall be final and conclusive unless within thirty (30) calendar days from the mailing or delivery of such copy, CITY receives from CONTRACTOR written request to appeal said decision. B. If receiving WIOA funds, procedures governing the appeal shall be prescribed by CITY and/or the State of California in accordance with the Act and all corresponding regulations and OMB circulars. Pending final disposition of the appeal, CONTRACTOR shall act in accordance with CITY's decision unless the dispute involves a change order. XVII. BREACH -SANCTIONS A. If, through any cause, CONTRACTOR violates any of the terms and conditions of this Agreement, and/or prior agreements whereby grant funds were received by CONTRACTOR pursuant to this Agreement, or if CONTRACTOR reports inaccurately or if any Audit Report makes disallowances, CONTRACTOR shall promptly remedy its acts or omissions and/or repay CITY all amounts due CITY as a result of CONTRACTOR's violation. For any such failures or Page 16 of 19 violations, CITY shall also have the right at its sole discretion to either: (1) discontinue program support until such time as CONTRACTOR fulfills its obligations or remedies all violations of this Agreement or prior agreements; and/or (2) collect outstanding amounts as determined by CITY due CITY by offsetting or debiting from current claims or invoices, if after thirty (30) days' written notice CONTRACTOR has failed to repay same or a repayment schedule has not been made; and/or (3) terminate this Agreement by giving written notice to CONTRACTOR of such termination in accordance the Notices provision in Paragraph XVIII herein below. XVIII. NOTICES All notices, reports and correspondence between the Parties hereto respecting this Agreement shall be in writing and deposited in the United States Mail, postage prepaid, addressed as follows: CITY: City of Santa Ana Manager, WDB Administrative Office P.O. Box 1988 (M-76) Santa Ana, CA 92702 CLERK: Clerk of the City Council City of Santa Ana 20 Civic Center Plaza (M-30) P.O. Box 1988 Santa Ana, CA 92702-1988 Fax (714) 647-6956 CONTRACTOR: Southern California Institute of Technology 525 North Muller Street Anaheim, CA 92801 Phone: (714) 300-0300 Email: info@scitech.edu XX. VALIDITY The invalidity in whole or in part of any provision of this Agreement shall not void or affect the validity of any other provision of this Agreement. Page 17 of 19 XXI. MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS A. Each undersigned represents and warrants that its signature herein below has the power, authority and right to bind their respective Parties to each of the terms of this Agreement, and shall indemnify CITY fully, including reasonable costs and attorney's fees, for any injuries or damages to CITY in the event that such authority or power is not, in fact, held by the signatory or is withdrawn. B. All Exhibits referenced herein and attached hereto shall be incorporated as if fully set forth in the body of this Agreement. (Signatures on followingpage) Page 18 of 19 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties hereto have executed this Agreement the date and year first above -written. ATTEST: Jennifer ll er of the C n 1 APPROVED AS TO FORM: Sonia R. Carvalho City Attorney "CITY" By:'::�-_ N�L - V_ Kristine Ridge City Manager "CONTRACTOR" l By: By: Andrea Garcia -Miller Name hams Assistant City Attorney RECOMMENDED FOR APPROVAL: Michael L. Garcia Executive Director Community Development Agency Title: Director of Operations Tax ID #:330456153 Page 19 of 19 EXHIBIT A & B Scope of Service & Course Cost ® Southern California ®® Institute of Technology 2023 CATALOG PUBLISHED: December 2022 FOR PERIOD: January 1, 2023 - December 31, 2023 Southern California Institute of Technology 525 North Muller Street, Anaheim, CA 92801 www.scitech.edu Tel: (714) 300-0300 s Fax: (714) 300-0311 Table of Contents ABOUT SCIT .... MISSION STATEMENT VISION & PURPOSE.... DIVERSITY, EQUITY AND INCLUSION STATEMENT ................... 4 HISTORY OF THE COLLEGE....................................................... 4 LEGALSTATUS......................................................................... 4 ACCREDITATION...................................................................... 4 AGENCIES & APPROVALS......................................................... 4 ARTICULATION AGREEMENTS ................................................. 5 BOARDOF TUSTEES................................................................. 5 CAMPUS & FACILITIES............................................................. 5 Library............................................................................... 6 Address & Contact Information ......................................... 6 ADMISSIONS ADMISSIONS PROCESS.............................................................8 ADMISSIONS REQUIREMENTS — UNDERGRADUATE STUDIES.. 8 DISTANCE EDUCATION REQUIREMENTS..................................8 ADMISSIONS OF FOREIGN STUDENTS ...................................... 8 ENGLISH LANGUAGE PROFICIENCY..........................................8 ADMISSIONS OF THOSE NOT SEEKING A DEGREE OR DIPLOMA ....................................... ............................................. I........... 9 DISTANCE EDUCATION AVAILABILITY ...................................... 9 TRANSFER CREDIT & ADVANCED STANDING ........................... 9 Transfer of Credit to SCIT..................... ............................. . 9 Transfer of Credit to SCIT for VA Students ......................... 9 Notice Concerning Transferability of Credits and Credentials Earned at our Institution.. ............................... 9 Experiential Learning Credit ............................................... 9 LATEADMISSION..................................................................... 9 READMISSION........................................................................ 10 CANCELED ENROLLMENTS..................................................... 10 NON-DISCRIMINATION POLICY .............................................. 10 FINANCIAL AID......................................................12 GENERAL INFORMATION....................................................... 12 FINANCIAL AID ELIGIBILITY.................................................... 12 APPLICATION PROCEDURE .................................................... 12 FINANCIAL AID AVAILABLE .................................................... 12 Federal Grants................................................................. 12 California Grant Programs (CAL Grant) ............................ 11 Loans............................................................................... 11 FEDERAL COLLEGE WORK-STUDY PROGRAM ........................ 13 SATISFACTORY ACADEMIC PROGRESS ................................... 13 NOTICE TO APPLICANTS OF FINANCIAL AID ........................... 13 VERIFICATION OF ENROLLMENT ............................................ 13 TUITION& FEES..................................................................... 13 CANCELATION & WITHDRAWAL REFUND POLICY .................. 14 Procedures for Cancellation by the Student ..................... 14 RefundPolicy................................................................... 14 RefundExample............................................................... 15 TEXTBOOK, SUPPLIES & EQUIPMENTS ................................... 15 COURSE WITHDRAW & INCOMPLETE CHARGES .................... 16 COURSE ADDITION, FAIL AND REPEAT CHARGES ................... 16 STUDENT TUITION RECOVERY FUND ..................................... 16 FAILURE TO FULFILL FINANCIAL OBLIGATION ........................ 17 Iat, PPPC.......................................................................... 17 ACADEMICS.......................................................... IS CLASS HOURS & LOCATION .................................................... 18 DISTANCE EDUCATION DELIVERY ........................................... 18 COURSE SEQUENCE, CANCELLATION & CHANGES ................. 18 Schedule Change Requests ............................................... 18 CLASSSIZES .......................................... ....... ....... I ........ ........... 18 ACADEMIC YEARS, QUARTERS & ACADEMIC STATUS ............ 18 QUARTER AND CREDIT UNIT DEFINITION ............................... 18 UPPER & LOWER DIVISION COURSE DESIGNATION ............... 19 ACADEMIC FREEDOM............................................................ 19 COMPARABLE PROGRAM INFORMATION .............................. 19 GRADING SYSTEM.................................................................. 19 Withdraw(W).................................................................. 19 Withdraw Fall(WF).......................................................... 19 IncompleteN................................................................... 19 COURSE COMPLETION........................................................... 20 GRADE POINT AVERAGE.- ............................... . .... . ............. 20 STUDENT PROGRESS & EVALUATION ..................................... 20 REPETITION OF COURSES....................................................... 20 CORRECTIONOF GRADES ....................................................... 20 TESTOUT............................................................................... 20 INDEPENDENT STUDY............................................................ 21 ADD/DROP PERIOD................................................................ 21 ATTENDANCE AND TARDINESS .............................................. 21 INTERRUPTIONS..................................................................... 22 Scheduled Breaks............................................................. 22 Leave of Absence(LOA).................................................... 22 CHANGEOF PROGRAM.......................................................... 22 WITHDRAW FROM THE PROGRAM ........................................ 22 MAKE-UP POLICY................................................................... 22 TRANSCRIPTS, DEGREES & DIPLOMAS ................................... 23 ACADEMIC PLAN AND SAP UNITS .......................................... 23 SATISFACTORY ACADEMIC PROGRESS ................................... 24 Qualitative Standards —Cumulative GPA Requirements.. 24 Quantitative Standards —Completion Rate Requirements SATISFACTORY PROGRESS EVALUATION CRITERIA.. ............... 24 EvaluationPoints............................................................. 14 MultipleMajors.............. ........................... ..... .................. 24 Financial Aid Warning,. .................................................... 24 Financial Aid Probation (Academic Probation) ................. 25 GRADUATION REQUIREMENTS .............................................. 25 ExitInterview................................................................... 25 Graduation Ceremony...................................................... 25 Post -Withdrawal Graduation ........................................... 25 ACADEMIC HONORS & AWARDS ............................................ 25 STUDENTRECORDS ...................... .......................... I ... ............ 26 PrivacyAct....................................................................... 16 ACADEMIC CALENDAR........................................................... 28 FACULTY................................................................................. 28 STUDENT AFFAIRS ............ 32 GENERAL INFORMATION....................................................... 32 TRANSPORTATION, HOUSING & CHILDCARE .......................... 32 Parking............................................................................. 32 TUITION REIMBURSEMENT & ENROLLMENT VERIFICATION.. 32 STUDENT ADVISING & COUNSELING ...................................... 32 AcademicAdvising........................................................... 32 Non -Academic Advising ...•...••.•••••.•.•• 32 Counseling....................................................................... 32 Advisement for Distance Education Students .................. 32 TUTORING............................................................................. 32 PLACEMENT SERVICES........................................................... 32 STU DENT CODE OF CONDUCT ............................................... 33 Disciplinary Action & Student Sanctions .......................... 33 COMPUTER USE POLICY......................................................... 33 SCHOOL EMAIL ACCOUNTS ................................................... 34 Ownership, Privacy and Right of Access Disclosure ......... 34 Expiration of School Email Accounts ................................ 34 Acceptable Use Policy, ..................................................... 34 DRESSCODE.......................................................................... 34 SAFETY, FOOD & DRINK POLICY ............................................. 34 CELL PHONE USAGE POLICY ................................................... 34 ACCOMMODATIONS FOR DISABLED STUDENTS .................... 34 CAMPUS CRIME & SECURITY ................................................. 35 Drug Free School.............................................................. 35 STUDENT PROPERTY.............................................................. 35 Lost& Found.................................................................... 35 UNAUTHORIZED GUESTS ....................................................... 35 STUDENT COMPLAINT & GRIEVANCE PROCEDURE ............... 35 DIPLOMA PROGRAMS..........................................36 BIOMEDICAL TECHNOLOGY ................................................... 36 GENERAL ELECTRICIAN.......................................................... 38 INDUSTRIAL AUTOMATION TECHNOLOGY ............................ 40 INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY ................................................ 42 DEGREE PROGRAMS.............................................44 ASSOCIATE OF SCIENCE INDUSTRIAL ENGINEERING TECHNOLOGY(A.S.I.E.T.)....................................................... 44 BACHELOR OF SCIENCE BIOMEDICAL ENGINEERING (B.S.B.E.) .............................................................................................. 46 BACHELOR OF SCIENCE ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING (B.S.E.E.) 48 BACHELOR OF SCIENCE ELECTRONIC ENGINEERING (B.S.E.E.)50 BACHELOR OF SCIENCE INFORMATION SYSTEMS (B.S.I.S).... 52 COURSE DESCRIPTIONS.........................................54 BIO BIOMEDICAL................................................................... 54 BME BIOMEDICAL ENGINEERING .......................................... 55 CCOMPUTER......................................................................... 55 CHEM CHEMISTRY................................................................. 56 EE ELECTRONICS.................................................................... 56 ELE ELECTRICAL..................................................................... 59 EL ELECTRICAL....................................................................... 61 GE GENERAL EDUCATION...................................................... 61 HSTHISTORY.......................................................................... 62 IS INFORMATION SYSTEMS .................................................... 62 MAN MANUFACTURING........................................................ 65 MTMATHEMATICS................................................................ 66 NEC NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODE ......................................... 67 PHPHYSICS............................................................................ 68 All announcements herein are subject to revision. Every effort has been made to ensure the accuracy of the information presented in the SCIT Catalog. However, all courses, course descriptions, curricula degree requirements, policies, dates and fees described herein are subject to change or deletion without notice. Any changes made to this catalog will be published In a Catalog Addendum and provided together with this catalog. Any Catalog Addendum constitutes an addendum hereto and Is effective as of the effective dates published therein. SCIT Catalog ABOUT SCIT MISSION STATEMENT We seek to create a hands-on learning experience within a student -centric culture that teaches industry relevant skills, fosters ingenuity, nurtures teamwork, develops critical thinking, and has a transformative impact on students seeking professional success in order to advance our communities. VISION & PURPOSE Founded to deliver effective, quality education focusing on application of technology, SCIT will be a leader in producing technological talent by: • Affording the opportunity for students to apply their knowledge and reinforce their learning through hands-on instruction; Fostering ingenuity and a mindset of intellectual curiosity; • Empowering students with the Industry relevant knowledge and skills to seek greater opportunities; • Supporting a dynamic faculty dedicated to teaching, mentoring, and encouraging students; • Offering comprehensive curricula that is responsive to the needs of students, employers and communities. VALUES We value an academic culture of integrity, accountability and diversity, thus enriching the learning environment and preparing our students to succeed as industry and community leaders. DIVERSITY, EQUITY AND INCLUSION STATEMENT SCIT is committed to creating a diverse community that is Inclusive, responsive and supportive of each and all of Its students, faculty and staff. The institute seeks to promote diversity in its many forms, including, but not limited to, ethnicity, gender, age, religion, disability, sexual orientation, place of origin and socioeconomic status. The institute recognizes that students benefit from a learning atmosphere that is Inclusive of participants from all manner of backgrounds, and encourages students to maintain diverse perspectives throughout their lives and strive to be responsible members of our community grounded on shared principles of fairness and respect toward one another. HISTORY OF THE COLLEGE Southern California Institute of Technology (SCIT) was founded in 1987 by a small team of educators with a vision to build an Institution that prides itself on providing quality education by means of an application centered, hands-on teaching approach. SCIT first opened Its doors in Anaheim, CA with a single classroom and offered diploma programs In the areas of electronics and computers. The Institution became accredited by the Accrediting Commission of Career Schools and Colleges (ACCSC) In 1995 and soon thereafter began offering Associates and Bachelor's degrees In the engineering and business disciplines. The institution grew over the years and built a reputation within the business community for producing technically qualified Page 4 of 69 graduates. The institution received many equipment donations from various companies from time to time and has used those donations along with substantial internal investments to build educational lab facilities to support Its mission of providing quality hands-on education. Since its inception, SCIT has attempted to bridge the positive qualities of multiple types of higher education institutions across the educational spectrum, from trade schools to traditional four year universities. The school seeks to develop an educational curricula that meet the academic standards expected of senior colleges and universities while also infusing a hands-on educational approach that provides an academic experience where conceptual topics are cemented into the learning process through application based lab work. LEGALSTATUS Southern California Institute of Technology is a wholly owned subsidiary of Southern California Education Corporation, Anaheim, California SCIT President and CEO: Parviz Shams. SCIT does not have pending petition in bankruptcy, is not operating as a debtor In possession, has not filed a petition within the preceding five years, and has not had a petition in bankruptcy flied against it within the preceding five years that resulted in reorganization under Chapter 11 of the United States Bankruptcy Code (11 U.S.C. Sec. 1101 et seq.). ACCREDITATION Southern California Institute of Technology is accredited by the Accrediting Commission of Career School and Colleges (ACCSC). ACCSC is recognized by the U.S. Department of Education as an accrediting agency. All programs listed in this catalog are accredited by ACCSC as of this Catalogs publication date. AGENCIES & APPROVALS Southern California Institute of Technology is a private institution approved to operate in the State of California by the Bureau for Private Postsecondary Education. Approval to operate means being in compliance with state standards as set forth in the CEC and 5, CRC. Any questions a student may have regarding this catalog that have not been satisfactorily answered by the Institution may be directed to the Bureau for Private Postsecondary Education at 1747 N. Market Blvd., Suite 225, Sacramento, CA 95834, www.bppe.ca.gov, toll free telephone number (888) 370-7589 or by fax (916) 574-8900. As a prospective student, you are encouraged to review this catalog prior to signing an enrollment agreement. You are also encouraged to review the School Performance Fact Sheet, which must be provided to you prior to signing an enrollment agreement. Additional approvals include: • SCIT is approved to participate in federal student aid programs • SCIT is approved to participate In veterans education benefits programs under Title 38 of the GI BIII" for eligible veteran students. GI Bill°' Is a registered trademark of the U.S. Department of Veterans Affairs (VA). More Information about education benefits offered by VA is available at the official U.S. government Web site at https://www.benefits.va.gov/gibill. • SCIT is approved by the California Department of Industrial Relations, Division of Apprenticeship Standards to offer the Whole General Electrician Curriculum • SCIT is approved to Issue 1-20 Visas to admit foreign students • SCIT is approved to provide training for the Workforce Investment Act (WIA) ARTICULATION AGREEMENTS Southern California Institute of Technology has not entered Into any articulation or transfer agreement with any other college or university. BOARD OF TUSTEES The Board of Trustees Is responsible for ensuring that Southern California Institute of Technology achieves its mission and purpose and maintains its academic and financial integrity as an institution of higher learning. The following are members of the Board of Trustees: • Rosa Belerique • Shahab Dadjou • Parviz Rashti (Chairman) • Arian Shams • Nazila Shams • Parviz Shams • Sam Brian Shams • Fattaneh Tavassoli • Lissa B. Wayne CAMPUS & FACILITIES SCIT maintains an educational facility consisting of 40,000 square feet of classroom and laboratory space. The institution, the facilities it occupies, and the equipment utilized, fully comply with any and all federal, state, and local ordinances and regulations, including those requirements as to fire, building, and health safety. Instruction is in residence at the current facility with both day and night classes. The campus includes 25 classrooms and 17 instructional laboratories. SCIT's campus maintains close to 200 computers for student use. Other school features include a student lounge, learning center and a library. SCIT's laboratory facilities Include: • Biomedical Instrumentation: The Biomedical Instrumentations Lab is a simulated clinical environment equipped with electronic -based medical devices such as patient monitoring systems, infusion pumps, cardiac defibrillators, ultrasound machines, neonatal equipment and various other commonly used biomedical instruments. Students learn about device functionalkles and train to troubleshoot and repairthem in accordance with certain standards. • Blueprints: The Blueprints Lab is a simulated environment where students work within a team installing wiring and electrical components in a home structure in accordance with National Electrical Code (NEC) standards. Students learn to properly read blueprint schematics, identify where wiring and electrical components should be installed and work as a team to correctly follow the blueprints and complete installation. Instructors act as Inspectors to mimic real -world processes and ensure all installations meet code standards. • Code Special Topics: The Code Special Topics Lab gives students the opportunity to gain real -world experience by About SCIT working on hand -selected projects that improve specialty electrical skills. Electrical faculty choose projects based on tasks students may likely encounter in the field. Such projects include wind turbine Installations, large conduit bending, low voltage electrical installations like alarm or fire systems, and completing installations that adhere to OSHA safety standards and much more. Commercial Wiring: The Commercial Wiring Lab is a steel - framed environment consisting of 70+stations where students gain hands-on experience Installing wiring and electrical devices for commercial complexes. The lab Is designed to mimic a commercial building constructed with steel frames. Training focuses on the application of National Electrical Code (NEC) standards as they pertain to electrical Installations for commercial buildings. Computer Fundamentals: The Computer Fundamentals Lab is a repair workspace environment where students gain hands-on experience repairing computer hardware. Students disassemble computer hardware, Identify issues, make repairs, replace components and re -assemble computers to a working state. Students learn about a variety of components found in home and business settings, such as multi-NIC drives. The lab is designed to teach common practices for those entering the IT field and other related roles, such as how to crimp R145 plugs to Cat5e cables. Computer Networking: The Computer Networking Lab (neti-alb) is a virtual cluster of multiple networking devices, including servers, clients, routers, switches and firewalls. Students gain hands-on experience working with Microsoft and Cisco servers and network devices. Students train to install, administer and configure clients, servers and network devices that connect to network infrastructures to meet a variety of needs for businesses of all sizes, from small companies to large enterprises. DC/AC Circuits: The DC/AC Circuits Lab is used by many programs at SCIT and teaches foundational skills required in a variety of courses, projects and other labs. The lab environment contains a series of breadboard stations where students build a range of electronic circuits to study and learn the theory behind the fundamental building blocks of electronic systems, such as resistors, capacitors, inductors and more. Other courses and labs build on the concepts learned in the DC/AC Circuits Lab. Digital Electronics: The Digital Electronics Lab includes measuring equipment and multiple digital electronic components that give students hands-on experience constructing electronic circuits that accomplish specific tasks. Students become familiarized with the construction of electronic circuits designed for practical applications. For example, students learn to construct a circuit that functions as a calculator. Engineering Design: The Engineering Design Lab is an open lab where senior students can work on their capstone project. The lab includes various engineering tools and devices, allowing students to design and build a device that integrates numerous interdisciplinary concepts learned throughout their studies. Students work individually or In teams to complete the project and submit a report that outlines the design details as well as the market feasibility of the product. • Industrial Automation: The Industrial Automation Lab allows students to design and build an automation process. Students learn about various types of sensors and how they can be tied to PLC inputs, which are controlled by a ladder Page 5 of 69 SCIT Catalog logic program In order to achieve a defined goal. For example, students learn to program a PLC to drive a conveyor belt at a specific speed after receiving an input (like pressing a button). The conveyor will carry a block to a specific end point at which time another process will begin. Students may also explore animal projects to replicate lifelike movement of living things. • Motor Control: The Electric Motor Lab contains multiple sensors that train students on various control techniques commonly used with multiple types of electric motors, such as speed control. Students gain hands-on experience with a range of motors including AC, DC, dual voltage repulsion, 3- pins se, synch ran ousand more. • Pneumatics: The Pneumatics Lab is a series of steel racks containing an arrangement of various pneumatic valves and regulator devices to train students how to control pneumatic -based mechanics with PLCs. The lab includes a range of different valves and regulators to familiarize students with the type of motions that can be achieved with pneumatic devices. The Pneumatics Lab introduces students to various techniques for controlling solenoid valves, which include the use of PLC units to send appropriate signals. • Programmable Logic Controllers(PLC): The Programmable Logic Controller (PLC) Lab contains multiple workstations equipped with computers, PLC units and other interfacing devices to train students how to program and upload ladder logic code. Students gain hands-on experience with RSLogix software, which provides a graphical interface representing conditional computer programming functions such as if/else statements. The lab Is based primarily on the Allen Bradley family of Programmable Logic Controllers, which are widely used in factories and other settings. • Residential Wiring: The Residential Wiring Lab Is a wood - framed environment consisting of 70+ lab stations where students install wiring and electrical devices consistent with National Electrical Code (NEC) standards. Students gain hands-on experience with panels, breakers, receptacle switches, motion sensors, timers, fluorescent lighting, recessed lighting and much more. The lab is designed to mimic real -world jobsites where safety standards are strictly enforced. The lab familiarizes students with NEC standards as they pertain to residential buildings. • Robotic Systems: The Robotics Systems Lab is an arrangement of numerous robotic arms and Industrial devices such as conveyor belts and sensors. The lab simulates small manufacturing lines by requiring the use of multiple electromechanical Inputs to Invoke a controlled sequence of outputs. Students gain hands-on experience interfacing robotic systems with computers and PLC units to produce specific motion based on Inputs received from various sensors. • Semiconductors: The Semiconductors Lab contains multiple trainers and oscilloscopes where students learn about the applications and functions of electronic components used in analog circuits. Students gain hands-on experience with electronic components and analog circuitry designs such as field effect transistors, common source amplifiers, source follower amplifiers, MOSFETs and pulse generators. For example, students learn to build a square wave pulse generator, which could be used as a clock for applications involving processors such as those in a computer, using circuitry components such as diodes, capacitors, resistors and op -amps. Solar and Wind: The Solar Power Lab Is an outdoor environment composed of numerous solar panel cells that gives students hands-on experience with installation techniques for solar panels. This lab is part of a seminar series that is available for students In specific programs, so they can become familiar with and gain the skills needed for solar panel installation. LIBRARY It is the mission of SCIT's library to support the curricular and professional needs of the students, faculty, and administration by continuously developing, acquiring and maintaining Information resources and services. The college continues to expand its core materials In order to make the library experience more beneficial for the students. A professional librarian is available to help students and faculty with research projects and other Information needs. The SCIT library has over 3500 books, 500 reference books and multiple magazines and periodicals available for students and faculty to check out. Our collection includes reference material in the areas related to the subject matter taught at the school including business and engineering titles. The library Is open from 8 a.m. to 10:30 p.m. Monday through Friday (excluding holidays). Students can borrow books for a period of one week at a time. The late fee for book returns is $0.20 per day for books not returned prior to the due date. If the book is not returned after 30 days, the student will be charged for the book, If students require resources from external libraries, they may submit a request to the school librarian to obtain such resources ("external resources"). Requests for external resources are reviewed on a case by case basis and may take up to 4 weeks to complete. The school does not guarantee that it will be able to secure external resources from other libraries. There is no additional charge to secure external resources; however, there may be additional charges for external resources that are not returned to the school librarian prior to the expiration of the borrowing time. The borrowing time for external resources are determined on a case by case basis depending on the policies of the library lending the external resource. For more information on how to access the schools' library resources or to obtain external resources, please see the school librarian. ADDRESS & CONTACT INFORMATION 525 North Muller Street Anaheim, CA 92801 Phone: (714) 300-0300 Webslte: www,scitech.edu General email: info@scitech.edu Page 6 of 69 SCIT Catalog ADMISSIONS ADMISSIONS PROCESS The Admissions Process is a sequence of steps an applicant must complete in order to enroll at the school. The Admissions Process is as follows: t. Complete an Application for Admissions(available from the SCIT Admissions Office(. 2. The applicant completes an interview with an Admissions Office Official whereby the student is provided with the most recently published school Catalog and the Student Performance Fact Sheet specifying the most recently reported completion and placement rates for the applicants programs) of interest. The topics discussed at the Interview may include, but are not limited to; why the applicant wants to attend college and what they expect to gain by attending college, are the program objectives compatible with the academic and career goals of the applicant, how well the applicant has previously performed academically with the topics that fall under the scope of the program, and are the applicant's career and outcome expectations realistic compared to the performance of the program. Applicants may also be provided a tour of the campus and relevant instructional facilities. 3. The applicant schedules a time to complete an entrance exam. 4. If the applicant meets all the admissions requirements, s/he is referred to the schools Financial Aid Office to review the cost of the program and any federal and state student aid they may be eligible to receive. The schools Financial Aid Office is Independent from the schools Admissions Office and provides the applicant with information on how to apply for federal student aid online (online FAFSA)and provides any assistance if needed. The Financial Aid Officer provides an Award Letter to the applicant, reviews all aid the applicant is eligible to receive to finance their education, and reviews the repayment responsibilities of the applicant if they were to receive such aid. 5. After the applicant has had time to review the Award Letter and subsequently decides to enroll at the school contingent upon meeting the Admissions Requirements, an Enrollment Agreement is furnished and reviewed with the student by an Enrollment Official, who functions independently from the schools Admissions Office. The Enrollment Off clal reviews the total educational cost of the program with the applicant along with the terms of the Enrollment Agreement, which includes the withdrawal and refund policies of the school. The Enrollment Official also confirms with the applicant that he or she received the most recently published school Catalog and the Student Performance Fact Sheet specifying the most recently reported completion and placement rates for the applicant's specified program(s). The Enrollment Official also reviews the cancellation policy of the Enrollment Agreement with the applicant if they were to decide to cancel their enrollment prior to beginning their schoolwork. After the student signs the Enrollment Agreement, a copy of the said agreement Is provided to the applicant and he or she is referred to the Admissions Office to be scheduled to attend orientation prior to the student's schoolwork and complete any additional required paperwork. Applicants for programs offered entirely through distance education complete the same admissions process; however, each step Is performed online by completing electronic forms and participating in teleconference sessions with representatives from the Admissions and Financial Aid Offices. Such applicants must have access to a computer and high speed internet in order to successfully be able to complete the admissions process. ADMISSIONS REQUIREMENTS — UNDERGRADUATE STUDIES • Complete an Application for Admissions. • Interview with and receive a recommendation by an Admissions Office Official to enroll in the school. • Pass a standardized entrance exam. Have an earned High School Diploma or General Equivalency Certificate. • Be at least 17 years of age by the first day of class. DISTANCE EDUCATION REQUIREMENTS Students enrolled in programs that have some or all courses delivered through distance education (i.e. online) must have access to a personal computer with an installed web camera and microphone, and a high speed internet connection prior to beginning the program. Applicants must be able to demonstrate computer proficiency with the school's online course delivery system by successfully completing an online course orientation prior to beginning their program. ADMISSIONS OF FOREIGN STUDENTS SCIT Is authorized by the U.S. Department of Homeland Security ("DHS") to accept nonimmigrant students. Students who are not U.S. citizens or permanent residents must contact the Foreign Admissions Advisor at the school. Before an 1-20 can be issued, the nonimmigrant applicant must provide a copy of high school transcript, college transcript, or equivalent, which documents the applicant's academic achievements. If this documentation is written in a language other than English, it must be translated Into English and evaluated for equivalency to a U.S. high school diploma by a school official or appropriate outside agency. A statement of financial support, explaining that tuition will be paid in advance of each term, and If applicable, a letter from a sponsor explaining that all necessary living expenses for the international applicant will be provided (Form 1-134 may be used). International applicants will not be eligible for U.S. Federal Financial Assistance and applicants cannot work legally in the United States without permission from the DHS. The school only Issues 1-20'5 and does not offer any visa services other than vouching for student status for admitted and enrolled International students. International students are responsible for all associated charges to obtain a visa and any charges for maintaining a student visa. ENGLISH LANGUAGE PROFICIENCY All classes are conducted In English. English language proficiency Is in part determined by the outcome of the standardized entrance exam which tests the students reading comprehension and sentence skills. Applicants from countries where English is not the primary language, and applicants whose native language Is not English, must demonstrate English -language proficiency by providing SCIT with one of the following: • Completion of a high school diploma or GED in the United States or other nation where English is the official language of the nation, or Page 8 of 69 • Completion of or enrollment in an accredited college program in the United States, or • TOEFL paper test score of at least 550 (47 for the 2017 revised paper based test) or TOEFL IBT (Internet Based Test) of at least 65, or • IELTS minimum Band Score of 5, or • iTEP minimum score of 3.5, or • A certificate indicating an intermediate ESL program was successfully completed at an institution approved by government agency or a recognized accrediting agency. ADMISSIONS OF THOSE NOT SEEKING A DEGREE OR DIPLOMA Students wishing to take specific courses but not wanting to pursue a degree or diploma must complete an application for admission. Students must meet the same academic qualifications as those applying fora regular program or cannot be admitted. DISTANCE EDUCATION AVAILABILITY Programs offered entirely through distance education are available to residents of the following states: California. TRANSFER CREDIT & ADVANCED STANDING TRANSFER OF CREDIT TO SCIT If a student has credit from courses completed at any other accredited academic institution, they may request their official transcripts to be mailed directly to the SCIT Education Department from the respective academic institution in order to be evaluated for the awarding of transfer credit toward courses in their Academic Plan. Students may request for transfer credit award both prior to and during their enrollment at the school. The SCIT Education Department evaluates each transfer credit request on a case by case basis and is based on how recent the course(s) were completed, whether or not the course(s) are sufficiently thorough and relevant, and if it can be demonstrated that the student completed the course satisfactorily. The SCIT Education Department may require the student to complete an examination if it cannot determine In Its sole and absolute discretion that any of the abovementioned criteria were met for the awarding of transfer credit. The school will maintain a written record of any previous education used to award transfer credit to the student and the school will notify the student if and when transfer credit is awarded. If transfer credit is awarded, the student will not be required to enroll In the course(s) for which they received transfer credit and their program length may be reduced. l'he total costs associated with the tuition, books, materials and fees for all courses that the student receives transfer credit but has not yet attempted will be reduced from the Total Cost of the students' enrollment. Students must earn at least 50%of the credits needed to graduate at the school. TRANSFER OF CREDIT TO SCIT FOR VA STUDENTS In accordance with the Code of Federal Regulation 21.4253(d)(3), this institution will conduct and maintain a written record of any evaluation of previous education and training for all veterans and eligible persons, grant and record appropriate credit if merited, Admissions shorten the program proportionately consistent with the credit received, and notify the VA and student accordingly. NOTICE CONCERNING TRANSFERABILITY OF CREDITS AND CREDENTIALS EARNED AT OUR INSTITUTION The transferability of credits you earn at Southern California Institute of Technology Is at the complete discretion of an institution to which you may seek to transfer. Acceptance of the degree or diploma you earn in your educational program is also at the complete discretion of the Institution to which you may seek to transfer. If the credits or degree or diploma that you earn at this institution are not accepted at the institution in which you seek to transfer, you may be required to repeat some or all of your coursework at that institution. For this reason you should make certain that your attendance at this Institution will meet your educational goals. This may include contacting an institution to which you may seek to transfer after attending Southern California Institute of Technology to determine if your credit or degree or diploma will transfer, EXPERIENTIAL LEARNING CREDIT Experience related to your field of study that you wish to obtain experiential learning credit for must be substantially equivalent to course material offered by SCIT and will be judged entirely on documentation showing the experiential learning substantially meets the objectives of the course, is equivalent in length, and Is completely and adequately documented. Acceptable documentation includes: (1) Awritten description of the experiences with work product documents, (2) Estimated total hours of life/work experience supported by documentation, (3) Notarized documentation from your field supervisor(s) attesting to the experience, (4) Military DD214 to document your experience. The faculty evaluating the learning experience will prepare a report indicating: (1) the documents in the student file on which the faculty member relied upon to determine the nature of the student's prior learning, (2) The basis for determining that the experience is equivalent to college level learning and demonstrates a balance between theory and practice, (3) The basis for determining to what college level the experience is equivalent and the proper number of units awarded. If testing Is required, an equivalent to the course final will be given at a cost of $100 per exam, as required. Prospective applicants who would like to appeal any denial of experiential learning credit may do so in a written letter stating the reason for the appeal and include additional documents that may aid in the evaluation of the appeal. Experiential learning credit appeals are reviewed by the Dean of Education and may only be made once for each course the applicant seeks to obtain credit. The Dean of Education makes all Rica I determinations to grant or deny experiential learning credit. LATE ADMISSION Classes start on the date indicated In the Academic Calendar. Late starts (starts that begin after the first class meeting) are considered on an individual basis after assessing the student's ability to complete any missed work. However, students will not be allowed to enter a class after the Add/Drop period without the permission of the Director of Admissions. Page 9 of 69 SCIT Catalog READMISSION An applicant who was a prior student and withdrew or was dismissed from the school may he evaluated by a Readmission Committee and may be required to attend a meeting with the Readmission Committee prior to beginning the application process. The members of the Readmission Committee will be designated by the school. The Readmission Committee will review the circumstances leading to the students' prior withdrawal or dismissal from the school, which may include but is not limited to violations of the Student Code of Conduct, unsatisfactory academic progress, or lack of attendance. Upon review of the circumstances leading to the prior students' withdrawal or dismissal, the Readmissions Committee will make a recommendation to the Director of Admissions whether or not to allow the applicant to begin the application process. If the Readmissions Committee recommends not allowing the applicant to begin the application process, the Director of Admissions may reject any application submitted by the applicant and the applicant will not be allowed to reenroll in the school. Prior students who were dismissed from the school for reasons that Include, but are not limited to, violation of the Student Code of Conduct, unsatisfactory academic progress, lack of attendance, or inability to meet financial obligations to the school may not reapply for admission to the school for a minimum period of six months after the date the school determined the student was withdrawn from the school. The Director of Admission may waive this restriction for extenuating circumstances that led to the student to being dismissed from the school. Prior students who withdrew from the school due to a Military service obligation are waived from evaluation by a Readmission Committee and may return to their program of study when ready to reenroll in the school. CANCELED ENROLLMENTS Any student who does not complete SCIT's enrollment process in a timely manner or who cancels his or her enrollment prior to beginning class may have their application canceled. If a new student does not attend during the Attendance Census Period of their first class, he or she may have their enrollment cancelled. In such cases, the student will be entitled to refunds in accordance with the Refund Policy and may be required to repeat the Admissions Process if he or she later decides to seek admission to the school. NON-DISCRIMINATION POLICY Southern California Institute of Technology does not discriminate based on any legally recognized basis ("protected classes") Including, but not limited to: race; color; religion; genetic information; national origin; sex; pregnancy, childbirth, or related medical conditions; age; disability; citizenship status; uniform servicemember status; or any other protected class under federal, state or local law in any of its programs, activities or employment practices. Any person who believes that he or she has been or is being subjected to discrimination based on the protected classes specified above may submit a written complaint to the President of the school and or may file a written complaint directly with the U.S. Department of Labor, Civil Rights Center, 200 Constitution Avenue N.W., Room N-4123, Washington D.C. 20210. Students applying to or enrolled in the school who receive WIOA financial assistance who believe they have been subjected to discrimination based on the protected classes specified above may additionally submit a written complaint to the Orange County Workforce Development Board, 1300 S. Grand Ave Building B, V Floor, Santa Ana, CA 92705. Page 10 of 69 SCIT Catalog FINANCIAL AID GENERAL INFORMATION In today's society any education after high school will cost time, money and effort. The SCIT Financial Aid Office is committed to providing students and their families with the financial resources they need to finance their education and ensure access to their academic goals. SCIT is an eligible institution participating in federal financial aid programs. Financial aid Is available to those who qualify. The U.S. Department of Education has approved Southern California Institute of Technology for participation in the following programs: • Federal Pell Grant Federal Supplemental Education Opportunity Grant (FSEOG) • Federal Direct Subsidized Loan • Federal Direct Unsubsidized Loan • Federal Parent Loans to Undergraduate Students (PLUS) • Federal Work Study(FWS) Southern California Institute of Technology also participates In the following programs provided by the State of California, contingent on the institutions current eligibility status: • Cal Grant • Cal Grant B • Cal Grant Please Note: The stated financial aid guidelines and procedures may be a combination of constantly changing federal and state regulations. For information regarding the current changes and eligibility status of the institution, please contact the SCIT Financial Aid Office. FINANCIAL AID ELIGIBILITY Eligibility for most financial aid programs is based on financial need and several other factors. Your eligibility Is determined by the information you provide on the Free Application for Federal Student Aid (FAFSA). Basic eligibility requirements include the following: • Be a U.S. citizen or eligible non -citizen; • Be enrolled as a regular student working toward a degree or certificate In an eligible program; • Maintaining Satisfactory Academic Progress; • Not owe a refund on a federal grant or be In default on a federal educational loan. Non -citizens are required to verify eligibility with the Financial Aid Office. Students who are required to register with Selective Service must be registered in order to receive financial aid. Since it is important that you understand the available financial aid programs and your rights and responsibilities under them, the U.S. Department of Education has prepared a brochure entitled THE GUIDE TO FEDERAL FINANCIAL AID PROGRAMS, which explains these federal programs. You may obtain a copy of this booklet from the Financial Aid Office. APPLICATION PROCEDURE The first step in applying for financial aid is to complete the Free Application for Federal Student Aid (FAFSA). This application must be completed every award year and may be completed online at fafsa.ed.gov. FAFSA worksheets are available from the Financial Aid Office to assist students prior to completing the application on the web. In addition to completing the FAFSA, students may be required to submit other supporting documents. The supporting documents vary according to a student's particular situation. For more information, contact the Financial Aid Office. The FAFSA and other documents are reviewed by the Financial Aid Administrator to determine the student's eligibility. The Financial Aid Administrator will review available funds and discuss financial options with the students to finance their education. FINANCIAL AID AVAILABLE FEDERAL GRANTS Federal Pell Grant (FPELL) Pell Grants are awarded on the basis of financial need and do not have to be repaid. They are provided by the federal government and are awarded to students who demonstrate the greatest financial need and have completed their financial aid application. FedbraLSup#mental EducaHonaLOpooitunity Grant (FSEOG) Federal Supplemental Education Opportunity Grants are awarded on the basis of financial need and do not have to be repaid. They are provided by the federal government and are awarded to students who demonstrate the greatest financial need and have completed their financial aid application. It is usually available only to those students who also qualify for the Federal Pell Grant. CALIFORNIA GRANT PROGRAMS (CAL GRANT) Cal Grants are grants provided by the State of California for qualified educational institutions. Due to the need for educational institutions to recertify eligibility to receive Cal Grants, please check with the SCIT Financial Aid office for the current awards available. Applicants must apply for the Cal Grant by published deadlines. Cal GrantA Cal Grant A awards can be used for tuition and fees. Applicants must be working toward a two-year or four-year degree. Cal Grai Cal Grant B awards provide low-income students with a living allowance and assistance with tuition and fees. The minimum course length is one academic year. Cal Grai Cal Grant C awards help pay for tuition and training costs at occupational or career colleges. To qualify, you must enroll in a vocational program that Is at least four months long. Funding is available for up to two years, depending on the length of your program. LOANS Federal DirectSubsid/zed Loan This program is a low interest rate, long-term loan program for undergraduate students who demonstrate financial need. The Page 12 of 69 federal government will pay Interest on this loan while the student is enrolled in college at least half-time. FecheraLDirect Unsubsidrred Loan This program is a low interest rate, long-term loan program for undergraduate students. This loan is not based on financial need. The student is responsible for the interest during all periods. FederaLParent Loan far Undlergradiate Students (PLUS) Through the Parent Loan for Undergraduate Students (PLUS) program, parents of undergraduate students may borrow up to the annual cost of attendance minus any financial aid. The Federal PLUS loan program is designed to assist parents of dependent undergraduate students who are unable to meet their expected parental contribution or have additional financial need that is not met with other financial aid resources. This loan is limited to parents who don't have an adverse credit history. Private Loans Private loans are available from a variety of banks and lenders. The terms and rates for alternative loans are usually determined by the lender. The eligibility for these loans Is determined by the borrowers land co -borrowers) credit history. FEDERAL COLLEGE WORK-STUDY PROGRAM SLIT participates in the Federal College Work -Study Program with award amounts based on demonstrated need. Work-study is money that students may earn by working a part time job. The program allows students to gain work experience and pay for a part of their educational expenses as they earn their award. Funds for this program come from the federal government, as well as, the school. SATISFACTORY ACADEMIC PROGRESS Satisfactory academic progress is necessary to maintain eligibility for Title IV and state funded programs. See the Academics section for SCIT's Satisfactory Academic Progress criteria. NOTICE TO APPLICANTS OF FINANCIAL AID An offer of financial aid is contingent upon receipt of funds from all funding sources. The Financial Aid Office reserves the right to revise offers of financial aid at any time during the academic year based on availability of funds and/or procedures mandated by the state or federal authorities. Pursuant to the Privacy Act of 1947, applicants for student financial aid are hereby notified that the disclosure of their Social Security number is required by SLIT to verify the identity of each applicant. If the student receives federal student financial aid funds, the student Is responsible for repaying the loan amount plus any Interest, less the amount of any refund and is entitled to a refund of the money's not paid from federal student financial aid program funds in accordance with the SCIT Refund Policy. VERIFICATION OF ENROLLMENT The Financial Aid Office must verify each student's enrollment in his or her scheduled course of study in order to release the students' eligible financial Aid funds. Student acknowledges and verifies his or her enrollment in his or her scheduled course to the Financial Aid Office and the School by attending any single day of the respective scheduled course in the Attendance Census Period Financial Aid or during any period In which the instructor of the course opts to track attendance. An attendance record of P-Present, T-Tardy, or E-Early Leave Indicates the student attended the course. The date of Students verification of enrollment will be the date of the first recorded attendance Indicating that Student attended the course. TUITION & FEES The student is obligated for the portion of the Total Cost applicable to each Enrolled Quarter, herein referred to as the Applicable quarter Cost. The student must pay the school the Applicable Quarter Cost on or before the first day of the course of study in the Enrolled Quarter unless the school agrees in writing to different payment arrangements. Quarter charges are payable in US funds, by check from a US bank, by money order in US funds, by accepted major credit cards, by Federal Financial Aid, and/or by payment arrangements made between the school and the student and/or the school and third party funding agencies sponsoring the student. The total tuition, course fees, books and materials costs for each program of study is listed below. If the tuition and fees change during the publication period of this catalog, a Catalog Addendum will list the revised and effective costs. If the student (1) enrolls in multiple programs, or (2) request to enroll in additional courses outside the curricula of his/her specified program(s), or (3) is awarded transfer credit, or (4) has completed applicable coursework in prior enrollments at the school, the school may adjust the Total Cost to reflect the addition or removal of courses from the students' Academic Plan. "The Estimated Quarter Cost Is an estimate of the Applicable Quarter Cost for an Enrolled Quarter in the first academic year of the respective program. This cost serves only as an estimate and is based on a student enrolled in the respective program with a full time academic status. The actual Applicable Quarter Costs for each student may differ depending on their academic status for the respective Enrolled Quarter, the academic year of the student Page 13 of 69 SCIT Catalog and the terms and conditions specified in the students Enrollment Agreement. -' Please see Student Tuition Recovery Fund section for more details. CANCELATION & WITHDRAWAL REFUND POLICY Students have the right to cancel their enrollment on or before the first day of the first class session, or the seventh day after enrollment, whichever is later. If Student exercises the right contained In the immediate preceding sentence, the School shall refund one hundred percent (100%) of the amount paid for institutional charges and registration fees. Student has the right to cancel his/her enrollment from the School at any time during their enrollment by following the Procedures for Cancellation/Termination by the Student. If Student cancels his/her enrollment from the School after the first day of the first class session, or the seventh day after enrollment, whichever is later, the Student will be entitled to refunds in accordance with the Refund Policy. PROCEDURES FOR CANCELLATION BY THE STUDENT Any cancellation or refund request by Student should be made in writing and mailed to: Director of Student Services, Southern California Institute of Technology, 525 N. Muller St., Anaheim, CA 92801. A written notice of cancellation must Include the Students name, address and last four digits of their Social Security Number. The wording on a written cancellation notice is not critical as long as the student clearly Indicates a desire not to be bound by this agreement. A written cancellation notice will be effectuated within 10 business days after the School receives the notice. If a Students cancellation Is effectuated, Student will be entitled to refund In accordance with the Refund Policy. REFUND POLICY If Student cancels his or her enrollment on or before the first day of the first class session, or the seventh day after enrollment, whichever Is later, the School shall refund one hundred percent (100%) of the amount paid for institutional charges and enrollment fees. If Student withdraws or is terminated from the School any time afterthe period described In the immediate preceding sentence, Student shall be entitled to a refund of moneys not paid fromfederal student financial aid funds for the Enrolled quarter for which the Student withdraws from the School as described below. The Applicable quarter Cost for the Enrolled Quarter for which the Student withdraws from the School shall be as follows: a) If the Student achieves a Quarter Completion Rate of less than or equal to sixty percent (60%) for the respective Enrolled Quarter, the Applicable Quarter Cost will be prorated with respect to the Quarter Completion Rate, wherein the Quarter Completion Rate is defined as the total number of Completed Days over the total number of Period Days for all scheduled courses in the respective Enrolled Quarter, wherein the percentage Is calculated to the fourth decimal place; or b) If the Student achieves a Quarter Completion Rate of more than sixty percent (60%), the Applicable Quarter Cost shall remain unchanged. Completed Days Is defined as the total number of calendar days comprised of the completed calendar days for each scheduled course in the Enrolled Quarter whereby the completed calendar days for each scheduled course is as follows: 1. If the Student received an'A-F' grade in the course, the total calendar days from the course start date to the grade date; or 2. If the Student received a or'WF' grade in the course and is an Attendance Required Student, the total calendar days from the course start date to the Students last date of attendance in the course; or 3. If the Student received a or'WF' grade in the course and is a Non -Attendance Required Student, the total calendar days from the course start date to the or'WF' grade date; or 4. If the Student received an 9' grade In the course and is an Attendance Required Student, the total calendar days from the course start date to the Students last date of attendance in the course; or 5. If the student received an'I' grade in the course and Is a Non -Attendance Required Student, the total calendar days from the course start date to either the Students last date of attendance in the course or the midpoint of the Enrolled Quarter, whichever Is later, whereby the midpoint of the Enrolled Quarter is calculated in accordance with current federal laws and regulations pertaining to Student Withdrawals. Attendance Required Student Is defined as a student whereby an outside entity requires the School to maintain attendance records or the School itself has a requirement to maintain attendance records for the student.A Non -Attendance Required Student is defined as a student whereby neither an outside entity nor the School require attendance records to be maintained for the student. Period Days is defined as the total number of calendar days between the start date and end date of all scheduled courses originally enrolled by the Student in the respective Enrolled Quarter prior to the withdrawal of the student from the respective Enrolled Quarter. The Students withdrawal date will be the Students last date of completion, which Is the last day considered as a Completed Day within the respective Enrolled Quarter. If the student did not complete any day in the respective Enrolled Quarter, then the last date of completion will be the latest date of completion from prior Enrolled Quarters. If the student has not completed any days while enrolled at the School, then the withdrawal date will be the Students start date. The Student will: a) Remain obligated to the School for any nonrefundable fees; and b) Remain obligated to the School for the adjusted Applicable Quarter Cost for the Enrolled Quarter for which the Student withdraws from the School as provided in this Refund Policy; and 0) Remain obligated to the School for all Applicable Quarter Costs owed to the School for any previous Enrolled Quarter attended by the Student; and d) Remain obligated to the School for all other amounts owed to the School under this Agreement (including any addenda hereto) and/or any other agreement signed by the Student and the School. If the School determines, In its sole and absolute discretion that Student's withdrawal or termination from the Program during any Quarter was a proximate result of Student suffering an Incapacitating Illness, accident, death of close family member or similar circumstance, the School will determine, In Its sole and Page 14 of 69 absolute discretion, whether to reduce Student's obligation to the School for the Applicable Quarter Cost. If, at the time Student withdraws or is terminated from the School, the School has received any monies for tuition, or Supplies from or on behalf of Student in excess of Student's obligation therefore as provided in this Refund section, the School will refund such excess to the appropriate party lies) as specified below. If Student withdraws or Is terminated from the School, Student and/or his or her parents) may be ineligible under federal law to use some or all of any federal student financial aid for which Student and/or parents) applied. School will refund any government or federal financial aid funds in accordance with current federal laws and regulations. If Student and/or his or her parent(s) are Ineligible under federal law to use some or all of any federal student financial aid; a) Remitted to the School to satisfy Student's obligation for tuition and Supplies, (1) federal law requires the School to return to the appropriate party (les)such unusable aid, (2) the School with advise Student of the amount of such unusable aid returned by the School, and (3) Student will be liable for, and immediately pay the School in full, an amount equal to such unusable aid; or b) Received by Student and/or his or her parent(s) and not remitted to the School, (1) federal law requires Student and/or his or her parent(s) to repay to the appropriate party (]as) such unusable aid and (2) the School will advise Student and/or his or her parents) of the amount of such unusable aid. Any refund and return or repayment of unusable federal student financial aid required under Ihis Refund section will be paid first to eliminate any outstanding balances for any federal student financial aid received by or with respect to Student in the following order and priority (unless otherwise required under applicable law) and within the time period prescribed by law: (1) Federal SLS Loans; (2) unsubsidized Federal Stafford Loans;(3) subsidized Federal Stafford Loans; (4) Federal PLUS Loans; (5) unsubsidized Federal Direct Stafford Loans;(6) subsidized Federal Direct Stafford Loans; (7) Federal Direct PLUS Loans; (8) Federal Perkins Loans; (9) Federal Pell Grants; (10) Federal SEOG Program aid; (11) other programs authorized by Title IV of the Higher Education Act of 1965, as amended (except for the Federal Work Study Program); and (12) other federal, state, private or institutional student financial assistance. The School will pay Student any refund remaining after all outstanding balances specified in the immediate preceding sentence are eliminated within 30 days of Student's withdrawal or termination date. If the Student is eligible for a loan guaranteed by the federal or state government and the Student defaults on the loan, both of the following may occur: (1) the federal or state government or a loan guarantee agency may take action against the student, including applying any income tax refund to which the person is entitled to reduce the balance owed on the loan, and (2) the Student may not be eligible for any other federal student financial aid at another institution or other government assistance until the loan is repaid. _ Financial Aid REFUND EXAMPLE TEXTBOOK, SUPPLIES & EQUIPMENTS Student can purchase all books, equipment and supplies (collectively "Supplies") required for their program at the beginning of their enrollment. If Student chooses this option, then the following rules apply: Student has to purchase all Supplies required for their program specified at the beginning of their enrollment. Student cannot pick and choose which Supplies they do not want to purchase. • Students who receive Transfer Credit will have the Supplies costs for the course(s) they are receiving transfer credit removed from the total Supplies cost. The Supplies costs for the transfer credit courses) are determined at the time of enrollment and are final. Student cannot return Supplies and they cannot receive refunds after receiving the Supplies. • Students will not be charged for any additional Supplies added to their curriculum. In conjunction, students will not be refunded for any Supplies removed from the curriculum. The payment for the Supplies will be disbursed evenly in quarters throughout the time of the students' enrollment and Integrated into their financial aid funding package. Payment for the quarter's Supplies is due at the time the students' enrollment is verified. • Students will receive Supplies for the course after the first day of the course and only If they are in good financial standing with the School. Students may not receive Supplies for a course prior to the course start date unless approved by the school. Student can purchase Supplies directly from the school or from other sources. If student purchases Supplies from the school they will be charged for the cost of the Supplies at the time of purchase. Purchased Supplies are not returnable and are non- refundable. Page 15 of 69 SCIT Catalog COURSE WITHDRAW & INCOMPLETE CHARGES If a student receives a withdraw grade ("W" Grade), a withdraw fall ("WF" Grade), or an incomplete grade ("I" Grade) for a course and attended the respective course for at least one (1) day, the student will be assessed additional charges based on the amount of the respective course(s) Quarter Credit Units. The total amount charged for a withdraw or withdraw fail grade is equal to the total units of the course being withdrawn times one half (50%) of the Tuition Cost Per Unit stated in the students enrollment agreement. The total amount charged for an incomplete course is equal to the total units of the incomplete course times the Tuition Cost Per Unit stated in the students enrollment agreement. The School reserves the right to reduce any course withdraw charge or incomplete charge for any extenuating circumstances at the Schools absolute and sole discretion. COURSE ADDITION, FAIL AND REPEAT CHARGES If Student falls a course and is required to repeat that course to complete his/her program of study or if Student chooses to repeat a course for any reason or if Student chooses to enroll in a course that Is not included or required for completion of his/her program of study, the Student will be assessed additional charges for the cost of the added or repeated course(s). The amount that will be charged will be equal to the total units of the course being added or repeated times the Tuition Cost Per Unit stated in the students enrollment agreement, School reserves the right to reduce the charged amount for any extenuating circumstances at the Schools absolute and sole discretion. STUDENT TUITION RECOVERY FUND The State of California established the Student Tuition Recover Fund (STRF) to relieve or mitigate economic loss suffered by a student in an educational program at a qualifying institution, who is or was a California resident while enrolled, or was enrolled in a residency program, if the student enrolled in the institution, prepaid tuition, and suffered an economic loss. Unless relieved of the obligation to do so, you must pay the state -Imposed assessment for the STRF, or it must be paid on your behalf, If you are a student in an educational program, who is a California resident, or are enrolled In a residency program, and prepay all or part of your tuition. You are not eligible for protection from the STRF and you are not required to pay the STRF assessment, If you are not a California resident, or are not enrolled in a residency program. It is important that you keep copies of your enrollment agreement, financial aid documents, receipts, or any other Information that documents the amount paid to the school. Questions regarding the STRF may be directed to the Bureau for Private Postsecondary Education, 1747 N. Market Blvd., Suite 225, Sacramento, CA 95834, (916) 574-8900 or (888) 370-7589. To be eligible for STRF, you must be a California resident or are enrolled in a residency program, prepaid tuition, paid or deemed to have paid the STRF assessment, and suffered an economic loss as a result of any of the following: 1. The Institution, a location of the institution, or an education program offered by the Institution was closed or discontinued, and you did not choose to participate In a teach -out plan approved by the Bureau or did not complete a chosen teach -out plan approved by the Bureau. 2. You were enrolled at an institution or a location of the institution within the 120 day period before the closure of the institution or location of the institution, or were enrolled in an education al program within the 120 period before the program was discontinued. 3. You were enrolled at an institution or a location of the institution more than 120 days before the closure of the institution or location of the institution, in an education program offered by the Institution as to which the Bureau determined there was significant decline in the quality or value of the program more than 120 days before closure. 4. The institution has been ordered to pay a refund by the Bureau but has failed to do so. S. The institution has failed to pay or reimburse loan proceeds under a federal student loan program as required by law, or has failed to pay or reimburse proceeds received by the institution in excess of tuition and other costs. 6. You have been awarded restitution, a refund, or other monetary award by an arbitrator or court, based on a violation of this chapter by an institution or representative of an Institution, but have been unable to collect the award from the Institution. 7. You sought legal counsel that resulted in the cancellation of one or more of your student loans and have an Invoice for services rendered and evidence of the cancellation of the student loan or loans. To qualify for STRF reimbursement, the application must be received within four (4) years from the date of the action or event that made the student eligible for recovery from STRF, A student whose loan Is revived by a loan holder or debt collector after a period of noncollection may, at any time, file a written application for recovery from STRF for the debt that would have otherwise been eligible for recovery. If it has been more than four (4) years since the action or event that made the student eligible, the student must have filed a written application for recovery within the original four (4) year period, unless the period has been extended by another act of law. However, no claim can be paid to any student without a social security number or a taxpayer identification number. Page 16 of 69 FAILURE TO FULFILL FINANCIAL OBLIGATION Students who do not pay or do not have an approved arrangement to pay the Applicable quarter Cost on or before the first day of the course of study in the Enrolled quarter, are not in good financial standing with the school, m who have an outstanding financial obligation to the school may not be eligible to (1) receive an official transcript, and/or (2) receive any books or materials the student is scheduled to receive, and/or (3) receive verification or confirmation of his or her status at the school, including verification requests from third parties, and/or (4) receive placement services, and/or (5) receive student services, and/or (6) receive academic services, which includes access to and use of education facilities. In order to remain enrolled in a course, a student must be in good financial standing with the school by the end of the Add/Drop Period of the respective course. If a student is not placed on good financial standing by the end of the Add/Drop Period of a course, then s/he will be dropped from the respective course. If a student is dropped from a course due to his or her financial standing and is not placed on good financial standing by the end of the term of the respective course, then s/he may be withdrawn from the school. The determination of whether or not a student is in good financial standing with the school is solely decided by the school consistent with school policies and Is based on the funding arrangements with third party agencies or entities, the balance on a student's account, the amount of past due payments, and the length of time the said payments have been past due. LATE FEES Billing statements are distributed two (2) weeks ahead of when they are due. Students have a five (5) day grace period after the day the payment Is due. If no payment has been received by the end of the grace period, the student may be charged an additional $25 late fee. The school reserves the right to reduce any Late Fee for any extenuating circumstances at the schools sole and absolute discretion. Financial Aid Page 17 of 69 SCIT Catalog ACADEMICS CLASS HOURS & LOCATION Regular school office hours are Monday through Friday, 9:00 a.m. to 7:00 p.m. Classes are usually scheduled between 8:00 a.m. and 10:30 p.m. Monday through Friday and between 9 a.m. and 4 p.m. on Saturday (for certain courses), one to five nights a week. In certain circumstances, classes may be scheduled outside of these times. All in -person courses are conducted at the school, which is located at 525 North Muller Street, Anaheim, CA 92801. DISTANCE EDUCATION DELIVERY Courses delivered through distance education may be offered either fully online or as hybrid online courses. Fully online courses include a combination of watching online video recordings and participating in live, online teleconference sessions with the instructor of the course. Hybrid online courses include watching online video recordings and participating in in -person class sessions conducted at the school (located at 525 North Muller Street, Anaheim, CA 92801), which are generally courses requiring substantial in -class coursework such as supervised laboratory courses. The system by which online courses are delivered requires the student to log in with a school Issued student account. Online courses, whether fully online or hybrid online, are accessible when the student signs in with his or her school issued student account using any computer connected to the internet. When signed in, the student has access to the online video recordings, the ability to join live teleconference sessions with the instructor, and access to course materials that the instructor posts to the online class webpage, including, but not limited to, assignments, exams and the course syllabus. The student will also be able to submit assignments and complete examinations online when signed Into the online course. COURSE SEQUENCE, CANCELLATION & CHANGES The actual sequence in which courses are taken may vary based on schedule needs. The school reserves the right to revise, add, delete and/or cancel classes if the proper facilities, equipment or staff are not available or if the number enrolled is Insufficient as determined by the school. Students will be notified of any cancellations. Curriculum changes may impact both current and returning students. If a change occurs, the education department will establish an alternative plan of study that must be completed in lieu of the original requirements. In special circumstances, students may be scheduled for elective courses, which need to be approved by the dean of education and director of the school. Students are scheduled with prerequisite sequences taken Into consideration and usually take lower division courses prior to upper division courses. The school reserves the right to modify a students' schedule based on scheduling needs. SCHEDULE CHANGE REQUESTS Students may request to have their schedules changed or modified by notifying the school. Schedule change requests may include session changes, change of classes, or any request that is class scheduling related. Students will be notified of the result of the schedule change request within one week. Students must be aware that schedule change requests may extend their projected graduation date and/or may be denied due to scheduling conflicts as determined by the school. CLASS SIZES Class sizes will be appropriate to the course of instruction and shall contribute to the achievement of the course objectives. All courses, whether in -person, fully online or hybrid online, generally range between 10 to a maximum of 50 students. ACADEMIC YEARS, QUARTERS &ACADEMIC STATUS An Academic Year is a period of time the student Is enrolled in the school whereby each academic year is equal to three (3) consecutive Enrolled Quarters, which begins with the first Enrolled Quarter. An Enrolled Quarter is a school defined instructional period of 10 weeks whereby the Student could enroll in at least one course scheduled within the respective quarter. A Quarter Academic Status Is the students status for an Enrolled Quarter whereby the students Quarter Academic Status is equal to: (1) Full Time if the Student is scheduled in twelve or more credit units within the respective quarter, or (2) 3/4 Time if the Student is scheduled in nine or more but less than twelve credit units within the respective quarter, or (3)1/2 Time If the Student is scheduled in six or more but less than nine credit units within the respective quarter, or (4) Less than 1/2 Time If the Student is scheduled in less than six credit units within the respective quarter. A student is considered scheduled for a course in an Enrolled Quarter if s/he is enrolled in a course meeting the following criteria: (1) that is in progress or has not yet begun, or (2) whereby s/he received an'A-F' grade, or (3) whereby s/he has an attendance record for any of the courses scheduled days, or (4) that ends after another course meeting any of the aforementioned criteria within the Enrolled Quarter. QUARTER AND CREDIT UNIT DEFINITION At Southern California Institute of Technology, programs are measured In Quarter Credit Units. One (1) Quarter Credit Unit= 15 didactic clock hours, 20 laboratory clock hours or 60 out -of - class work/preparation clock hours as part of a didactic or laboratory based course. One clock hour is equal to 60 minutes where, at minimum, 50 minutes of the clock hour is for Instructional activity. Courses may be composed of one or more of the specified clock hour types. For example, a one (1) Quarter Credit Unit didactic based course maybe composed of 10 didactic clock hours and 20 out -of -class work/preparation clock hours. Didactic clock hours may be a combination of asynchronous and synchronous instruction when delivered through a distance education modality. A Quarter is a school defined instructional period of ten (10) weeks whereby the Student enrolls in at least one course within the Quarter. A Students Enrollment Status for an enrolled Quarter is equal to (1) Full Time if the Student Is enrolled In twelve or more Quarter Credit Units within the respective quarter, or (2) 314 Time if the Student Is enrolled in nine or more but less than twelve Quarter Credit Units within the respective quarter, or (3)112 Time If the Student Is enrolled in six or more but less than nine Quarter Credit Units within the respective quarter, or (4) Less than 112 Time If the Student is Page 18 of 69 enrolled In less than six quarter Credit Units within the respective quarter UPPER & LOWER DIVISION COURSE DESIGNATION Courses designated at the 100 or 200 level are considered lower division courses. Courses designated at the 300 or 400 lever are considered upper division courses. Upper division courses are usually advanced and/or specialized courses that are beyond the introductory level. These courses often build on the foundation provided from lower division courses. ACADEMIC FREEDOM SCIT permits and encourages "academic freedom", or the right to discuss and hold non-standard or traditional viewpoints, allowing the school, teachers, and student's latitude. Academic freedoms are viewed as additions, and may supplement the curriculum, but must not replace it. Faculty has the freedom to take viewpoints that may conflict with the school, its administration and the world in general. A faculty member can articulate or even advocate controversial positions or concepts without any fear of reprisal from anyone associated with the school. The faculty is not allowed to participate In any conduct that would violate the laws of the land or that violate any Individual's right to his or her own personal freedoms. Standards of decency and respect must be maintained and observed at all times, COMPARABLE PROGRAM INFORMATION Comparable program information related to tuition, fees, and program length is available from: The Accrediting Commission of Career Schools and Colleges 2101 Wilson Boulevard, Suite 302 Arlington, Virginia, 22201 Website: www.accsc.org GRADING SYSTEM Students will be evaluated and assessed using quizzes, exams, lab exercises, projects, written reports, oral reports, and/or presentations. Specific evaluation and assessment criteria are Academics outlined in the syllabi for each course. SCIT uses a traditional A— F (4.0 — 0,0) grading system. In addition to the grading system, SCIT uses the following designations: WITHDRAW (W) A grade designation of W indicatesthat a student has voluntarily withdrawn from a course after the end of the Add/Drop period and prior to completing 80% of the scheduled clock hours for the course. Students who receive a W grade are subject to the Course Withdraw and Incomplete Charge policystated In this catalog. A grade designation of W: Does not contribute to a student's grade point average; • Does not count as quarter credits units toward a students' degree ordiploma completion requirement; Counts toward the total number of credits attempted when determining full or part-time status; and Counts toward total number of credits attempted for determining the students Satisfactory Academic Progress. WITHDRAW FAIL (WF) A grade designation of W F indicates that a student has either (1) voluntarily withdrawn from a course on or after completing 80% of the scheduled clock hours of the course and prior to the last scheduled date of the course, or (2) been administratively withdrawn from a course by the school due to the school imposing student sanctions resulting from the student violating school policies. Students who receive a WF grade are subject to the Course Withdraw and Incomplete Charge policy stated in this catalog. A grade designation of WF: • Contributes to a student's grade point average; Does not count as quarter credits units toward a students' degree or diploma completion requirement; • Counts toward the total number of credits attempted when determining full or part-time status; and • Counts toward total number of credits attempted for determining the students Satisfactory Academic Progress. INCOMPLETE (1) A grade designation of I indicates that a student was enrolled for a course but did not complete the objectives and requirements of the course. An I grade designation additionally indicates that the Page 19 of 69 SCIT Catalog student was not in attendance at the conclusion of the course as opposed to an F grade which indicates that the student was in attendance but failed to complete the course objectives. Students who receive an I grade are subject to the Course Withdraw and Incomplete Charge policy stated In this catalog. A grade designation of I: • Contributes to a student's grade point average; • Does not count as quarter credits units toward a students' degree or diploma completion requirement; • Counts toward the total number of credits attempted when determining full or part-time status; and Counts toward total number of credits attempted for determining the students Satisfactory Academic Progress. Students who receive an Incomplete Grade (I) in all their enrolled courses during a term must notify the school that they intend to continue their studies and appeal to remain enrolled at the school within the deadline of (1) thirty days after the end date of the respective courses if the student is a Non -Attendance Required Student, or (2) fourteen days after the end date of the respective courses if the student is an Attendance Required Student. The school reserves the right to extend the aforementioned deadlines in its sole and absolute discretion. Students who notify the school that they intend to continue and appeal to remain enrolled at the school must indicate so In writing by completing the applicable forms provided by the school within the aforementioned deadlines. The school, in its sole and absolute discretion, will either grant or deny the students appeal to remain enrolled at the school based on the reascn(s) the student provides for his or her lack of attendance, the students past attendance patterns and the students past academic history at the school. If the appeal Is granted, the student must attend within the Attendance Census Period of their next scheduled course and may not drop during the Add/Drop Period of his/her next scheduled course unless approved or they may he withdrawn from the school, If the student does not appeal to remain enrolled at the school within the applicable deadlines and/or Is denied his or her appeal to continue, the student will be withdrawn from the school. COURSE COMPLETION A course is considered complete If the student (1) receives an A-D grade in the course, or (2) receives transfer credit for the course, or (3) receives experiential learning credit for the course, or (4) receives an A-D grade In a course designated as an elective or Independent Study of the respective course by the SLIT Education Department, or (5) tests out of the course. GRADE POINT AVERAGE The grade point average Is determined by dividing the number of grade points earned by the number of units attempted. The total grade points earned for a course equals the number of grade points assigned times the number of course units. Grade point average (GPA) calculations will be based on the following: STUDENT PROGRESS & EVALUATION Student's progress is generally evaluated at 40%, 90% and 100% completion of each quarter 10 weeks ors -week module through daily assignments, assessments of hands-on work, quizzes and examinations. Progress is measured by the use of the grade point system. REPETITION OF COURSES Students may repeat a failed course as many times satisfying that they meet the schools satisfactory academic progress requirements, however, students may repeat a completed (passed) course only once. If a student repeats a course, the higher of the grades achieved in the repeated course is calculated into the students' grade point average. However, the students' academic record will show both the original and repeated course grades. The academic transcript will indicate the repeated course as credits attempted but only the course with the highest grade earned will be calculated Into the credits completed and the GPA. Repeated courses are calculated as attempted units when calculating quantitative standards for Satisfactory Academic Progress. However, only the highest grade is used when calculating qualitative standards for satisfactory academic progress. Students should be aware that repeating a course may result In additional charges, may affect the students projected graduation date, and/or may affect the students' future course schedule. CORRECTION OF GRADES All grades are considered final when recorded Into the students' transcript. All requests for a grade change must be submitted In writing to the Dean of Education. TEST OUT The SCIT Education Department may designate certain courses for which a student may petition to test out from and, thereby, no longer be required to enroll In the course. A petition to test out from a course must include the reason as to why the student Page 20 of 69 believes s/he Is sufficiently proficient and has the appropriate competency In the respective courses subject matter objectives. The SCIT Education Department may then decide whether the student must take a comprehensive examination that assesses their knowledge of the course material or whether previous successfully completed examinations, including those administered by outside entitles, are sufficient in scope to demonstrate the students' competency in the respective courses subject matter objectives. If the student demonstrates competency in the respective courses subject matter objects, then (1) the student will no longer be required to enroll In the respective course, and (2) if the student has not yet attempted the course, the total costs associated with the tuition, books, materials and fees for the course will be reduced from the Total Cost of the students' enrollment. INDEPENDENT STUDY Independent Study is self -directed learning conducted by the student and supervised by a faculty member. Independent Study may require students to read, conduct research, complete written examinations, reports, research papers, portfolios, or similar assignments that are designated to measure the student's achieved competency relative to the required subject matter objectives. Each Independent Study a student completes will be awarded appropriate credit units as determined by the school. The assessment and grading criteria of independent study courses will be determined by the supervising faculty member. The school may require a student to conduct Independent Study in lieu of enrolling into certain courses due to circumstances including, but not limited to, lack of sufficient enrollment, lack of availability of faculty, or lack of availability of facilities. The school will determine in its sole and absolute discretion whether or not a student may be required to complete Independent Study as a replacement of course(s) composing a portion of their Academic Plan. A student may petition to the Dean of Education to complete an Independent Study in lieu of enrolling into courses) within their Academic Plan in writing at anytime. The Dean of Education will decide at his/her discretion whether or not to grant the students petition to complete an Independent Study in lieu of enrolling Into course(s) in their Academic Plan. In no circumstance may more than 10% of the total required units of a students' Academic Plan be completed via Independent Study units. ADD/DROP PERIOD The Add/Drop Period for each course is during the first week of instruction for each respective course. Students wishing to drop from a course within the Add/Drop period must complete and submit all applicable forms to the school by the last day of the Add/Drop period. Students may drop from a course within the Add/Drop Period without the course appearing as a withdraw grade (W or W F) on the student's transcript. The course will also not be considered attempted for the purposes of Satisfactory Academic Progress if dropped within the Add/Drop period. If a student requests to drop all courses in a term during the Add/Drop Period, then the student will be considered requesting a Leave of Absence (LOA) for the term and the LOA policies outlined in this catalog will apply. If the student requests to drop all courses in a term during the Add/Drop Period and does not meet the LOA policies outlined in this catalog, then the student Academics will be required to enroll In at least one course for the respective term In order to remain enrolled in the school. ATTENDANCE AND TARDINESS The school expects students to attend all scheduled days of their classes. For courses offered through distance education, the school expects students to participate in all live, teleconference sessions of the respective online course. Each student is designated as either an Attendance Required Student or a Non - Attendance Required Student, An Attendance Required Student is defined as a student whereby an outside entity requires the school to maintain attendance records for the student. A Non - Attendance Required Student is any student not designated as an Attendance Required Student. The School takes attendance for all students for each class during an Attendance Census Period. The Attendance Census Period is during the first week of each scheduled course. After the Attendance Census Period, faculty members will continue to track attendance for Attendance Required Student and may opt to track attendance for Non - Attendance Required Student for the remainder of the course. Faculty members who opt to track attendance will bring to the attention of the school patterns of absenteeism for a student at which point the school may hold counseling sessions with the student In regards to attendance. If there is no evidence the student was in attendance at the conclusion of a term, the school will attempt to contact the student to hold a counseling session. If the school is unsuccessful at contacting the student, the student may be administratively dropped from all future courses and withdrawn from the school. Attendance for courses offered through distance education is based on participation in the live, teleconference sessions scheduled each week for the respective online course. The school schedules and enrolls students into courses each term. In order for a student to remain enrolled in a course, he or she must either (1) attend at least one day of the respective course during that Attendance Census Period, or (2) receive approval for an Attendance Waiver by submitting a written appeal to remain enrolled in the respective course without attending during the Attendance Census Period. Appeals for an Attendance Waiver must state the reason(s) as to why the student will be unable to attend the respective course during the Attendance Census Period and must be submitted prior to the end of the Attendance Census Period. Appeals for an Attendance Waiver are reviewed on a case by case basis and may be approved or denied depending on the reason(s) the student is unable to attend and the students past academic performance, which may include, but is not limited to, past attendance patterns. The school may require the student to provide additional documentation to substantiate the reasoning as to why he or she is unable to attend the respective course during the Attendance Census Period. If a student fails to attend a course during the Attendance Census Period and does not receive approval for an Attendance Waiver, then the student may be dropped from the respective course. If a student is dropped from all courses in a term resulting from a lack of attendance, then the student must provide a written appeal to remain enrolled in the school. The school, in its sole and absolute discretion, will either grant or deny the students appeal to remain enrolled at the school based on the reasons) the student provides for his or her lack of attendance, the students past attendance patterns and the students past academic history at the school. If the appeal is granted, the student must attend within the Attendance Census Period of his or her next scheduled course and may not drop during the Add/Drop Period of his or her next scheduled course unless approved or they may be withdrawn Page 21 of 69 SCIT Catalog from the school. If the student does not appeal to remain enrolled at the school within the applicable deadline and/or is denied his or her appeal to continue, the student will he withdrawn from the school. INTERRUPTIONS SCHEDULED BREAKS Scheduled breaks are institutional based breaks of 5 days or more that either (1) is scheduled for all students based on the Academic Calendar (i.e. holidays), or (2) an individual student may be placed on in the event there Is no class available for that student due to scheduling, enrollment conflicts, and/or other reasons as deemed necessary by the college administration. If a student is placed on a scheduled break, he/she will be notified as to the time they are scheduled to return from their scheduled break and resume classes. Students who do not return by the scheduled return date may be withdrawn from the school. LEAVE OF ABSENCE (LOA) The purpose of a leave of absence (LOA) is to provide students with the opportunity to leave school for a certain period of time without withdrawing or affecting satisfactory academic progress. An LOA may be granted under the following circumstances: • The student must present a sound reason as to why he or she is requesting an LOA which include, but are not limited to: medical emergencies, military duty, pregnancy, death of an immediate family member, employment responsibilities, or personal hardships. • The reason provided for requesting an LOA must carry a reasonable expectation that the student will return from LOA. Students must be in good academic standing. • Requests for LOA must be in writing and include the reason for the request. Students must complete an LOA request form available from the school, sign and date it, and attached any additional supporting documentation if necessary. The LOA request form may also be electronically signed. • A leave of absence together with any additional leaves must not exceed a total of 180 days in a 12-month period. • The student will not incur any additional tuition charges during an approved LOA. LOA requests may take up to two weeks for review and may require the student to attend a counseling session prior to being granted or denied. Students may extend an approved LOA return date by completing another LOA Form satisfying that the student meets the above mentioned conditions. Students may not extend an approved LOA return date one (1) week prior to the return date unless approved by the Dean of Education. In certain cases, students may be required to extend their LOA return date due to class availabllity. In certain emergency cases, an LOA may be granted by the school If the student meets the above conditions but is unable to complete an LOA form prior to the LOA begin date due to special circumstances. In such cases, a completed LOA form will need to be completed by the student at a later time. LOA's are generally granted for entire terms. The student must specify the start and end date of his or her LOA request, which generally corresponds to the start date of the term he or she is requesting to begin the leave and the start date of the term he or she is requesting to return from the leave. Students who do not return by the scheduled return date may be withdrawn from the school. If a student is withdrawn due to not returning from an LOA, the student should be aware that the grace period for any federal loan repayments will begin on their last date of completion prior to the LOA begin date. CHANGE OF PROGRAM Students may request to change their enrolled program(s) at any time during their enrollment at the school. Requests for program changes are reviewed and either approved or denied by the SCIT Education Department. Requests for a change of program may Include a review of a student's academic history at the school, admissions exam scores, financial standing at the school, or other relevant information pertaining to the student's progress at the school. Students may be required to complete a secondary interview or may be required to complete more coursework at the school prior to the SCIT Education Department deciding whether or not to approve the student's change of program request. If a student's change of program request Is denied, then the student will not be allowed to change their enrolled prograni WITHDRAW FROM THE PROGRAM Any student wishing to withdraw from the program or cancel their enrollment should follow the "Procedures for Cancellation by Student" stated In the Financial Aid section of this catalog and also stated in the enrollment agreement. If student officially withdraws from the school while enrolled in one or more courses, he/she will be withdrawn from all currently enrolled courses and receive the appropriate withdrawal grade for each respective course. MAKE-UP POLICY Students may have circumstances that prevent them from attending a course to attempt at completing an assessment for the course on a designated date and time, such as taking midterm or final examination on the respective examination date. Students may request to take a make-up for any missed assessments due to specific circumstances, which Include but are not limited to; employment responsibilities, military duty requirements, medical circumstances, and personal emergencies. The school, In Its sole and absolute discretion, may grant or deny allowing a student to take a make-up based on (1) the reason why the student was unable to attempt at completing an assessment on the designated date and time, and (2) the date by which the student Informed the school or respective faculty member s/he would be unable to attempt at completing the assessment on the designated date and time, and (3) the total number of prior make- up's the student has taken at the school, and (4) the documentation provided, if any, to substantiate the students reasons) for requesting to take a make-up. Depending on the reasons and circumstances surrounding the request for a make-up exam, the school may require the student to produce documentation substantiating the students' reasons for requesting a make-up and/or may penalize the student by capping the maximum score a student may receive on a make-up. The school reserves the right to verify the accuracy of any documentation provided, which may Include contacting any third parties substantiating the reason as to why the student was unable to attend on the designated date and time of the assessment. Students who are denied from taking a make-up may Page 22 of 69 appeal in writing to the Dean of Education. The Dean of Education will make any final determination as to whether or not the student will be allowed to take a make-up exam and/or whether or not a make-up exam will be penalized. TRANSCRIPTS, DEGREES & DIPLOMAS Students may request an official transcript from the SCIT Registrar's Office as long as they are In good financial standing with the school. Official transcripts generally take two weeks to be prepared and cost a fee, which can be obtained by contacting the SLIT Registrar's Office. Students may pick up their official transcript at the SCIT Registrar's Office during normal business hours when ready or request that their official transcripts be mailed for an additional fee. Students may also request that the preparation of their official transcript be expedited for an additional fee. Diplomas and Degrees will be available for pick up at the SCIT Registrar's Office approximately two weeks after graduation and completion of the Exit Form. There is no cost for the original degree or diploma. Students may request additional copies of their degrees of diplomas for an additional cost by contacting the SCIT Registrar's Office. ACADEMIC PLAN AND SAP UNITS A students' Academic Plan is a list of all courses the student is required to complete in order to graduate from the school. The Academic Plan is determined by the school and is based on the curricula of the programs) for which the student enrolls. A students Academic Plan may change throughout the students enrollment at the school depending on whether modification are made to a programs curricula as determined by the SCIT Education Department or the student decides to enroll in additional programs or withdraw from a currently enrolled program. The Academic Plan SAP Units Is the sum of credit units for all required courses in the students' current and prior, if any, Academic Plan(s) In the students' current enrollment minus courses for which the student did not attempt but has completed based on any of the criteria defined in the Course Completion section of this Catalog. Academics Page 23 of 69 SCIT Catalog SATISFACTORY ACADEMIC PROGRESS To be in good standing with the school and to be eligible to receive Title IV financial aid, students must maintain Satisfactory Academic Progress ("SAP"). Satisfactory Academic Progress consists of: 1. Qualitative Standards- Cumulative grade point average (CGPA) requirements; and 2. Quantitative Standards- Completion rate requirements (Pace). Students who do not meet the Satisfactory Academic Progress requirements may be withdrawn from the school, QUALITATIVE STANDARDS —CUMULATIVE GPA REQUIREMENTS Students must maintain a minimum cumulative GPA of 2.0 to graduate. To demonstrate SAP, the strident must maintain a minimum CGPA of 2.0 at each evaluation point (see below) throughout their enrollment at the school. All courses a student attempts at the school is factored in and calculated into their CGPA. QUANTITATIVE STANDARDS — COMPLETION RATE REQUIREMENTS (PACE) To ensure completion of the program within the maximum allowable timeframe, students must achieve and maintain a cumulative completion rate ("Pace") of 60%. Pace is equal to the cumulative number of credits completed divided by the cumulative number of credits attempted. Pace = Cumulative Number of Credits Completed Cumulative Number of Credits Attempted Max/mum Program Length (150%Rule) The credit hours attempted must not exceed one and a half (150%) times the students' Academic Plan SAP Units. For example, a student enrolled In a 100-credit hour program cannot attempt more than 150 credit hours. Any student who exceeds the 150% maximum time requirement will not be allowed to graduate from their program of study. If at any point during the student's enrollment It becomes mathematically impossible for the student to complete their program within the maximum program length, the student will be withdrawn from the school, Maui Attempts Students may only attempt a course three (3) times. If the student cannot complete the course after three attempts, they may be withdrawn from the school. Students can appeal to the Dean of Education to attempt a course more than the aforementioned amount as long as the subsequent attempts) of the course provides that the student would be able to meet all other SAP requirements. SATISFACTORY PROGRESS EVALUATION CRITERIA EVALUATION POINTS Students will be evaluated at the end of each Enrolled Quarter for the duration of their program to check whether or not they are meeting SAP requirements. If a student Is not meeting SAP requirements at any evaluation point, then they will be placed on Financial Aid Warning or Financial Aid Probation (Academic Probation) depending on the circumstance (see Financial Aid Warning and Financial Aid Probation policies in this Catalog). MULTIPLE MAJORS A student may major in more than one program if approved by the Dean of Education. If a student majors In more than one program, then the students' Academic Plan required course list will reflect all courses the student will be required to complete in order to graduate from each respective program. If a student changes programs throughout their enrollment, then (1) all previously attempted courses at the school are considered and included In the calculations for both the quantitative and qualitative standards of SAP, and (2) the total required units respective to the 150% Rule includes all units the student needs to complete for their new major and all courses the student previously attempted that was required for their prior major. FINANCIAL AID WARNING If a student fails to meet satisfactory academic progress at any evaluation point throughout his/her program, the student will be placed on a Financial Aid Warning Status fora maximum of one (1) Quarter, effective on the date of evaluation. The student will be notified that they are placed on a Financial Aid Warning Status within two weeks after the date of evaluation. The student is eligible to receive Financial Aid for the quarter in which the student is on a Financial Aid Warning Status. If the student fails to meet all SAP requirements at the end of the students Financial Aid Warning Status period, the student may be dropped from the school unless he/she appeals to the Dean of Education to be placed on Financial Aid Probation. If a student meets all SAP requirements at the end of the students Financial Aid Warning Page 24 of 69 Status period, the student will be restored to good academic standing. FINANCIAL AID PROBATION (ACADEMIC PROBATION) If a student falls to meet satisfactory academic progress at the end of his/her Financial Aid Warning Status period, he/she may appeal to the Dean of Education to be placed on a Financial Aid Probation status ("Academic Probation"). If a student does not appeal to the Dean of Education to be placed on Academic Probation, he/she may be withdrawn from the school. Students may only appeal to be placed on Academic Probation for the following reasons: • Injury or Illness; or • Death of a relative; or • Other special circumstances. Academic Probations can have a maximum length of one (1) Quarter and must include an academic plan developed for the student by the Dean of Education in order for the student to be able to meet satisfactory academic progress by the end of the Academic Probation. The academic plan lists the courses the student must complete in the respective Quarter and the minimum grades s/he must achieve In the respective courses. If the student fails to meet the academic plan outlined by the Dean of Education, the student will be withdrawn from the school. If a student is granted to be placed on Academic Probation, the student is eligible to receive Financial Aid for the quarter in which the student is on Academic Probation. If the students meets the academic plan outlined by the Dean of Education and meets SAP requirements at the end of the Academic Probation period, the student will be restored to good academic standing. Academ/cProbar0on for VA Stuaentr In accordance with the requirements of the Code of Federal Regulations21.4253 (d)(4), the VA educational benefits received by qualifying student will be terminated if the student's CGPA is not at least 2.0 at the end of the student's first academic year (an academic year is three quarters in length) and at the end of each subsequent quarter of the program. A veteran or eligible person may request re -certification for benefits upon reestablishing a 2.0 GPA. GRADUATION REQUIREMENTS In order to graduate from a program, whether offered in -person or through distance education: The student must pass all classes in the program and complete all course requirements, thus obtaining the total credits required for graduation, and achieve a minimum GPA of 2.0. • The student must satisfy all financial obligations to the school. The student must meet all satisfactory academic progress requirements and the credit hours attempted must not exceed 1.5 times the credit hours required to complete the program. Academics • The student must complete an exit Interview (see Exit Interview). EXIT INTERVIEW The exit interview Is a process whereby select school departments certify that the student, upon completion of his or her enrollment at the school, has met all obligations pertaining to their respective departments requirements f herein referred to as each departments exit requirements). The exit requirements for each department may vary and require the student to complete specific actions depending on the student's Individual circumstances or choices. The school communicates the exit requirements to students toward the conclusion of their enrollment. The select school departments that have exit requirements include, but is not limited to, the following: Accounting Department, Financial Aid Department, and Career Services Department. GRADUATION CEREMONY The school holds a graduation ceremony on an annual basis. Only graduates from a degree program may participate In the graduation ceremony. Graduates who wish to participate In the graduation ceremony may be required to pay graduation fees to participate in the ceremony. POST -WITHDRAWAL GRADUATION Students who have withdrawn from the school and have twelve (12) or less quarter credit units remaining to complete their program of study may appeal within one (1) year of their withdrawal date to complete the respective remaining coursework at another accredited academic institution and transfer such credit to the school in accordance with the most recent Transfer Credit and Advanced Standing Policy. Appeals to transfer credit to the school after the student has withdrawn from the school are reviewed on a case -by -case basis depending on the circumstances of the student and the reason for the student's withdrawal from the school. If approved, the student will have a timeframe set by the school to complete all approved coursework at another accredited academic institution and transfer such credit to the school in order to have completed all course requirements and to graduate from his or her program of study. The school reserves the right to deny students seeking transfer credit after being withdrawn from the school for any violation of the Student Code of Conduct. ACADEMIC HONORS & AWARDS Graduates from degree programs with a GPA of at least 3.7 receive academic honors and awards for their exemplary academic achievements at the school. Academic Honors and Awards are presented at the graduation ceremonies. Page 25 of 69 SCIT Catalog STUDENT RECORDS SCIT maintains records, including attendance, admission information, and academic progress fora minimum of five (5) years and are made available during normal business hours for inspection as required and per school policy. Students may view the content of their academic files by submitting a written request to the Registrar. Student transcript information shall he maintained indefinitely, including information related to the following: the degree or certificate granted and the date on which that degree or certificate was granted, the courses and units on which the certificate or degree was based, and the grades earned by the student in each of those courses. PRIVACY ACT SCIT complies with the Privacy act of 1974 to protect the privacy of the students, educational records, and students' right to inspect and review their academic records. Page 26 of 69 SCIT Catalog ACADEMIC CALENDAR SLIT will provide specific orientation and graduation dates when available. SCIT may change or modify the Academic Calendar at any time. Withdrawal deadlines and Add/Drop periods are dependent on the end dates and meeting sessions of each course and may be obtained from the course syllabi. 2023 TERM START AND END DATES Courses begin and end on the following dates: Term Number Term Start Date Term End Date 1 January 3, 2023 February 3, 2023 _ 2 February 6, 2023 March 10, 2023 _ 3 13, 2023 Apr1114, 2023 4 _March April 17, 2023 May 19, 2023 5 May 22, 2023 June 23, 2023 _ _ _ 6_ _ June 26, 2023 July 2g2023 _ 7 Jul 31, 2023 1, 2023 _ 8 September5, 2023 _September 6, 2023 _ 9 October_9, 2023 _October November 10, 2023 10 November 13, 2023 December 15, 2023 2023 SCHOOL HOLIDAYS There are no courses scheduled for the following holidays January 16, 2023 Martin Luther King Day May 29, 2023 Memorial Day July 4, 2023 Independence Day September 4, 2023 Labor Day November 10, 2023 Veterans Day November 23, 2023— November 24, 2023 Thanksgiving December 18, 2023—January 1, 2024 Winter Break FACULTY Ahmed, Zeeshan Lecturer, Electrica!/Electronic Engineering Educational Background: M.S. Mechanical Engineering, Wayne State University'09 I B,S. Mechanical Engineering, Ned University of Engineering and Technology, Karachi Palkistan'05 Professional Background: Research Engineer, University of Michigan, Ann Arbor I Mechanical Simulation Engineering, Fiat Chrysler Automobiles I Mechanical Engineer, GreenTech Automotive Inc. I Mechanical Simulation Engineer, Honda Research & Development Americas I Mechanical Engineer, Chrysler I VSAS Engineer, General Motors I CAE Engineer, ESI Group AI-Jufout, Saleh Lecturer, Electrical/Electronic Engineering Educational Background: Ph.D. Electrical Power Engineering, Donetsk National Technical University, Ukraine'97 1 MSc Electrical Power Engineering, Donetsk Polytechnic Institute'93 Professional Background: Part -Time Lecturer, CSU Long Beach I Multiple Faculty and Administrative Positions, Tafila Technical University I Founder Editor -in -Chief, Jordan Journal of Electrical Engineering I Multiple Faculty and Administrative Positions, AI - Hussein Bin Talal University I Multiple Faculty and Administrative Positions, AI-Balga' Applied University Axelrod, Herbert Lecturer, Moth and Sciences Educational Background: Ph.D. Biochemistry, UC Riverside'89 I B.S. Biochemistry, UC Riverside'81 Professional Background: Lecturer, CSU Fullerton I Adjunct Faculty, Mt San Antonio College I Staff Sclentist, Stanford Synchrotron Radiation Ughtscurce/SLAC National Accelerator Laboratory Eslamian, Gelareh Lecturer, Biomedical Engineering Educational Background: M.S. Biomedical Engineering, UC Irvine '13 I B.S. Biomedical Engineering, UC Irvine'09 Professional Background: Instructor, Pacific Academy I Professor, Stanbridge University I Tutor, Nicholas Academic Centers I Tutor, Alpine Tutoring I Tutor, Tutor Doctor I Tutor, Grade Potential I Tutor, Academic Advantage Hoang, Tony T Lecturer, Electrical/Electronc Engineering & Biomedical Engineering Educational Background: M.S. Electrical Engineering, CSU Long Beach'17 1 B.S. Electrical Engineering, CSU Long Beach'13 Professional Background: Senior Electrical Engineer, Johnson & Johnson I Lecturer, CSU Long Beach I Principal Electrical Engineer, BD (Becton Dickinson) I Electrical Engineer, BIT Group USA Hoff, David Instructor, Electrician Educational Background: Associate Electrical/Electronic, Department of Defense Professional Background: Industrial Controls Engineer, Poly - America I Industrial Maintenance Supervisor, Albright and Wllson Americas I Industrial Marine Electrician, Charleston Naval Shipyard Hummel, Gary Instructor, Electrician & Electrical/Electronic Engineering Educational Background: HIS Electronics Engineering, SCIT'03 I AS Electronics & Computer Science, SCIT'03 Professional Background: Instructor, SCIT I Electronic Technician, Transcend Inc. Page 28 of 69 Jasso, Aaron Lecturer, Humanities Educational Background: Psy.D Psychology, All[ant International University'15 1 M.A. Clinical Psychology, Alliant International University'11 I B,A. Psychology, CSU Fullerton'09 Professional Background: Adjunct Faculty, Cerritos College I Acting Clinical Supervisor, Children, Youth and Family Services Consortium Jwad, Ali Lecturer, Humanities Educational Background: M.A. English, CSU Fullerton'15 1 B.A. English, CSU Fullerton'09 Professional Background: Professor, West Coast University I Teacher, Education First I English Teacher, AI -Nadi School I Head of PR Department, Consulate General of the Republic of Iraq Khan, Mohammad Instructor, Electrician Educational Background: MS Math & Physics, University of Punjab Lahore, Pakistan '811 BS Electrical Engineering, Cal State University, Fullerton'87 Professional Background: Electrical Program Instructor, Brightwood College I Electrical and Information Technology Instructor, I rT Technical Institute I Network Administrator, PCI I Electrical Engineer, Suntech Imaging Corp Lin, Airs Assistant Professor, Electrical/Electronic Engineering & Information Technology and Systems Educational Background: M.S. Electrical Engineering, CSU Los Angeles'12 I B.S. Electrical Engineering, CSU Los Angeles'09 Professional Background: Senior Software/Embedded Engineer, RobotSoC Corp. I Lecturer, CSU Los Angeles I Network/IT Engineer, Laban Pen I Database/IT Engineer, Euston Investment Inc.] i Project Manager/Sr. Software Engineer, Happywork Information Technology Co. i Senior Software Engineer/Network System Engineer, Enlite Computer and System Information Co. Mekonnen, Fast Assistant Professor, Electrician & Electrical/Electronic Engineering Educational Background: M.S. EE, Cal State Fullerton'14 1 B.S. EE, Bahir Dar University'02 Professional Background: Electrical Instructor, Wyotech Long Beach i Test Technician, Hospira, Inc. I Graduate Assistant, Bahir Dar University. Musbah, Mahmud Lecturer, Electrton1Electronic Engineering Educational Background: PoD, Electrical Engineering, UC Davis'84 1 M.S. Electrical Engineering, UC Davis'80 1 B.S. Electrical Engineering, University of Tripoli'76 Professional Background: Principal, Circuit Consulting Group i Director of SOC Design, Actual I Director of Circuit Design, Barcelona Design Inc. I Analog/Mixed Signal Circuit Design Manager, Philips Semiconductors I Hard Disk Drives Electronics Section Head, Sony Semiconductors I Staff Circuit Design Engineer, National Semiconductors I Senior Circuit Design Engineer, Raytheon Semiconductors i Engineering Specialist, Ford Aerospace Academics Panda,Sasanka Lecturer, Information Technology and Systems Educational Background: M.Tech, Industrial Engineering, Indian Institute of Technology'95 1 B.S. Electrical Engineering, College of Engineering and Technology, Bhubaweswar, India Professional Background: Head of Technology and Innovations/Products, Capital CDC i Head of Emerging Technologies, NIIT Technologies i Cofounder and CTO, iServeFinancial i Head of Technology Services, WNS Global Services I Project/Technical Manager, BearingPoint I Project/Technical Manager, Ernst & Young Pehavi, Mahal Lecturer, Information Technology and Systems Educational Background: M.S. Computer Science, CSU San Bernardino'15, B.S. Computer Engineering, Azad University of Mashad, Iran'09 Professional Background: Adjunct Instructor, CSU San Bernardino I Adjunct Instructor, CSU Fullerton I Adjunct Instructor, Learnet Academy I Adjunct Instructor, ITT Technical Institute I Web Developer, Readylink Health Care i Graphic Designer, Copy Plus Printing Perez, Doll Instructor, Electrician Educational Background: Associate, IBEW Union Apprenticeship Professional Background: Journeyman Electrician/Electrical Manager, Yee Yuen Line i Journeyman Electrical Instructor, Apex Technical I Lead Journeyman Electrician, Carnival Cruise Line I Journeyman Electrician and Foreman, Goff Communications I Journeyman Electrician, Dyna Electric Perry, Grant Instructor, Electrician Educational Background: Journeyman Electrician, State of CA Professional Background: Lead Instructor, Wyotech i Electrician Project Manager, Bolt Electric Rod, Khosrow Assistant Professor, Electrical/Electronic Engineering Educational Background: PLD. Electrical and Computer Engineering, University of Idaho'07 1 M.S. Electrical and Computer Engineering, CSU Los Angeles'88 I B.S. Electrical and Computer Engineering, CSU Los Angeles'85 Professional Background: Faculty, CSU Los Angeles I Associate Faculty in Industrial Electrical J"ethnology, Norco College I Lecturer, CSU Long Beach i Lecturer, UC Irvine Reyes, Jeffrey Lecturer, Math and Sciences Educational Background: M.S. Mathematics, CSU Long Beach'17 1 B.S. Mathematics, CSU Long Beach'14 Professional Background: Tutor Technician, Cerritos Community College Rodriguez, Mario Instructor, Electrician Educational Background: A.A. Business Administration, Fullerton College'87 1 C-10 Electrical license H980261 I Journeyman certified general electrician, State of CA Professional Background: Lead Electrical Instructor, Wyotech I Lighting Division Manager, Sundown Lighting & Electrical Page 29 of 69 SCIT Catalog Bond, Sam Lecturer, Electrical/Electronic Engineering Educational Background: MS Electrical Engineering, CSU Fullerton '07 1 BS Electrical Engineering, CSU Fullerton'05 Professional Background: Hardware & SOC Technology Consultant & Analyst, Savant Affiliate I Lecturer, CSU Fullerton Safari, Sara Lecturer, Humanities & Electrical/Electronic Engineering Educational Background: M.S. Electrical Engineering, UCLA'07 I B.S. Electrical Engineering, UCLA `05 Professional Background: System Engineer, Raytheon I Test Engineer, Broadcom Sahu,Pushpa Lecturer, Math and Sciences Educational Background: Ph.D. Biology, University of Mississippi '04 I Bachelor of Medicine & Surgery, Ravishankar University, Raipur'86 Professional Background: Associate Faculty, Norco Community College I Part-time Faculty Biology, South University Online I Part-time Instructor, Santa Ana College I Instructor, Inter Coast College Sakhai, Parastou Lecturer, Humanities Educational Background: M.S. Counseling, Cal State Fullerton,'10 I B.S. Business Administration, Cal State University Northridge,'94 Professional Background: Counselor, Private Practice I MET Instructor, Mariposa Women & Family Center I Intern Counselor, Outreach Concern I Program Facilitator, Girls Inc. Sotomayor, Andrew Assistant Professor, Math and Sciences Educational Background: M.S. Mathematics, Cal State Long Beach '16 I B.S. Mathematics, Cal State Long Beach'12 Professional Background: Teaching Associate, Cal State Long Beach. Subhan, Arif Lecturer, Biomedical Engineering Educational Background: M.S. Biomedical Engineering, Drexel University'93 I B.E. Electrical Engineering, NED University of Engineering & Technology'88 Professional Background: Chief Biomedical Engineer, VA Greater Los Angeles Health Care System I Chief Biomedical Engineer, VA Nebraska -Western Iowa Health Care System I Senior Clinical Engineer, Masterplan Suh, Jung Lecturer, Electrical/Electronic Engineering Educational Background: Ph.D. Electrical and Computer Engineering, Virginia Tech'07 I M.S. Electronic Communication Engineering, Hanyang University, South Korea'98 I B.S. Electronic Communication Engineering, Hanyang University, South Korea'96 Professional Background: Manager/Sr. Principal Algorithm Engineering, ACIST Medical Systems I Senior Software Engineer, GE Healthcare I Image Algorithm Consultant, Advanced Orthopedic Technology I Senior Image Algorithm Scientist, KLA- Tencor I Senior Medical Imaging Scientist, HeartFlow Inc. I Postdoctoral Fellow, University of Pennsylvania I Postdoctoral Associate, Yale University I Project Lead & Senior Software Engineering, Samsung Electronics Tran, Long Assistant Professor, Information Technology and Systems Educational Background: B.S. Mechanical Engineer, Cal State University Northridge'86 Professional Background: Instructor for Information Systems and Cyber Security, ITT I Network System Administrator, E.A.S. Manufacturing I Network Consultant, Mulgrew Aircraft Inc. I Microsoft and Cisco Certification Trainer and Network System Administrator, Monterey Park College I Process / Project Engineer, Electrocube Co. Vu, Dinh Lecturer, Electrical/Electronic Engineering Educational Background: Ph.D. Electrical Engineering, Grenoble Institute of Technology, France'93 I B.S. Electrical Engineering, He Chi Minh University of Technology, Vietnam 82' Professional Background: President and Professor, He Chi Minh University of Technology I Lecturer, University of Houston at Clear Lake William, Matthew Instructor, Electrician Educational Background: A.A. Science & Math, Coastline Community College'10 I C10 CA State License d 509979 Professional Background: Electrical Instructor, InterCoast College I Construction Manager, Innovative Structures I C10 Contractor, Cost Less Electric I Project Manager, Ardell Marten Painting & Interior Design. Wu, Benson Lecturer, Math and Sciences Educational Background: M.S. Mathematics, Cal State Long Beach '15 I B.S. Mathematics, Cal State Fullerton'13 Professional Background: Lecturer, Cal State Long Beach I Lecturer, El Camino College Yang, Wei Lecturer, Information Technology and Systems Educational Background: M.S. Educational Administration and Supervision, University of Nebraska at Omaha'95 1 &A, English Language and Literature'82 Professional Background: Instructor and School Chair, ITT Technical Institute I Instructor, Monterey Park College I Data System Analyst, Los Angeles County Page 30 of 69 SCIT Catalog STUDENT AFFAIRS GENERAL INFORMATION SCIT's Student Affairs Office offers a full range of services to support students as they pursue their academic and professional goals. We are committed to assisting students by providing useful information to help them make informed decisions throughout their collegiate years. It is often much easier to address issues and concerns with the help of the Student Affairs staff, which is why we encourage students to ask for help and information when needed. TRANSPORTATION, HOUSING & CHILDCARE Student Services furnishes information on public transportation, general costs in the area of childcare, and points of Interest. SCIT does not have its own housing facilities, as we do not offer a residential program. However when given prior notice at least two weeks in advance of the prospective students start date, SCIT will offer assistance to the student in finding suitable housing in the local area. SCIT further makes no guarantee of said housing based on availability. An approximation for the average cost of housing near the campus is around $1645 per month. This estimation is based on a sampling of 48 one bedroom apartments within 1.5 miles of the campus obtained from rentometer.com as of the publication date of this catalog. This estimation is in no way a guaranteed cost, either expressed or implied, for housing and Is subject to change at any time. PARKING SCIT has ample parking for students at no fee. Parking Is at your own risk. SCIT takes no responsibility for any loss of property from and of the parking areas in and around the campus. TUITION REIMBURSEMENT & ENROLLMENT VERIFICATION Students may request a letter for tuition reimbursement or enrollment verification from the SCIT Registrar's Office. Verification letters generally take one week to prepare. There is no fee for enrollment verifications unless it is requested to be expedited. STUDENT ADVISING & COUNSELING ACADEMIC ADVISING Student Services and/or a faculty member assigned by the Dean of Education provide student advisement in regards to academic matters. Students are first instructed to speak with their assigned academic advisor in regards to academic advisement. If the academic advisement is beyond that of the advisors knowledge or expertise, then students may be referred to the Director of Education, appropriate Department Chair, or the Student Services Office depending on the students situation where a counseling session Is usually arranged for students. In general, SCIT staff and faculty have open door policies if students would like to discuss academic related issues. NON-ACADEMIC ADVISING Non-academic advisement Is done by the Student Services Office as necessary. Advisement may cover areas such as; attendance, housing, transportation, childcare, student conflict, conduct, and/or other topics that are not financial or academic in nature. Financial advisement of any nature is referred to the Accounting Office or Financial Aid Office. COUNSELING The school counselor handles counseling in regards to life skills and coping skills. The Student Services Office maintains an open door and privacy policy for all students requesting advisement pertaining to their personal lives. Should the student require experience beyond the counselors capabilities, the student may be referred to professional agencies in the local area. ADVISEMENT FOR DISTANCE EDUCATION STUDENTS The Student Services Office is committed to providing advisement and counseling services to all students, including those learning through distance education. Student advisement and counseling Is available through live teleconference sessions where distance education students have the opportunity to meet virtually in a private, online session to receive academic advisement, non- academic advisement or any advisement pertaining to personal life hardships. Teleconference sessions are available to conduct during normal business hours for the Student Services Office by appointment. Iit] (a]"I1�L Tutoring is arranged on an as -needed basis by the Student Services Office for students who feel they need help with their academics and who show satisfactory attendance as determined by the Student Services Office. Students may be advised to seek tutoring if their instructor Identifies them as needing help with the course material. Tutoring is usually conducted by an instructor or by a qualified person. Students who request tutoring and do not show satisfactory attendance as determined by the Student Services Office may he charged for tutoring. PLACEMENT SERVICES The SCIT Placement Office assists students in (1) creating, modifying and/or rewriting resumes, (2) career related workshops and/or counseling, and (3) providing job leads. The school maintainsjob leads from various employers who work with the school. The availability ofjob leads depends on the open positions available from the employers and how well those positions match candidate backgrounds. The school does not guarantee that it will provide job leads to all graduates. Graduates who do not have any outstanding financial obligations to the School are eligible to receive placement services at any point within a nine (9) month time period that begins on the graduates' date of graduation ("Eligibility Timeframe"). Eligible graduates may contact the SCIT Placement Office in orderto receive placement services. In order for a graduate to receive placement services throughout his/her Eligibility Timeframe, the graduate must actively participate in the placement process, meaning the graduate must (1) respond to, communicate and attend scheduled meetings with his/her assigned placement representative to a degree that satisfies the Placement Representative, (2) complete any placement related assignments in a diligent and proactive fashion, and (3) attend a reasonable amount of workshops provided by SCIT as deemed appropriate by the graduates Placement Representative. Any student or graduate who violates the student code of conduct may be denied placement services as solely decided by the SCIT Placement Office. The school does not make any promise or representation whatsoever to any student or graduate that Page 32 of 69 he/she will obtain employment, whether part-time, training related, or otherwise. STUDENT CODE OF CONDUCT Students must demonstrate courtesy and consideration toward the staff, Instructors, and other students. The college reserves the right to suspend or dismiss any student whose conduct Is inappropriate or demeaning to fellow students, or the school and Its reputation. At the discretion of the school administration, a student may be temporarily or permanently suspended from school for any serious or repeated incident, including but not limited to A drugged or intoxicated state of behavior; • Possession of drugs, alcohol or weapons upon school premises; • Physical or verbal behavior creating a safety hazard; Disobedience or disrespectful behavior toward an administrator, faculty member, or another student; • Any verbal, physical or other conduct based on a persons sex, race, color, religion, national origin, age, disability, veteran or marital status that has the purpose or effect of threatening or intimidating or coercing another, or Impairing academic perfm mance, career development, or any other aspect of education; Academic dishonesty, such as cheating, plagiarism, knowingly furnishing false information or any activity deemed as academic dishonesty by the Dean of Education; • Obstruction or disruption of teaching, administration, disciplinary procedures, or any school related activity; • Theft of, or damage to, property of the college; • Violation of the Computer Use Policy defined in this Catalog; Disorderly conduct or led, indecent, or obscene conduct or expression; Knowingly making false statements or accusations that damage or undermine the schools reputation; • Violation of any school directives such as a No Contact directive or No Trespass directive; Failure to comply with the verbal or written directions of any college official acting in the performance and scope of his/her duty; • Violation of any of the policies outlined in the schools most recently published Annual Security Report. DISCIPLINARY ACTION & STUDENT SANCTIONS In the event that a student violates the Student Code of Conduct, the school may impose any of the following sanctions: Educational Sanctions • Denial of Access to Campus, Resources or Persons • Suspension (one or more days or one or more terms) Expulsion The school makes a determination as to whether any Student Code of Conduct was violated by performing the appropriate investigations per school policy depending on the type of infraction. The school will determine, in its sole and absolute discretion, as to the sanctions) to impose on the student, if any, depending on (1) the conclusions of the investigations, and (2) the nature and severity of the infraction, and (3) any prior incidents the student may have had at the school. incidents leading to any Student Affairs disciplinary action are recorded in writing and filed in the students file. If the student is temporarily suspended, s/he will be allowed to resume his or her studies after a certain number of days as determined by the school. If the student is suspended from a term or expelled, the student will receive a Withdraw Fail grade ("WF" Grade) for all courses the student is enrolled in at the time of the infraction. A student who is expelled from the school may appeal for reinstatement to a Readmission Committee as to the reason(s) the student believes s/he should be reinstated at the school. The appeal must be made in writing, must include any additional documentation to support claims made by the student as to the events that led to the expulsion, and may require the student to attend a counselling session with the Readmission Committee. The Readmission Committee, in its sole and absolute discretion, may choose to grant the appeal to reinstate the student at the school or may deny the appeal. If the student's appeal is denied, s/he will not be allowed to re -enroll at the school. COMPUTER USE POLICY SCIT students are authorized to use the school's computers for course related work and other educational purposes only. Use of SCIT's resources for other than educational purposes is not permitted. SCIT reserves the right to inspect all information stored on SCIT computers, Including programs and data. All students work, exercises, and information are to be stored on an external device such as a flash drive, not the computer hard drive. The school is not responsible for lost work saved on the hard drive. The systems provided are for public usage and not restricted to one user. Instances of system misuse and/or inappropriate usage are in violation of the Student Code of Conduct and may result In removal of privileges to SCIT's computers, suspension or expulsion from the school. Misuse and/or inappropriate usage of SCIT's computer systems include, but are not limited to: • Unauthorized copying, installing or distribution of software without approval from SCIT; Playing games, chatting on the internet, or participating in activities that are not course related; • Deliberately trying to damage system software or hardware; • Any attempt to create or import a program that may jeopardize system security or compromises data integrity; Viewing any images (i.e., photographs, drawings, paintings, or other derivatives thereof), audio, videos, movies or data that are discriminatory, abusive, profane, harassing, adult oriented, Inappropriate or sexually offensive. When a complaint regarding discriminatory, abusive, profane, harassing, adult oriented, Inappropriate or sexually offensive material is received by Southern California Institute of Technology, the matter will be turned over to the appropriate dean, office, committee or law enforcement agency. SCIT reserves the right to limit or deny access to anyone using SCIT computers and/or facilities when privileges are abused. Page 33 of 69 SCIT Catalog SCHOOL EMAIL ACCOUNTS The school utilizes a cloud -based platform provided by Google ("Gmail Accounts") to provide students with school email accounts. Students are assigned a school email account normally within one month after beginning their enrollment at the school. The school email account also serves as a Google Account that enables students to access a variety of Google Apps and Services while attending school. OWNERSHIP, PRIVACY AND RIGHT OF ACCESS DISCLOSURE The school owns all school email accounts, including all data transmitted or stored using the schools email accounts, subject to underlying copyright and intellectual property rights under applicable laws. While the school will make every effort to keep email messages secure, privacy is not guaranteed and students should have no general expectation of privacy in email messages sent through school email accounts. Under certain circumstances, it may be necessary for school officials to access and Inspect school email accounts. These circumstances may Include, but are not limited to, maintaining the system, investigating security or abuse incidents or investigating violations of school policies. The school reserves and retains the right to access and inspect stored information on school email accounts without the consent of the user. All school email users are bound by the schools Acceptable Use Policy and Google's Acceptable Use Policy, which can be found at the following URL https://gsuite.google.com/Intl/en/terms/use_policy.htmi, EXPIRATION OF SCHOOL EMAIL ACCOUNTS Students may leave the school for a variety of reasons, which gives rise to differing situations regarding the length of email privileges or expiration of accounts. The school does not guarantee school email accounts to be active after the student graduates or withdraws from the school. The school will establish policies, which may change from time to time, about the length of time it will allow school email accounts to remain active after a student leaves the school. The most recent policy in regards to the expiration of school email accounts can be obtained by contacting the Student Services Office. ACCEPTABLE USE POLICY This policy details specific requirements for the use of school email accounts. The school reserves the right to suspend any student's school email account for violation of this policy or any policy outlined in the Student Code of Conduct or Computer Use Policy in the most recently published school catalog. Students given a school email account are expected to use such accounts for academic purposes and protect their accounts from unauthorized use. The exchange of any email content below is prohibited: • Generating unsolicited bulk emails; Infringing on or assisting with the infringement on another person's copyright or other property rights; • Violating or encouraging the violation of any federal or state laws; Intentionally distributing viruses, worms, Trojan horses, malware, corrupted files, hoaxes, or other items of a destructive or deceptive nature; • Generating or forwarding content that is profane, abusive, harassing, excessively violent, may incite or threaten violence, inappropriate or sexually offensive; • Creating a risk to a person's safety or health, creating a risk to public safety or health, or interfering with an investigation by law enforcement; • Misrepresenting the identity of the sender of an email or misrepresenting the nature of the Individuals relationship with the school; or • Acting as an agent or official of the school or conducting business under the aegis of the school without the school's explicit authorization. DRESS CODE The dress code is "Casual, but modest". No offensive statements on clothing ate permitted. SAFETY, FOOD & DRINK POLICY Students are required to observe all standard safety precautions. Students are not permitted to move any equipment or furniture on the campus. Students are not permitted to have food or drink In any of the buildings, except for water in spill proof containers. CELL PHONE USAGE POLICY Students may not use cell phones in the classroom or In areas marked as for no cell phones usage on the school premises. Unauthorized use of cell phones is In violation of the student code of conduct. ACCOMMODATIONS FOR DISABLED STUDENTS Students with disabilities may request for reasonable accommodations to attend school by submitting a request In writing to the Student Services Office stating the following: (1) a description of the nature of the disability, (2) how the disability affects his or her ability to perform in academic activities at the school, and (3) the specific accommodations he or she Is requesting the school to make available. For certain cases, the school may request additional documentation that may Include, but is not limited to, a recent letter from a medical professional that verifies the disability and provides recommendations for reasonable accommodations. Reasonable accommodations are made available providing the requested accommodations do not cause an undue financial or administrative burden on the school, Page 34 of 69 do not fundamentally alter the school's academic programs, and are not of a personal nature. CAMPUS CRIME & SECURITY SCIT publishes an Annual Security Report by October V of each year in compliances with the requirements of the Jeanne Clary Disclosure of Campus Security Policy and Campus Crime Statistics Act of 1988 ("Clary Act"). The most recent SCIT Annual Security Report may be found on the schools webslte at https://www.scltech.edu/campus/crime. The Annual Security Report contains information in regards to campus security policies and procedures, which includes policies related to alcohol, drugs and weapons, and sexual misconduct. Students are required to follow all policies and procedures as stated in the schools most recently published Annual Security Report. DRUG FREE SCHOOL SCIT forbids the use, possession, distribution or sale of drugs or alcohol by students, faculty or staff anywhere on college property or at college sponsored events off campus. Anyone in violation of state, federal or other local regulations, with respect to illegal drugs or alcohol, may be subject to both criminal prosecution and disciplinary action. Students should refer to the schools most recently published Annual Security Report for the schools policies and procedures in regards to alcohol and drugs. STUDENT PROPERTY No personal property or other property may be brought to the school for repair, troubleshooting or any other reason. SCIT assumes no responsibility for lost property. LOST & FOUND Any Student items that are lost or stolen on college property are the responsibility of the student. The college does not take any responsibility for lost or stolen items. Any lost items found should be taken to the Student Services Office where it will be placed in "Lost & Found." Items in the "Lost & Found" are held for a maximum of two (2) weeks at which point they may be donated or destroyed. UNAUTHORIZED GUESTS Students are not allowed to bring any unauthorized guests onto the premises without approval from the Student Services Office. Unauthorized guests include, but are not limited to: children, family members, friends, and/or co-workers. Student Affairs STUDENT COMPLAINT & GRIEVANCE PROCEDURE Any student wishing to resolve a problem or wishing to register a complaint should first contact his/her instructor. If the problem Is not resolved, the student should contact the Student Services Office. If the problem is still unresolved, the student may submit a written complaint to the President of SCIT. Schools accredited by the Accrediting Commission or Career Schools and Colleges must have a procedure and operational plan for handling students' complaints. If a student does not feel that the school has adequately addressed a complaint or concern, the student may consider contacting the Accrediting Commission. All complaints reviewed by the Commission must be in written form and should grant permission for the Commission to forward a copy of the complaint to the school for a response. This can be accomplished by filing the ACCSC Complaint Form. The complainants) will be kept informed as to the status of the complaint as well as the final resolution by the Commission. Please direct all Inquiries to: The Accrediting Commission of Career Schools and Colleges 2101 Wilson Boulevard, Suite 302 Arlington, VA, 22201 (703)247-4212 www.accsc.org A copy of the ACCSC Complaint Form is available at the school and may be obtained by contacting the Student Services Office or online at www.accsc.org. Any questions a student may have regarding the enrollment agreement or this catalog that have not been satisfactorily answered by the institution may be directed to the Bureau for Private Postsecondary Education at 1747 N. Market Blvd., Suite 225, Sacramento, CA 95834 (www.bppe,ca.gov), Telephone: (916) 574-8900, Fax:(916) 263-1897 A student or any member of the public may file a complaint about this Institution with the Bureau for Private Postsecondary Education by calling (888) 370-7589 toll -free or by completing a complaint form, which can be obtained on the bureau's Internet Web site www.bppe.ca.gov Page 35 of 69 SCIT Catalog DIPLOMA PROGRAMS O*NET OCCUPATIONS O*NET istaxonomy of hundreds of occupations and an online a is resource for occupational information. It is being developed under the sponsorship of the US Department of Labor. To learn BIOMEDICAL TECHNOLOGY more, visit www.onetcenter.org. The program primarily provides training for the following O"NET AWARD.............................................................................DIPLOMA SOC Occupation: PROGRAM LENGTH ..................................... 35 WEEKS (8 MONTHS) QUARTER CREDIT UNITS .................................................... 44 UNITS CLOCK HOURS............................................................... 720 HOURS EDUCATIONAL PROGRAM OBJECTIVES & PROGRAM DESCRIPTION The goal of the Biomedical Technology Diploma program is to prepare graduates for employment as entry-level biomedical equipment technicians. Students are trained to troubleshoot, maintain and repair electronic based medical equipment. The educational program objectives are as follows: 1. Obtain entry-level employment in fields related to medical equipment repair or maintenance. 2. Effectively function as a team member in technical environments. STUDENT OUTCOMES The student outcomes of the Biomedical Technology Diploma are for its graduates to attain the following: a. Knowledge and understanding of fundamental electronic components and basic electronic circuitry. b. A general understanding of medical equipment and the contexts In which they are used. C. An ability to identify, diagnose and troubleshoot electronic based devices. d. An ability to use techniques, skills and modern technical tools to repair medical equipment. e. An ability to function as team members In a technical environment. MODE OF PROGRAM DELIVERY This program is delivered in either a residential or a distance learning modality. Students decide which modality to complete the program at the time of enrollment contingent on program availability. When delivered in a residential modality, courses are delivered primarily at the campus with some courses having an asynchronous didactic learning component integrated into the curriculum (I.e. online materials to support the courses residential delivery). When delivered in a distance learning modality, all courses are delivered online. Courses delivered online utilize both asynchronous and synchronous methods. The school reserves the right to change the mode of delivery for any course if necessary, including the extent to which asynchronous and synchronous Instructional methods are utilized for delivery through distance learning. The program objectives and outcomes remain the same regardless of the mode of program delivery. 49-9062.00 Medical Equipment Repairers In addition to the O°NET SOC Occupation listed above, the program may also provide training for the following additional O*NET SOC Occupations: 17-3029.04 Electronics Engineering Technologists 49-2094.00 Electrical and Electronics Repairers, Commercial and Industrial Equipment Page 36 of 69 BIOMEDICAL TECHNOLOGY COURSES Course Code Course Title Units 810101 Introduction to Human Anatomy & Physiology 6 BI0110 Biomedical Instrumentation 4 810110E Blomeciicallnstrumentation Lab 2 BIO150 Biomedical Electronic Troubleshooting 4 810150L ......m .__.____. Biomedical Electronic Troubleshooting Lab ...I ...... ...ron_— ...1 2 BI0355 _ __. Advanced Bic edical Electronic __..___..... 4 _ Troubleshooting B10155L Advanced Biomedical Electronic 2 Troubleshooting Lab ___ C110 Computer Hardware Fundamentals 4 C1101. _.__303 .._______ Computer Hardware Fundamentals Lab 2 E E .Iron_ ........ Electronics Introduction to Electronics 4 EE103L Introductionto E lectrooics Lab 2 ELE300 Introduction to Electrical Engineering 4 ELEIOOL Introduction to Electrical Engineering Lab 2 MT102 College Math 2 Total 44 Diploma Programs Page 37 of 69 SCIT Catalog GENERAL ELECTRICIAN AWARD............................................................................. DIPLOMA PROGRAM LENGTH ..................................... 35 WEEKS (8 MONTHS) QUARTER CREDIT UNITS .................................................... 45 UNITS CLOCKHOURS............................................................... 750 HOURS EDUCATIONAL PROGRAM OBJECTIVES & PROGRAM DESCRIPTION The goal of the General Electrician Diploma program is to prepare graduates for entry-level employment In the electrician field for residential, commercial or industrial sectors. Students are trained to perform basic electrical wiring and installation in accordance with the National Electrical Code. The educational program objectives are as follows: 1. Obtain entry-level employment in electrician related fields in the residential, commercial or industrial sectors, or fields that substantially utilize electrical skills and proficiencies. 2. Effectively function as a team member in technical environments. STUDENT OUTCOMES The student outcomes of the General Electrician Diploma are for Its graduates to attain the following: a. An ability to perform basic electrical calculations for electrical installations. b. An ability to use techniques, skills and modern tools to install, repair and maintain electrical wiring, electrical fixtures and other electrical components In accordance with the National Electrical Code for residential, commercial and industrial environments. C. An abilityto read electrical blueprints and perform electrical installations that meet the specifications and requirements outlined In electrical blueprints. d. An abilityto install various types of electric motors and motor control systems. e. An abilityto program programmable logic controllers (PLC) in order to perform basic automated functions using ladder logic coding concepts. f. An ability to function as team members in a technical environment. MODE OF PROGRAM DELIVERY This program is delivered in either a residential or a distance learning modality. Students decide which modality to complete the program at the time of enrollment contingent on program availability. When delivered In a residential modality, courses are delivered primarily at the campus with some courses having an asynchronous didactic learning component Integrated Into the curriculum (i.e. online materials to support the courses residential delivery). When delivered in a distance learning modality, all courses are delivered online. Courses delivered online utilize both asynchronous and synchronous methods. The school reserves the right to change the mode of delivery for any course if necessary, Including the extent to which asynchronous and synchronous instructional methods are utilized for delivery through distance learning. The program objectives and outcomes remain the same regardless of the mode of program delivery. ELECTRICIAN LICENSURE INFORMATION All persons who work as electricians making connections of greater than 100 volt amps and who work for C-10 Contractors in the State of California must be licensed as a "certified electrician" by the California Department of Industrial Relations ("DIR"). The DIR specifies various levels of electrician certification; each corresponding to the type of electrical work that is allowed to be performed for the respective certification level. The SCIT General Electrician Diploma program is approved by the DIR to offer the "Whole General Electrician Curriculum," which corresponds to the highest level of electrician certification specified by the DIR. For those deciding to embark on a career as an electrician and have no experience or related Instruction, one method to becoming a "certified general electrician' requires the person to (1) accumulate 8000 hours of on -the -job -experience, (2) complete 720 hours of related and supplemental instruction, and (3) pass an exam administered by DIR to become a certified electrician. One method of obtaining "on -the -job -experience' is to register with the State of California as an "electrician trainee" which a person may do by enrolling and maintaining satisfactory academic progress in a state recognized school such as SLIT. By registering as an "electrician trainee," a person may work directly supervised by a certified electrician. Individuals who are registered as "electrician trainees" are responsible for maintaining their trainee registration status with the DIR, which may require registration fees and periodic renewal applications as determined by the DIR. For more information, please visit the DIR website for electrician certification at www.dir.ca.gov/das/electricaltrade.htm. O"NET SOC OCCUPATIONS O*NET is a taxonomy of hundreds of occupations and an online resource for occupational information. It is being developed under the sponsorship of the US Department of Labor. To learn more, visit www.onetcenter.org. The program primarily provides training for the following O*NET SOC Occupation: 47-3013.00 Helpers -Electricians In addition to the 0* NET SOC Occupations listed above, the program may also provide training for the following additional 0*NET SOC Occupations: 47-2111.00 Electricians 49-2098.00 Security and Fire Alarm Systems Installers 49-9097.00 Signal and Track Switch Repairers 47-1011.Oo First -Line Supervisors of Construction Trades and Extraction Workers Page 38 of 69 GENERAL ELECTRICIAN COURSES Course Code Course Title Units ELE310 Electric Motor Control 4 ELEIlOL Electric Moor Control LA 2 MAN330 Programmable Logic Controllers 4 MAN130L Programmable Logic Controllers Lab 2 MTI02 College Math _..M 2 NEC300 Introduction to Electricity and National _4_ Electrical Code NEC100L Introduction [o Eiectricityand National 2 _ Electrical Code Lab NEC101 _ National Electrical Code A 4 NEC101L _....... ..... --- National Electrical Code A Lab -N .El-ec__- _ 2 NECIIO ..._..... ....... Natlonal Electrical CodeB ....4 ....___. N ECIlOL National Electrical Code g Lab 2 NEC120 National Electrical Code C 4 NEC320L National Electrical Code C Lab 2 NECI30 Nation Electrical Code D 4 NEC330L National Electrical Code D Lab 2 NEC123L National Electrical Code Special Topics Lab 1 Total 45 Diploma Programs Page 39 of 69 SCIT Catalog INDUSTRIAL AUTOMATION TECHNOLOGY ................ DIPLOMA PROGRAM LENGTH ..................................... 35 WEEKS IS MONTHS) QUARTER CREDIT UNITS .................................................... 45 UNITS CLOCKHOURS............................................................... 680 HOURS EDUCATIONAL PROGRAM OBJECTIVES 8, PROGRAM DESCRIPTION The goal of the Industrial Automation Technology Diploma program is to prepare graduates for entry level employment as technicians within industrial automation fields or similar roles. Students are trained to install, troubleshoot, calibrate, program and repair industrial devices used in automation systems. The educational program objectives are as follows: 1. Obtain entry-level employment in fields related to the Installation, maintenance and repair of industrial devices used In automation systems. 2. Effectively function as a team member in technical environments. STUDENT OUTCOMES The student outcomes of the Biomedical Technology Diploma are for its graduates to attain the following: a. An ability to perform basic electrical calculations for electrical installations. b. An ability to Install various types of electric motors and motor control systems. C. An ability to program programmable logic controllers (PLC) in order to perform basic automated functions using ladder logic coding concepts. d. An ability to install, monitor, maintain and troubleshoot programmable logic control systems and related Industrial devices. e. An ability to test, calibrate, and troubleshoot pneumatic and hydraulic based devices used in industrial processes, f. An ability to function as team members in a technical environment. MODE OF PROGRAM DELIVERY This program Is delivered In either a residential or a distance learning modality. Students decide which modality to complete the program at the time of enrollment contingent on program availability. When delivered In a residential modality, courses are delivered primarily at the campus with some courses having an asynchronous didactic learning component integrated into the curriculum (i.e, online materials to support the courses residential delivery). When delivered In a distance learning modality, all courses are delivered online. Courses delivered online utilize both asynchronous and synchronous methods. The school reserves the right to change the mode of delivery for any course if necessary, Including the extent to which asynchronous and synchronous Instructional methods are utilized for delivery through distance learning. The program objectives and outcomes remain the same regardless of the mode of program delivery. O*NET SOC OCCUPATIONS WNET is a taxonomy of hundreds of occupations and an online resource for occupational information. It is being developed under the sponsorship of the US Department of Labor. To learn more, visit www.onetcenter.org. The program primarily provides training for the following O°NET SOC Occupation: 17-3029.09 Manufacturing Production Technicians In addition to the O'NET SOC Occupation listed above, the program may also provide training for the following additional O*NET SOC Occupations: 17-3026,00 Industrial Engineering Technicians 17-3023.03 Electrical Engineering Technicians Page 40 of 69 INDUSTRIAL AUTOMATION TECHNOLOGY COURSES Course Code Course Title Units ELE110 Electric Motor Control 4 ELEIIOL Electric Motor Control Lab 2 ELE112 Advanced Electric Motor Control 4 ELE112L Advanced Electric Motor Control Lab 2 MANI00 Occupational Safety and Health 1 Administration (OSHA) Standards for General Industry MAN13D Programmable Logic Controllers 4 MAN130L Programmable Logic Controllers Lab 2 MAN132 Advanced Pro rammable Lo is Controllers 4 MAN132L Adva need Programmable Logic Controllers Lab 2 MAN340 HYdraulic$Pneumatic Automation 4 Technology MAN1401. _ Hydraulic& Pneumatic Automation 2 _ _ Technology Lab MT102 College Math 2 N EC10D Introduction to Electricity and Nation al 4 Electrical Code NEC300L Introduction to Electricity an d National 2 Electrical Code Lab _ NEC101 National Electrical CodeA 4 MEW! National Electrical Code A Lab 2 Total 45 Diploma Programs Page 41 of 69 SCIT Catalog INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY AWARD............................................................................. DIPLOMA PROGRAM LENGTH ..................................... 35 WEEKS (8 MONTHS) QUARTER CREDIT UNITS .................................................... 50 UNITS CLOCKHOURS............................................................... 850 HOURS EDUCATIONAL PROGRAM OBJECTIVES & PROGRAM DESCRIPTION The goal of the Information Technology Diploma program is to prepare graduates for employment as entry-level computer network specialists or computer support specialists. Students are trained to install, configure and administrator computer networks and network services. The educational program objectives are as follows: 1. Obtain entry-level employment in fields related to computer network support, computer user support or fields that substantially utilize computer network or operating system administration and proficiency. 2. Effectively function asa team member in technical environments. STUDENT OUTCOMES The student outcomes of the Information Technology Diploma are for its graduates to attain the following: a. An ability to Identify and diagnose common computer hardware failures for computers used in business environments. b. An ability to understand network topologies and IP addressing schemas for LAN and WAN networks. C. An ability to install, configure and troubleshoot common operating systems and network services. d. An ability to Install, configure and troubleshoot networking devices commonly used in layer 2 and layer 3 of the OSI model. e. An ability to function as team members in a technical environment. MODE OF PROGRAM DELIVERY This program is delivered in eithera residential ora distance learning modality. Students decide which modality to complete the program at the time of enrollment contingent on program availability. When delivered in a residential modality, courses are delivered primarily at the campus with some courses having an asynchronous didactic learning component Integrated into the curriculum (i.e. online materials to support the courses residential delivery). When delivered In a distance learning modality, all courses are delivered online. Courses delivered online utilize both asynchronous and synchronous methods. The school reserves the right to change the mode of delivery for any course If necessary, Including the extent to which asynchronous and synchronous instructional methods are utilized for dellvery through distance learning. The program objectives and outcomes remain the same regardless of the mode of program delivery. O*NET SOC OCCUPATIONS O*NET is a taxonomy of hundreds of occupations and an online resource for occupational information. It is being developed under the sponsorship of the US Department of Labor. To learn more, visit www.onetcenter.org. The program primarily provides training for the following O*NET SOC Occupation: 15-1151.00 Computer User Support Specialists In addition to the O*NET SOC Occupation listed above, the program may also provide training for the following additional O*NET SOC Occupations: 15-1152.00 Computer Network Support Specialist 49-2011.00 - Computer, Automated Teller, and Office Machine Repairers Page 42 of 69 INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY COURSES Course Code Course Title Units C110 Computer Hardware Fundamentals 4 C110L Computer Hardware Fundamentals Lab 2 IS300 Computer Network Fundamentals 4 ISloOL Computer Network Fundamentals Lab 2 IS115 Unux Server Administration __.__......... ever_.._ 4 15115E _ ........___ 4nux Server Administration Lab _.___.._. ...... _2 IS118 Mixed Environments and Cloud Implementation 4 IS1181 Mixed Environments and Cloud 2 __ Im lementatlon IS325 Cisco Networking 4 15125E Cisco Networking Lab 4 IS128 Cisco Security 4 IS128L Cisco Security lab 4 I5130 Cybersecurity Fundamentals M30L Cybersecurity Fundamentals C _. MT102 College Math Total s0 Diploma Programs Page 43 of 69 SCIT Catalog DEGREE PROGRAMS ASSOCIATE OF SCIENCE INDUSTRIAL ENGINEERING TECHNOLOGY (A.S.I.E.TJ AWARD........................................................................... AS DEGREE PROGRAM LENGTH ................................... 90 WEEKS (23 MONTHS) QUARTER CREDIT UNITS .................................................. 1013 UNITS CLOCK HOURS............................................................. 1500 HOURS EDUCATIONAL PROGRAM OBJECTIVES & PROGRAM DESCRIPTION The goal of the Associate of Science Industrial Engineering degree program is to produce well-rounded engineering technologists or technicians prepared for entry-level careers in industrial engineering or related disciplines. The program educates in the utilization and application of the fundamentals of engineering, math and sciences to create innovative solutions to Industrial challenges and needs. The educational program objectives are as follows: 1. Establish and develop a career in engineering or technologist related professions that involve the design, development, implementation or improvement of Integrated industrial or service systems to achieve organizational goals. 2. Collaborate with others and efficiently function as members or leaders of engineering or multidisciplinary teams. 3. Continue to develop skills in engineering, business, management or other industrial and systems engineering related fields. 4. Effectively adapt to the changing demands in the workplace and perform increasingly complex tasks, including tasks outside a field of expertise. STUDENT OUTCOMES The student outcomes of the Associate of Science Industrial Engineering are for its graduates to attain the following: 1. an ability to apply knowledge, techniques, skills and modern tools of mathematics, science, engineering, and technology to solve well-defined engineering problems appropriate to the discipline; 2. an ability to design solutions for well-defined technical problems and assist with the engineering design of systems, components, or processes appropriate to the discipline; 3. an ability to apply written, oral, and graphical communication in well-defined technical and non- Page 44 of 69 technical environments; and an ability to identify and use appropriate technical literature 4. an ability to conduct standard tests, measurements, and experiments and to analyze and Interpret the results; and 5. an ability to function effectively as a member of a technical team. MODE OF PROGRAM DELIVERY This program is delivered in either a blended or a distance learning modality. Students decide which modality to complete the program at the time of enrollment contingent on program availability. When delivered in a blended modality, some courses are delivered residentially at the campus whereas other courses are delivered online only. When delivered in a distance learning modality, all courses are delivered online. Courses delivered residentially at the campus may have an asynchronous didactic learning component Integrated into the curriculum (i.e. online materials to support the courses residential delivery). Courses delivered online utilize both asynchronous and synchronous methods. The school reserves the right to change the mode of delivery for any course if necessary, Including the extent to which asynchronous and synchronous Instructional methods are utilized for delivery through distance learning. The program objectives and outcomes remain the same regardless of the mode of program delivery. O*NET SOC OCCUPATIONS O*NET is a taxonomy of hundreds of occupations and an online resource for occupational information. It is being developed under the sponsorship of the US Department of Labor. To learn more, visit www.onetcenter.org, The program primarily provides training for the following O*NET SOC Occupation: 17-3029,05 Industrial Engineering Technologists In addition to the O*NET SOC Occupation listed above, the program may also provide training for the following additional O*NET SOC Occupations: 17-3026.00 Industrial Engineering Technicians 17-2112.00 Industrial Engineers 17-3023.01 Electronics Engineering Technicians 17-3023,03 Electrical Engineering Technicians 17-3029.06 Manufacturing Engineering Technologists 17-3029.04 Electromechanical Engineering Technologists ASIET COURSES Course Code Course Title Units C110 Computer Hardware Fundamentals 4 CilOL Computer Hardware Fundamentals Lab 2 C220 Applied Numerical Computing 2 C2201 Applied Numerical Computing Lab 2 C230 Computer Aldru Design __... ....._- ___ 2 C230L ...........___ _ ........... Computef Aided Design Lab ____.... 2 EE303 Introduction to Electroncs —HE 4 103L Introductionto Electronics Lab 2 EE142 Semiconductor Device Electronics 2 EKPI. Semiconductor Device Electronics Lab 2 EE160 Digital Electfonlcs 2 EE1B0L DISIRA Electra nics Lab ........__- _ 2 EE0 HAD ......_ .............___.__"_ Circuit An alYSlsl 2 EE210L Circuit Analysis Lab 1 EE220 51ignals and Systems 2 EE220L Signals and Systems Lab 2 EE311 Circuit Analysis ll 2 EE311L Circuit Analysis II Lab 1 ELE300 Introduction to Electrical Engineering 4 ELE1001. Introduction to Electrical Engineering Lab 2 ELE210 Introduction to Electric Machines 2 EI.E2101- Introduction to Electric Machines Lab 2 ELE230 Ind ustrlal Controllers 2 ELE230L In dustrial Controllers Lab 2 ELE330 Design of Control Systems 2 ELE3301 Design of Control Systems Lab 2 ELE480 LabV1EW VIs us l Programming for Automated Systems_ 2 ELE480L _ LabV1 EW Visual Pmgra naming for Automated 2 Stems Lab GE102 Composition and Critical Thinking 2 GE102L College Writing 1 GE202 Introduction to Technical Communlcatlon 2 0E2021 Technical Writing 1 GE250 General Psychology 3 GE350 Organlzational Behavior 3 ISI00 Computer Network Fundamentals 4 15100L Computer Network Fundamentals I.ab 2 MAN200 Intro d notion to Manufacturing and Industrial Technology, 2 MAN280L Introduction to 3D Modeling Lab 2 MT121 College Algebra l 4 MT122 College Algebra ll 4 Mtt30A Calculus I 3 MT2308 ....._- CalculusIB - 3 MT235A -.......... ........_.__- Calculu52A _.. _. 3 MT2358 Calcu1u52B 3 PH200 Physics 1 4 PH200L ics Phys1 Lab 2 Total 108 Degree Programs Page 45 of 69 SCIT Catalog BACHELOR OF SCIENCE BIOMEDICAL ENGINEERING (B.S.B.E.) AWARD........................................................................... BS DEGREE PROGRAM LENGTH ................................. 150 WEEKS 138 MONTHS) QUARTER CREDIT UNITS .................................................. 182 UNITS CLOCK HOURS............................................................. 2350 HOURS EDUCATIONAL PROGRAM OBJECTIVES & PROGRAM DESCRIPTION The goal of the Bachelor of Science Biomedical Engineering degree program is to produce well-rounded biomedical engineers prepared for entry-level careers In biomedical engineering or related disciplines. The program educations in the application of the principles of engineering, biology, human physiology, math and sciences to solve biomedical engineering problems, Including those related to the interaction between living and non -living systems. The educational program objectives are as follows: 1. Establish and develop a career in engineering or technologist related professions that involve the design, development, implementation or Improvement of biomedical systems. 2. Collaborate with others and efficiently function as members or leaders of engineering or multidisciplinary teams. 3. Continue to develop skills In engineering, business, management or other biomedical engineering related fields. 4. Effectively adapt to the changing demands in the workplace and perform Increasingly complex tasks, including tasks outside a field of expertise. STUDENT OUTCOMES The student outcomes of the Bachelor of Science Biomedical Engineering are for its graduates to attain the following: 1. an ability to Identify, formulate, and solve complex engineering problems by applying principles of engineering, science, and mathematics 2. an ability to apply engineering design to produce solutions that meet specified needs with consideration of public health, safety, and welfare, as well as global, cultural, social, environmental, and economic factors 3. an ability to communicate effectively with a range of audiences 4. an ability to recognize ethical and professional responsibilities in engineering situations and make informed judgments, which must consider the impact of engineering solutions In global, economic, environmental, and societal contexts 5. an ability to function effectively on a team whose members together provide leadership, create a collaborative and inclusive environment, establish goals, plan tasks, and meet objectives 6. an ability to develop and conduct appropriate experimentation, analyze and Interpret data, and use engineering judgment to draw conclusions 7. an ability to acquire and apply new knowledge as needed, using appropriate learning strategies. MODE OF PROGRAM DELIVERY This program Is delivered in either a blended or a distance learning modality. Students decide which modality to complete the program at the time of enrollment contingent on program availability. When delivered in a blended modality, some courses are delivered residentially at the campus whereas other courses are delivered online only. When delivered In a distance learning modality, all courses are delivered online. Courses delivered residentially at the campus may have an asynchronous didactic learning component integrated into the curriculum (Le, online materials to support the courses residential delivery). Courses delivered online utilize both asynchronous and synchronous methods. The school reserves the right to change the mode of delivery for any course if necessary, Including the extent to which asynchronous and synchronous Instructional methods are utilized for delivery through distance learning. The program objectives and outcomes remain the same regardless of the mode of program delivery. 0*NET SOC OCCUPATIONS 0*NET is a taxonomy of hundreds of occupations and an online resource for occupational information. It Is being developed under the sponsorship of the US Department of Labor. To learn more, visit www.onetcenter.org. The program primarily provides training for the following O*NET SOC Occupation: 17-2031.00 Biomedical Engineers In addition to the O*NET SOC Occupation listed above, the program may also provide training for the following additional O*NET SOC Occupations: 17-2072.00 Electronics Engineers, Except Computer 17-3029.04 Electronics Engineering Technologists 17-3023.01 Electronics Engineering Technicians 17-3029,06 Manufacturing Engineering Technologists Page 46 of 69 BSBE COURSES Course Code Course Title Units B1O101 Introduction to Human Anatomy&Physiology 6 DIM10 Biomedical Instrumentation 4 810110E Blomedical Instrumentation Lab 2 BIO160 Introduction to Biomedical Engineering 2 BIO320 Fundamentals of Blomedicallmaging 4 B1O320� Blomedical Image Processing Lab 2 81O430 8lomaterlals 4 BIO440 Biomechanics 4 B1O490AL Senior Design Project A 3 81O490BL Senior Design Project B 3 0130 Computer Hardware Fundamentals 4 CIlOL Computer Hardware Fundamentals Lab 2 C201A Introduction to Computer Programming A 2 C201AL Introduction to Computer Programming A Lab 1 C2018 Introduction to Computer ProgrammingB 2 C20181. Introduction to Computer Programming B Lab 1 C220 Applied N umerlcal Computing 2 C220L Applied Numerical Computing Lab 2 CHEM200A General Chemistry A 3 CHEM2006 General Chemistry B 3 EE103 Introduction to Electronics 4 EE103L Introduction to Electronics Lab 2 EE142 Semiconductor Device Electronics 2 EE3421 Semiconductor Device Electronics Lab 2 EE360 Digit a l Electronics 2 EC160L Digital Electronics lab 2 EE210 Circuit Analysisl 2 EE210L Circuit Analysisl Lab 1 EE220 Signals and Systems 2 EE2201- Signals and Systems Lab 2 EE2421 EE242L P Power Electronics ......____—_..- Power Electronics Laboratory 2 2 EE311 CircuitAnalysis 0 2 EE311L Circult Analysis ll Lab 1 EE320 Digital Signal Processing 4 EE320L Digital Signal Processing Lab 2 EE362r Advanced Digital Electronics 2 EE3620 ELE300 Advanced Digital Electrons ,Lab Intratluctlon to Electrical Engineering 2 4 ELE100L Introductionto Electrical Engoacringtab 2 ELE350 Embedded Systems 2 ELE350L Embedded Systems Lab 2 ELE352 Robotics Engineering 2 ELE352L Robotics Engineering Lab 2 GE102 GE102L Composition and Critical Thinking College Wnting 2 GE202 Introduction to Technical Communication 2 GE202L Technical Writing 1 GE222 Introduction to Communication and Speech 3 GE250 General Psychology 3 G E330 Leadership 3 GE350 GE360 organizational Behavior Engineering Economy 3 3 Degree Programs GE362 -_ — Ethics in Engineering — 3 MT121 -.-.----_ College Algebra) _....... 4 MT122 College Algebra ll 4 MT230A Calculus I 3 MT230B Calculus 1 B 3 MT235A Calculus 2A 3 MT235B Calculus 2 B 3 MT310 Linear Algebra __ _. _.-." 4 MT335 111111 _..__ D iscrete Mathematics 4 MT330 Calculus 4 Ml Probability and Statistics 4 MT470 Complex Variables 4 MT480 Ordinary and Partial Differential Equations 4 PH200 Physics 1 4 PH200L Physics 1 Lab 2 Total EE260A, EE260AL, EE260B and EE260BL may be taken as an elective. 182 Page 47 of 69 SCIT Catalog BACHELOR OF SCIENCE ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING (B.S.E.E.) AWARD........................................................................... BS DEGREE PROGRAM LENGTH ................................. 150 WEEKS 138 MONTHS) QUARTER CREDIT UNITS .................................................. 182 UNITS CLOCK HOURS............................................................. 2340 HOURS EDUCATIONAL PROGRAM OBJECTIVES & PROGRAM DESCRIPTION The goal of the Bachelor of Science Electrical Engineering degree program Is to produce well-rounded electrical engineers or technologists prepared for entry-level careers in electrical engineering or related disciplines. The program educates In the utilization and application of the fundamentals of engineering, math and sciences to create solutions that harness the power of electricity and magnetism to address challenges in a variety of industries such as manufacturing, transportation, construction, business, healthcare and other sectors. The educational program objectives are as follows: 1. Establish and develop a career in engineering or technologist related professions that involve the design, development, Implementation or improvement of electrical systems to achieve organizational goals. 2. Collaborate with others and efficiently function as members or leaders of engineering or multidisciplinary teams. 3. Continue to develop skills in engineering, business, management or other electrical engineering related fields. 4. Effectively adapt to the changing demands in the workplace and perform increasingly complex tasks, Including tasks outside a field of expertise, STUDENT OUTCOMES The student outcomes of the Bachelor of Science Electrical Engineering are for Its graduates to attain the following: 1. an ability to identify, formulate, and solve complex engineering problems by applying principles of engineering, science, and mathematics 2, an ability to apply engineering design to produce solutions that meet specified needs with consideration of public health, safety, and welfare, as well as global, cultural, social, environmental, and economic factors 3. an abllity, to communicate effectively with a range of audiences 4. an ability to recognize ethical and professional responsibilities in engineering situations and make informed judgments, which must consider the impact of engineering solutions in global, economic, environmental, and societal contexts S. an ability to function effectively on a team whose members together provide leadership, create a collaborative and inclusive environment, establish goals, plan tasks, and meet objectives 6, an ability to develop and conduct appropriate experimentation, analyze and interpret data, and use engineering judgment to draw conclusions 7. an ability to acquire and apply new knowledge as needed, using appropriate learning strategies. MODE OF PROGRAM DELIVERY This program is delivered in either blended or a distance learning modality. Students decide which modality to complete the program at the time of enrollment contingent on program availability. When delivered in a blended modality, some courses are delivered residentially at the campus whereas other courses are delivered online only. When delivered in a distance learning modality, all courses are delivered online. Courses delivered residentially at the campus may have an asynchronous didactic learning component integrated into the curriculum (i.e. online materials to support the courses residential delivery). Courses delivered online utilize both asynchronous and synchronous methods. The school reserves the right to change the mode of delivery for any course if necessary, Including the extent to which asynchronous and synchronous instructional methods are utilized for delivery through distance learning. The program objectives and outcomes remain the same regardless of the mode of program delivery. O*NET SOC OCCUPATIONS 0*NET is a taxonomy of hundreds of occupations and an online resource for occupational Information. It is being developed under the sponsorship of the US Department of Labor. To learn more, visit www.onetcenter.org. The program primarily provides training for the following O*NET SOC Occupation: 17-2071.00 Electrical Engineers In addition to the O*NET SOC Occupation listed above, the program may also provide training for the following additional O*NET SOC Occupations: 17-2072.00 Electronics Engineers, Except Computer 17-3029.02 Electrical Engineering Technologists 17-3012.02 Electrical Drafters 17-3029.04 Electronics Engineering Technologists 17-3023.03 Electrical Engineering Technicians 17-3023.01 Electronics Engineering Technicians 49-2095,00 Electrical and Electronics Repalrers, Powerhouse, Substation, and Relay 17-3029.03 Electromechanical Engineering Technologists 11-9041.00 Architectural and Engineering Managers Page 48 of 69 BSEE COURSES Course No. Course Title Units C201A Introduction to Computer Programming 2 C201AL Introduction to Computer ProgrammingALab 1 C201B mroductlon to Computer Programming B 2 C201BL Introductionto Computer Programminge Lab 1 C220 ricalmp Applied NumeCouting 2 C220L Applied Numerical Computing Lab --- 2 C230 Computer Design Aided 2 C230L Computer Aided Design Lab 2 EE103 Introductionto Electronics 4 EE103L Introduction to Electronlcs Lab 2 EE342 Semiconductor Device Electronics 2 EE142L Semiconductor Device Electronics Lab 2 EEI60 Digital Electronics 2 EE160L Digital Electronics Lab 2 EE210 Circuit Analysis l 2 EE210L Circuit Analysis l Lab 1 EE220 Signals and Systems 2 EE220L Signals and ms SYsteLab 2 EE242c Power Electronics 2 EE2421-r Power Electronics Laboratory 2 EE311 Circuit Analysis ll 2 EE313L Ci rcuit Analysis ll Lab 1 EE362r Advanced Digital Electronics 2 EE3fi2L' Advanced Digital Electronics Lab 2 E E490AL Senior Design Project 3 EE490BL Senior Design Project B 3 ELE100 IntrcuFuction to Electrical Engineering 4 ELE100L Introductlonto Electrical Engineering Lab 2 ELE210 —ELE210L Introduction to Electric Machines 2 Introduction to Electric Machines Lab 2 In Cers ___.. ___ - __ _ 2ELE230 ELE230L In Co-. ..-._......-._— - _._ Industrial Controllers Lab ____......_.-_-.. 2 ELM E33 Deslgnof Co ntrol5ystems 2 ELE330L Design of Control Systems Lab 2 ELE350 Embedded Systems 2 ELE350L Embedded Systems Lab 2 ELE352 Robotics Englneering - 2 ELE362L . __ Robotics Englneering Lab ...... 2 ELE420 .--........ie.IId.. - - - _...-..-....-....______ Electromagnetic Fields 4 ELE470 Power System Analysis 4 ELE472 Electric Power Distribution Systems 4 ELE479 Power System Protection 4 ELE48D La bVIEWVIsual Programme ng for Automated 2 Systems ELE480L LaILVIEW Visual Programming for Automated 2 Systems Lab GE102 Composition and Critical Thinking 2 GE1021 College Writing 1 GE202 mroduction to TechnicalCommunication 2 GE2021. Technical Writing 1 GE222 Introduction to Communication and Speech 3 GE250 General Psychology 3 GE330 Leadership 3 GE350 Organizational Behavior 3 Degree Programs GE360 - - - Engineering Economy - .__._.. -....... 3 GE362 ............... ...... Ethics in Engineering 3 MAN200 Introductionto Manufacturing and Industrial _ Technology__ 2 MAN280L _ Introduction to 3D Modeling Lab 2 MT121 College Algebra l 4 MT122 College Algebrall 4 MT230A Calculus I 3 MT230B Calculus 1 B 3 MT235A Calculus 2A 3 MT235B Calculus 2 B 3 MT310 Linear Algebra 4 MT315 Discrete Mathematics 4 MT330 Calculus 4 MT460 Probability and Statistics 4 MT470 Complex Variables 4 MT480 Ordina ry and Partial Differential Equations 4 PH20D Physics 1 4 PH200L Physics 1 Lab 2 PH310 Physics 2 4 Physics 2Lab ._PH310L.. Total 1 EE260A, EE260AL, EE260D and EE260BL may be taken as an elective. 182 Page 49 of 69 SCIT Catalog BACHELOR OF SCIENCE ELECTRONIC ENGINEERING (B.S.E.E.) AWARD........................................................................... BS DEGREE PROGRAM LENGTH ................................. 150 WEEKS (38 MONTHS) QUARTER CREDIT UNITS .................................................. 180 UNITS CLOCK HOURS............................................................. 2300 HOURS EDUCATIONAL PROGRAM OBJECTIVES & PROGRAM DESCRIPTION The goal of the Bachelor of Science Electronic Engineering degree program is to produce well-rounded electronic engineers or technologists prepared for entry-level careers in electronic engineering or related disciplines. The program educates in the utilization and application of the fundamentals of engineering, math and sciences to create solutions that utilize electronic systems and circuitry to address challenges in a variety of industries such as manufacturing, transportation, construction, business, healthcare and other sectors. The educational program objectives are as follows: 1. Establish and develop a career in engineering or technologist related professions that involve the design, development, implementation or improvement of electronic systems to achieve organizational goals. 2. Collaborate with others and efficiently function as members or leaders of engineering or multidisciplinary teams. 3. Continue to develop skills in engineering, business, management or other electronic engineering related fields. 4. Effectively adapt to the changing demands in the workplace and perform increasingly complex tasks, including tasks outside a field of expertise. STUDENT OUTCOMES The student outcomes of the Bachelor of Science Electronic Engineering are for its graduates to attain the following: 1. an ability to identify, formulate, and solve complex engineering problems by applying principles of engineering, science, and mathematics 2. an ability to apply engineering design to produce solutions that meet specified needs with consideration of public health, safety, and welfare, as well as global, cultural, social, environmental, and economic factors 3. an ability to communicate effectively with a range of audiences 4. an ability to recognize ethical and professional responsibilities in engineering situations and make informed judgments, which must consider the Impact of engineering solutions In global, economic, environmental, and societal contexts S. an ability to function effectively on a team whose members together provide leadership, create a collaborative and Inclusive environment, establish goals, plan tasks, and meet objectives 6. an ability to develop and conduct appropriate experimentation, analyze and interpret data, and use engineering judgment to draw conclusions 7. an ability to acquire and apply new knowledge as needed, using appropriate learning strategies. MODE OF PROGRAM DELIVERY This program is delivered in either blended or a distance learning modality. Students decide which modality to complete the program at the time of enrollment contingent on program availability. When delivered in a blended modality, some courses are delivered residentially at the campus whereas other courses are delivered online only. When delivered in a distance learning modality, all courses are delivered online. Courses delivered residentially at the campus may have an asynchronous didactic learning component integrated Into the curriculum (i.e. online materials to support the courses residential delivery). Courses delivered online utilize both asynchronous and synchronous methods. The school reserves the right to change the mode of delivery for any course if necessary, including the extent to which asynchronous and synchronous instructional methods are utilized for delivery through distance learning. The program objectives and outcomes remain the same regardless of the mode of program delivery. O"NET SOC OCCUPATIONS O*NET is a taxonomy of hundreds of occupations and an online resource for occupational information. It is being developed under the sponsorship of the US Department of Labor. To learn more, visit www.onetcenter.org. The program primarily provides training for the following O*NET SOC Occupation: 17-2072.00 Electronics Engineers, Except Computer In addition to the O*NET SOC Occupation listed above, the program may also provide training for the following additional O*NET SOC Occupations: 17-2071.00 Electrical Engineers 17-3029,04 Electronics Engineering Technologists 17-3012.01 Electronic Drafters 17-3029.02 Electrical Engineering Technologists 17-3023.03 Electrical Engineering Technicians 17-3023.01 Electronics Engineering Technicians 17-2072.01 Radio Frequency Identification Device Specialists 11-9041.00 Architectural and Engineering Managers Page 50 of 69 BSEE COURSES Course No. Course Title Units C2DIA Introduction to Computer Programming A 2 C201AL Introduction to Computer ProgrammingA Lab 1 C201B Introduction to Computer Pro grammingB 2 C201BL Introduction to Computer Programming B Lab I C220 Applied Numerical Computing 2 C220L Applied Numerical Computing Lab 2 EE103 Introduction to El ectmumcs 4 HE 103L Introduction to Electronics Lab 2 EE142 Semiconductor Device Electronics 2 EE342L Semiconductor Device Electronics Lab 2 EE160 Digital Electronics 2 EEI60L Digital Electronics Lab 2 EE210 Clrcuit Analysis l 2 EE230L Circuit Analysis l Lab I EE220 Signals and Systems 2 EE220L Signals and Systems Lab 2 EE24P Power Electronics 2 EE242Lr Power Electronics Laboratory 2 EE251 Analog Integrated Circuits 4 EE252 Digitallntegrated Circults 4 EE311 Circuit Analysisll 2 EE311L Circuit Analysis II Lab I EE320 Digital Signal Processing 4 EE3201L Digital Signal Processing Lab 2 EE3621 Advanced Digital Electmnles 2 EE362L' Advanced Digital Electronics Lab 2 E E370 Introduction to Analog Communicate ns 2 EE3701 Introduction to Analog Communications Lab 2 EE372 Introduction to Digital Co mmunlcations 2 HBML Introduction to Digital Communications Lab 2 EE472 Wireless Communications &Me bi le Ad Hoc 4 Networks EE475 Antennas 4 EE490AL Senior Design PrajectA 3 EE490BL Senior Design Project B 3 ELE100 Introductlonto Electrical Engineering 4 ELE100L Introduction to Electrical Engineering Lab 2 ELE230 Industrial Controllers ..... __ ............... 2 ELE230L ..__... ..__. ___. _. ...."""-""-. Industrial Controllers Lab _'"' 2 ELE330 Designof Control Systems 2 ELE330L Design of Control Systems Lab 2 ELE350 Embedded Systems 2 ELE350L Embedded Systems Lab 2 E1E352 Robotics Engineering 2 ELE352L Robotics Engineering Lab 2 GE302 Composition and Critical Thinking 2 GE1021. College Writing 1 GE202 Introduction to Technical Communication 2 GE202L Technical Writing 1 G E222 Introduction to Communication and Speech 3 GE250 General Psychology 3 GE330 Leadership 3 GE350 Organlzatlonal Behavior 3 Degree Programs GE360 Engineering Economy 3 GE362 Ethics in Engineering 3 MT121 College Algebra l 4 MT322 College Algebra ll 4 MT230A CalculU51A 3 MT2308 Calculus 1 B 3 MT235A Calculus 2A 3 MT235B Calculus 2 B 3 MT310 Linear Algebra 4 MT315 Discrete Mathematics 4 MT330 Calculus 3 4 MT460 Probabilityand Statistics 4 MT470 Complex Variables 4 MT480 Ordinary nand Partial Differential Equations 4 PH200 Physics 1 ..........--- __ 4 PH200L ............... .....___. Physics ILab -- 2 PH31D Physics 2 4 PH31OL Physics 2 Lab 2 Total EE260A, EE260AL, EE260B and EE260BL maybe taken as an elective. 100 Page 51 of 69 SCIT Catalog BACHELOR OF SCIENCE INFORMATION SYSTEMS (B.S.I.S.) AWARD........................................................................... BS DEGREE PROGRAM LENGTH ................................. 150 WEEKS (38 MONTHS) QUARTER CREDIT UNITS .................................................. 182 UNITS CLOCK HOURS............................................................. 2500 HOURS EDUCATIONAL PROGRAM OBJECTIVES & PROGRAM DESCRIPTION The goal of the Bachelor of Science Information Systems degree program is to produce well-rounded information systems specialists prepared for entry-level careers that Involve the use, delivery and management of Information systems to achieve organizational goals. The program educates in the design, implementation, deliverance and management of computer networks and information systems to support organizational business processes. The educational program objectives are as follows: 1. Establish and develop a career In Information systems or information technology related professions or functions within an organization. 2. Collaborate with others and efficiently function as members or leaders of a technical and multidisciplinary team. 3. Continue to develop skills in information systems, business, management or other fields requiring the use of information systems to achieve organizational goals. 4. Effectively adapt to the changing demands of the workplace and perform Increasingly complex tasks while taking Into consideration changes in information systems practices. STUDENT OUTCOMES The student outcomes of the Bachelor of Science Information Systems are for Its graduates to attain the following: 1. Analyze a complex computing problem and to apply principles of computing and other relevant disciplines to identify solutions. 2. Design, implement, and evaluate a computing -based solution to meet a given set of computing requirements in the context of the program's discipline. 3. Communicate effectively in a variety of professional contexts. 4. Recognize professional responsibilities and make Informed Judgments in computing practice based on legal and ethical principles. 5. Function effectively as a member or leader of a team engaged in activities appropriate to the program's discipline. MODE OF PROGRAM DELIVERY This program Is delivered In either blended or distance learning modality. Students decide which modality to complete the program at the time of enrollment contingent on program availability. When delivered in a blended modality, some courses are delivered residentially at the campus whereas other courses are delivered online only. When delivered In a distance learning modality, all courses are delivered online. Courses delivered residentially at the campus may have an asynchronous didactic learning component integrated Into the curriculum (i.e. online materials to support the courses residential delivery). Courses delivered online utilize both asynchronous and synchronous methods. The school reserves the right to change the mode of delivery for any course if necessary, including the extent to which asynchronous and synchronous instructional methods are utilized for delivery through distance learning. The program objectives and outcomes remain the same regardless of the mode of program delivery. O''NET SOC OCCUPATIONS O*NET Is a taxonomy of hundreds of occupations and an online resource for occupational Information. It Is being developed under the sponsorship of the US Department of Labor. To learn more, visit www.onetcenter.org. The program primarily provides training for the following O*NET SOC Occupation: 15-1142.00 Network and Computer Systems Administrators In addition to the O*NET SOC Occupation listed above, the program may also provide training for the following additional O*NET SOC Occupations: 15-1152.00 Computer Network Support Specialist 11-3021.00 Computer and Information Systems Managers 15-1199,02 Computer Systems Engineers/Architects 15-1122.00 Information Security Analysts Page 52 of 69 BSIS COURSES Course No. Course Title units Clio —M—OL Computer Hardware Fundamentals 4 Computer Hardware Fundamentals Lab 2 C201A IntroductlonWComputer ProgrammingA 2 D201AL Introductionto Computer PrugrammingA Lab 1 C201B Introductionto Computer Programming B 2 C201BL Introduction to Computer Programming D Lab 1 C302 Advanced Computer Programming 2 C302L Advanced Computer Programming 2 GE702 Composltion-and Critica1Thinking 2 GE102L College Wrlting 1 GE202 Introductionto Technical Communication 2 GE202L Technical Writing 1 GE222 Introduction to Communlcationand Speech 3 GE250 General Psychology 3 GE330 Leadership 3 GE340 Introduction to Project Management 2 GE350 Organizational Behavior 3 GE360 Engineering Economy 3 GE362 Ethics in Engineering 3 IS100 Computer Network Fundamentals 4 IS1001 Computer Network Fundamentals Lab 2 15115 Linux Server Administration 4 15115E Li nux Server Administmtion Lab 2 IS318 Mixed Environments and Cloud Implementation 4 IS1181. Mixed Environments and Cloud Implementation 2 ___ 15125 CisLab __ _ co Networking 4 IS124 Cisco Networking Lab 4 15128 Cisco Security 4 I5128L Cisco Security Lab 4 IS130 15130E Cybersecurity Fundamentals CybersecuritV Fundamentals 4 4 IS170 Introduction to Information Systems 2 8215 Lmux Server Security 2 I5215L Linux Server Security lab 2 IS230A Network5ecurity and DefenseA 2 IS230AL Network Securityan cl Defense A Lab 1 15230E 152308E Network5ecurityand DefenseB Network Securityand Defense Blab 2 1 IS250 Introductionto Web Technologies 2 IS250L Web Technologies Lab 2 IS261 Introduction to Datahases 2 15261E Introductionto Databases Lab 1 15330 Computer Forensics 2 15330E Computer Forensics Lab 2 IS340 Introduction to Cloud Computing 2 15340E Introductionto Cloud Computing Lab 1 IS345 Compute15ystem lntegrationand Architecture 2 IS345L Computer System lntegrationand Architecture Lab 2 15361 Database Management 2 15363E Database Management Lab 1 15380 Shell and Administrative Scripting 2 15380 Shell and Administrative Scripting Lab 2 Degree Programs IS430A Hacking, Forensics & Countermeasures A 2 IS430AL Hacking, Forensics & Countermeasures A Lab 1 IS430B Hacking, Forensics & Countermeasures B 2 154308E Hacking, Forensics & Countermeasures B Lab 1 IS441 Cloud Architecture and Design 2 IS441L Cloud Architecture and Design Lab 1 15450 Front -End Web Development 2 1S450L Front -End Web Developerr mLa b 2 IS451 - __. Back End Web Development .Z_ IS451L Back -En d Web Development Lab 2 IS471 Information Systems in Organizations 2 IS490AL Senior Design Project 3 15490BL Senior Design Project B 3 MT121 College Algebra l 4 MT122 College Algebra ll 4 MT230A .............. CalculuslA 3 MT230B Cakulus18 3 MT235A Calculus 2A 3 MT235B Calculus 26 3 MT310 Linear Algebra 4 MT315 Dlscrete Mathe matics 4 MT460 Probability and Statistics 4 MT470 Co mplex Variables 4 Total 182 Page 53 of 69 SCIT Catalog COURSE DESCRIPTIONS The school may modify or waive prerequisite or corequ!site requirements as needed. * Indicates courses that have a limited offering. BIO BIOMEDICAL 810101 INTRODUCTION TO HUMAN ANATOMY & PHYSIOLOGY 6 UNITS Human Anatomy and Physiology explores the systems comprising the human body by emphasizing physiological mechanisms and a thorough understanding of human anatomy. An emphasis is placed on the interrelatedness of such systems as the skeletal, muscular, nervous and circulatory. Formerly B1101. B10110 BIOMEDICAL INSTRUMENTATION 4 UNITS PREREQUISITE: B10101 This course covers Instrumentation systems, Calibration, eiostatistics, Terminology, Introduction to signal conditioning, Amplifiers, Comparators, Introduction to bio-potentials, Nervous system organization, Signals, EMG, ECG, Surface potentials, Normal Sinus Rhythm, Electrodes, and related topics. Formerly 81110A and B1120. BIO110L BIOMEDICAL INSTRUMENTATION LAB 2 UNITS COREREQUISITE: B10110 This lab allows students to apply their knowledge in a lab setting as It applies to B10110, Formerly BI110B. 810150 BIOMEDICAL ELECTRONIC TROUBLESHOOTING 4 UNITS PREREQUISITE: BIC110 This course provides the student with the opportunity to utilize the knowledge gained In B10110 and B10110L to troubleshoot and repair defective circuits in biomedical electronic equipment. Industrial safety precautions are learned, and the student learns how to isolate and diagnose problems in electronic systems and devices. Formerly EL214. 810150L BIOMEDICAL ELECTRONIC TROUBLESHOOTING LAB 2 UNITS COREQUISITE: B10150 Students learn the methods and approaches taken by an experienced biomedical troubleshooter in the field. They learn isolation, to utilize test equipment, and techniques to enhance their troubleshooting ability. They become familiar with short cuts to effective circuit repair, and become adept at troubleshooting. Formerly EL215. 810155 ADVANCED BIOMEDICAL ELECTRONIC TROUBLESHOOTING 4 UNITS PREREQUISITE: BI0150 This course expands on the biomedical troubleshooting techniques learned in B10155 into more advanced troubleshooting techniques as it relates to medical devices. B10155L ADVANCED BIOMEDICAL ELECTRONIC TROUBLESHOOTING LAB 2 UNITS COREQUISITE: B10155 This course expands on the biomedical troubleshooting techniques learned in B10150L. B10160 INTRODUCTION TO BIOMEDICAL ENGINEERING 2 UNITS This course introduces students to the current trends the biomedical engineering industry and discusses general topics such as a survey of the types of industries, career growth process in the biomedical engineering field, overview of regulations, roles of engineers In the field, and other topics as relevant. B10320 FUNDAMENTALS OF BIOMEDICAL IMAGING 4 UNITS This course will Introduce the physical and mathematical principles that are the foundation of biomedical Imaging. The application of these principles will be demonstrated through Optical Imaging, X-ray Computed Tomography and Magnetic Resonance Imaging. Formerly BME320. B10320L BIOMEDICAL IMAGE PROCESSING LAB 2 UNITS PREREQUISITE: C220, B10320 This lab allows students to apply their knowledge in a lab setting as it applies to 310320. BI0430 BIOMATERIALS 4 UNITS PREREQUISITE: CHEM200B This course discusses various aspects pertaining to the selection, processing, testing (in vitro and in vivo( and performance of biomedical materials. The biocompatibility and surgical applicability of metallic, polymeric and ceramic implants and prosthetic devices are discussed. The physico-chemical Interactions between the implant material and the physiological environment will be described. The use of biamaterlals In maxillofacial, orthopedic, dental, ophthalmic and neuromuscular applications is presented. Formerly BME435. B10440 BIOMECHANICS 4 UNITS PREREQUISITE: PH2O0 This course is an introduction to the analysis of the musculoskeletal systems using principles of engineering mechanics. Basic principles of mechanics, stress, strain and deformation In beams are presented and used to characterize the material properties of tissues such as skin, tendon, ligament, bone and cartilage. Principles of biomechanics are also applied to the design of medical devices and bioengineered tissues. Topics include forces, moments of forces, free body diagrams, principal stresses, transverse shear stresses and beam loading. Formerly BME395. B10490AL SENIOR DESIGN PROJECT A 3 UNITS This course allows students to apply concepts learned throughout the program to work on a project that showcases the students ability to apply the engineering design process to produce solutions that meet specified needs as it relates to the Biomedical Engineering field. Formerly SME494. Page 54 of 69 B10490BL SENIOR DESIGN PROJECT 6 3 UNITS This course Is a continuation of B10490AL allowing students to present and showcase their work on a culminating senior capstone project related to the Biomedical Engineering field. Formerly BME495. BME BIOMEDICAL ENGINEERING BME421* DEVELOPMENT AND REGULATIONS OF MEDICAL PRODUCTS 4 UNITS This course will provide an understanding of the basics of the Food and Drug Administration (FDA) regulation and compliance for medical devices including how the various activities within a medical device company are affected by the FDA regulations. Additional coverage will include the applicable laws and regulations enforced by the FDA; international standards and regulations; the regulations controlling medical device design and development; the medical device approval process; laboratory and clinical studies; the introduction to the Quality System Regulations (QSRs); and the FDA inspection process. BME470' MEDICAL INSTRUMENTATION DESIGN 4 UNITS This course covers fundamentals of medical instrumentation systems, sensors, and biomedical signal processing. Example instruments for cardiovascular and respiratory assessment. Clinical laboratory measurements, therapeutic and prosthetic devices, and electrical safety requirements. C COMPUTER C110 COMPUTER HARDWARE FUNDAMENTALS 4 UNITS In this course students study PC hardware components and current operating system administration of workstation computer systems. Hardware portions emphasize data storage, manipulation and recovery techniques. Students learn core and advanced operating system configuration and administration techniques. Topics Include disk configurations, hardware devices, user profiles, group policies and networking hardware. Formerly C170. C11OL COMPUTER TFIEORY I LAB 2 UNITS COREQUISITE: C110 This lab allows the student to receive practical hands-on experience with computer hardware and operating system administration. Computer systems are torn down and configured to give the student an understanding of computer hardware. Students configure various aspects of an operating system to give them an understanding of desktop administration in a networked environment. Formerly C171. C201A INTRODUCTION TO COMPUTER PROGRAMMING A 2 UNITS Student are introduced to object oriented programming, including concepts as It relates to: data structure, conditionals, iterations, methods, and pointers. classes, polymorphism, inheritance, and programming best practices. Formerly C101A or C320 when taken with C201B. C201AL INTRODUCTION TO COMPUTER PROGRAMMING A LAB 1 UNIT COREREQUISITE: C201A This lab allows students to apply their knowledge in a lab setting as it applies to C201A. Formerly C101AL or C321 when taken with C201BL. Course Descriptions C201B INTRODUCTION TO COMPUTER PROGRAMMING B 2 UNITS PREREQUISITE; C201A This course is a continuation of C201A where students further study object oriented program, including concepts as It relates to classes, polymorphism, inheritance, and programming best practices. Formerly C101B or C320 when taken with C201A. C2018L INTRODUCTION TO COMPUTER PROGRAMMING LAB 1 UNIT COREREQUISITE: C201B This lab allows students to apply their knowledge In a lab setting as it applies to C201B. Formerly C101AL or C321 when taken with C201AL. C202' DATA COMMUNICATION 1 4 UNITS This course Involves the study of wireless transmission of voice, video and data signals using radio transmission and reception. C203' DATA COMMUNICATION II 4 UNITS This course involves the study of communication, cabling practices, using both wired and fiber optic channels, including standards, connection topologies, installation, testing and troubleshooting. C204' DATA COMMUNICATION II LAB 4 UNITS This course gives the students an opportunity to apply their knowledge of cabling in a lab setting. C220 APPLIED NUMERICAL COMPUTING 2 UNITS PREREQUISITE: C2018, MT235B Introduction to numerical computing and analysis using MATLAB. Students learn to use numerical methods to solve systems of linear equations and nonlinear equations such as matrix manipulations and algorithm Implementations. Students learn to visually display computed values through use of basic plotting techniques, built-in functions, waveform generation and user interfaces. Formerly C494. Page 55 of 69 SCIT Catalog C220L APPLIED NUMERICAL COMPUTING LAB 2 UNITS COREQUISITE: C220 This lab course allows students to apply concepts learned in C220. Students learn programming techniques available In MATLAB to compute and visually depict systems of equations. Formerly C495. C230 COMPUTER AIDED DESIGN 2 UNITS This is an introductory course in freehand sketching and computer -aided design. Studentswill be taught basic CAD commands, tools, multi -view drawing and dimensioning techniques. Students learn to use many of the powerful electrical drawing creation tools In the AutoCAD Electrical software. Students will create schematic drawings (ladder logic and point to point), panel drawings, and PLC-1/0 circuits using automated commands for symbol Insertion, component tagging, wire numbering, and drawing modification. Students are also introduced to methods of customizing AutoCAD Electrical symbols, circuits, and databases. Formerly C300 when taken with C230L. C230L COMPUTER AIDED DESIGN LAB 2 UNITS COREQUISITE: C230 This course allows students to apply their knowledge as It relates to C230. Formerly C300 when taken with C230. C302 ADVANCED COMPUTER PROGRAMMING 2 UNITS PREREQUISITE: C201B This course Includes advanced programming concepts including the utilization of external libraries, exception handling, software architecture, enhancing performance, and debugging strategies. C302L ADVANCED COMPUTER PROGRAMMING LAB 2 UNITS COREQUISITE: C302 This course allows students to apply their knowledge as It relates to C302. CHEM CHEMISTRY CHEM200A GENERAL CHEMISTRY 3 UNITS This course includes the introduction to physical and chemical properties ofthe elements, chemical reactions, gas laws, chemical nomenclature, structure of atoms, chemical bonding, and solutions. Formerly CHEM105 when taken with CHEM200B. CHEM200B GENERAL CHEMISTRY B 3 UNITS PREREQUISITE: CHEM200A This course is a continuation of CHEM200A where students further study structures of atoms, chemical binding and solutions. This course includes the introduction to physical and chemical properties of the elements, chemical reactions, gas laws, chemical nomenclature, structures of atoms, chemical bonding, and solutions. Formerly CHEM105 when taken with CHEM200A. CHEM205* ORGANIC CHEMISTRY 4 UNITS PREREQUISITE: CHEM200B This course Includes the Introduction to the basic principles, theories, and applications of the chemistry of carbon compounds. Representative reactions, preparation, and properties of carbon compounds will be covered. EE ELECTRONICS EF103 INTRODUCTION TO ELECTRONICS 4 UNITS This course familiarizes the student with electricity and the electronic laws and formulas that apply to DC Electronics. They learn fundamentals such as: series circuits, parallel circuits, capacitors, resistors, Inductors, time constants, and ohm's law. This course also covers AC currents, Inductive reactance, capacitive reactance, and circuit Impedance. Also covered are wave shaping devices, power conversion circuits, AC measurements and calculations, circuit resonance, high pass, low pass, band pass, band reject filters, transformers, and AC applications. formerly EL101 and EL120. EE103L INTRODUCTION TO ELECTRONICS LAB 2 UNITS COREQUISITE: EE103 Students learn to construct simple DC circuits, observe safety precautions, make component value determination, test circuits with a meter and start working with schematics. Formerly EL102. EE142 SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICE ELECTRONICS 2 UNITS PREREQUISITE: ELE100 This course covers diodes, zeners, the various classes of amplifiers, transistor switching applications, and amplifier configurations, biasing techniques for linear circuit operation, SCRs, TRIACs and Thyristors, 1FETS, MOSFETS, Unijunction Transistors, and Break over Devices, Operational Amplifiers, and oscillators. Formerly EL140 and EL212. EE142L SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICE ELECTRONICS LAB 2 UNITS COREQUISITE: EE142 This is a lab course usingdiodes, senors, and transistors to construct half wave, full wave, and bridge rectifier circuits, small signal & power amplifiers, and voltage regulators. Formerly EL141. EE160 DIGITAL ELECTRONICS 2 UNITS PREREQUISITE: ELE100 This course examines the combination and sequential circuits. Students are introduced to the circuits that store/or process digital information. Course starts with the review on flip-flops and continue to explore sequential circuits such as counters and shift registers. After sequential circuits, combination circuits such as encoders, decoders, multiplexers, and demultiplexers are discussed. Furthermore, the applications of logic circuits in arithmetic are discussed. Lastly, analog - to -digital and digital -to -analog devices are Introduced and their Integrated circuits are discussed.. Formerly CL160 and EL220. EE160L DIGITAL. ELECTRONICS LAB 2 UNITS COREQUISITE: EE160 This course allows student to apply concepts learned in EE160 in a lab setting. Formerly EL221. Page 56 of 69 EE210 CIRCUIT ANALYSIS 1 2 UNITS PREREQUISITE: ELE100 This course is taught using an integrated approach where DC is presented as a special case of AC. Topics include: Thevenin's and Norton's theorems, Series and parallel laws, mesh and node analysis, frequency response, RLC circuits, transformers, power & energy and transient analysis of circuits. Formerly EE310A or EL410 when taken with EE210L. EE210L CIRCUIT ANALYSIS I LAB 1 UNITS COREQUISITE: EE210 This course allows students to apply concepts learned In EE210 in a lab setting. Formerly EE310AL or EL410 when taken with EE210. EE220 SIGNALS AND SYSTEMS 2 UNITS PREREQUISITE: MT235B This course will covers the fundamentals of signal and system analysis, focusing on representations of discrete -time and continuous -time signals (singularity functions, complex exponentials and geometries, Fourier representations, Laplace and Z transforms, sampling) and representations of linear, time -invariant systems (difference and differential equations, block diagrams, system functions, poles and zeroes, convolution, impulse and step responses, frequency responses). EE220L SIGNALS AND SYSTEMS LAB 2 UNITS PREREQUISITE: C220 COREQUISITE: EE220 This course allows student to apply their knowledge in a lab setting as it applies to EE220. The lab will consist of computer -based exercises using MATLAB. EE242 POWER ELECTRONICS 2 UNITS PREREQUISITE: EE142 The objective of this course is to present the principles of power electronics and its applications. This includes power electronics circuits, power semiconductor devices, and converter topologies. The student will learn analysis and design techniques for switch -mode converters using the buck, boost, and buck -boost topologies. The course will emphasize complex theoretical analysis and computer simulation tools as course project. Principles of power electronics, power semiconductor devices, switch -mode do-dc converters, power losses, converter dynamics, stability and control design. Course Descriptions EE21 DIGITAL ELECTRONICS AND INTEGRATED CIRCUITS A 2 UNITS PREREQUISITE: EE142 and EE160 Thiscourse introduces students to digital logicdesign in an FPGA utilizing Verilog. Students learn aboutthe design tradeoffs, including speed and optimization, in order to analyze logic circuits and select optimum implementations. EE260i DIGITAL ELECTRONICS AND INTEGRATED CIRCUITS A LAB 2 UNITS COREQUISITE: EE260A This course allows students to apply concepts learned in EE260A in a lab setting using an FPGA board. EE242L POWER ELECTRONICS LAB EE2606* DIGITAL ELECTRONICS AND 2 UNITS INTEGRATED CIRCUITS B COREQUISITE: EE242 2 UNITS This course allows students to apply PREREQUISITE: EE260A their knowledge in a lab setting as it This course is a continuation of EE260A applies to EE242. where further emphasis is placed on sequential digital circuits and systems. EE251 ANALOG INTEGRATED CIRCUITS 4 UNITS PREREQUISITE: EE142, EE210 This course covers analog integrated circuits for mixed -signal VLSI, active and passive analog components in integrated circuits, current mirrors, single -ended and differential amplifiers, Op -Amps, comparators, frequency response and stability analysis, sample and hold circuits, bandgaps. Applications to data converters, power regulators, and filters. Design and simulation using PCB tools EE252 DIGITAL INTEGRATED CIRCUITS 4 UNITS PREREQUISITE: EE251 This course Is an overview of metal - oxide semiconductor (MOS) device technologies for large scale integrated (LSI) circuits; inverter circuits, static and transient operation; complementary metal -oxide semiconductor (CMOs) logic implementation, full -custom gate design, mask layout fundamentals; static and dynamic logic circuits; sequential logic circuit designs; non- volatile semiconductor memory structures; static and dynamic random access memory design principles Design and simulation using Microwind 2.6a tools. EE260BL* DIGITAL ELECTRONICS AND I NTEGRA'rED CIRCUITS A LAB 2 UNITS COREQUISITE: EE250B This course allows students to apply concepts learned in EE260B In a lab setting using an FPGA board. EE311 CIRCUIT ANALYSIS II 2 UNITS PREREQUISITE: EE210 This course covers the analysis of Single- phase and three-phase circuits, Laplace transforms in circuit analysis, and Fourier series. Formerly EE310B or EL460 when taken with EE311L. EE311L CIRCUIT ANALYSIS II LAB 1 UNITS COREQUISITE: EE311 This course allows students to apply concepts learned in EE311 in a lab setting. Formerly EE310BL or EL460 when taken with EE311. Page 57 of 69 SCIT Catalog EE320 DIGITAL SIGNAL PROCESSING 4 UNITS This course is an introduction to DSP concepts and Implementation. It starts by explaining the need for digital signal processing and DSP systems. A complete model of a DSP system is examined from the input transducer, through all the stages including: signal conditioning, anti-aliasing filter, analog - to -digital and digital -to -analog conversion, output smoothing filter, and output transducers. Formerly EL465 when taken with EE320L. EE320L DIGITAL SIGNAL PROCESSING LAB 2 UNITS COREQUISITE: EE465 This course is allows students to apply concepts learned in EE320 in a lab setting by utilizing tools such as MATLAB. Formerly EL465 when taken with EE320L. EE362 ADVANCED DIGITAL ELECTRONICS 2 UNITS PREREQUISITE: EE160 This course introduces students to system design as it relates to the application of topics Introduced in EE142 and EE160, emphasizing combinational circuits and systems where Verilog HOL is used to simulate, verify and synthesize digital systems. Sequential synchronous digital circuits and systems are also introduced. Student study how various electronic components can be assembled to perform operations based on predefined specifications. EE362L ADVANCED DIGITAL ELECTRONICS LAB 2 UNITS COREQUISITE: EE362 This course allows students to apply concepts learned in EE362 in a lab setting. EE370 INTODUCTION TO ANALOG COMMUNICATIONS 2 UNITS PREREQUISITE: EE220 This course covers carrier communications systems; types of modulation; communication circuits; transmitters and receivers; superheterodyne radio receivers; stereo systems; noise analysis; pulse modulation, design and simulation using MATLAB. EE370L INTODUCTION TO ANALOG COMMUNICATIONS LAB 2 UNITS COREQUISITE: EE370 This course allows students to apply concepts learned in EE370 in a lab setting. EE372 INTRODUCTION TO DIGITAL COMMUNICATIONSS 2 UNITS PREREQUISITE: EE370 This course covers sampling theorem and abasing error; random process and white noise; source encoders and decoders; Pulse Code Modulation; matched filter; timing considerations; baseband systems; ASK, FSK, PSK; error analysis; design considerations. Design and simulation using MATLAB tools EE372L INTODUCTION TO DIGITAL COMMUNICATIONS LAB 2 UNITS COREQUISITE: EE372 This course allows students to apply concepts learned in EE372 in a lab setting. EE472 WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS AND MOBILE AD HOC NETWORKS 4 UNITS PREREQUISITE: EE372 This course covers analysis and design of wireless communication systems at the link level, multiple access techniques, MIMO and Multluser detection techniques, wireless networking, and Introduction to wireless protocols and standards. Principles, practices, and research topics on Ad Hoc Networks and Security. MAC layer design (IEEE802.11, MACAW), routing (DSR, AODV, LAB), cryptography, authentication, access control and security protocols (W EP, W PA). EE475 ANTENNAS 4 UNITS PREREQUISITE: EE472 This course covers dipole, loop, aperture, and otherantennas; array theory, antenna patterns, and pattern multiplication; radiation resistance, directivity, and gain; antenna synthesis and design. EE490AL SENIOR DESIGN PROJECT A 3 UNITS The course requires students to work in small design teams to solve a significant engineering problem. Students develop, design, and implement a solution to the engineering problem in conjunction with a faculty advisor. The course reinforces principles of the engineering design process and serves as capstone for electrical engineering knowledge obtained in the EE curriculum. The consideration of the ethical and social implications of technology and the basic concepts of business are also aspects of the course. Each student design team is expected to present Information related to their project in both written and oral formats. Preliminary paper design Is followed by implementation in the lab using digital and analog hardware design techniques and through software engineering. It Is expected that a complete or partially working system will be demonstrated at the end of the course. Formerly EL405 when taken with EE490BL. EE490BL SENIOR DESIGN PROJECT B 3 UNITS This course is a continuation of EE490AL culminating in a presentation ofthe students senior design project. Formerly EL405 when taken with EE490AL. Page 58 of 69 ELE ELECTRICAL ELE100 INTRODUCTION TO ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING 4 UNITS Applications of electrical engineering abound in nearly every aspect of today's technological world. This course presents a survey of the field of electrical engineering and is designed to introduce students to the fundamental concepts behind the hardware and software that are ubiquitous in everyday (and not so everyday) electronic, devices and systems such as computers, telephones, TVs, high-speed communication networks, video games, CDs, modems, and satellite communications. The course will introduce basic electrical concepts including charge, voltage, current, energy, power, resistance, capacitance, inductance, and Kirchoffs laws. Practical digital and analog electronic systems will also be Introduced to Illustrate advanced topics that are treated more completely in subsequent electrical engineering courses. These topics include signal processing, semiconductor circuit design, communications, and computer architecture. The material is here presented from both theoretical and application perspectives and is Integrated with laboratory experiments requiring the design and construction of electronic circuits and systems, which are intrinsic elements of current technology. Formerly EE110. ELE100L INTRODUCTION TO ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING LAB 2 UNITS COREREQUISITE: ELE100 The course is designed to introduce the basic principles of electrical engineering to the students and expose them to the electronics and computer laboratory environment. Students are given the opportunity to become familiar with the basic ideas of electronic components, actual and virtual testand measurement Instruments, and some basic microcontroller basics. This course is also designed to provide an overview of some of the topics that the students will encounter in more advanced courses. The tools, components and parts purchased by students in this course will be useful to them for the duration of their electrical engineering studies. Formerly EE110L. ELE110 ELECTRIC MOTOR CONTROL 4 UNITS This course covers DC, AC, single, 3 phases, motor, calculating the HP, current identifying the type and size of the cable for motor installation, grounding, speed control, forwarding, reversing, motor configuration.. In addition, the courses touches on transformers, types of transformers, over current protection grounding, and over current protection. Formerly IE310, or EL202 and EL203A. ELE110L ELECTRIC MOTOR CONTROL LAB 2 UNITS COREQUISH E: ELE110 This course allows student to apply motor control concepts from ELE110 In a lab setting. Formerly IE110L or EL203B. ELE112 ADVANCED ELECTRIC MOTOR CONTROL 4 UNITS PREREQUISITE: ELE110 This course expands on electric motor control concepts to include modeling and parameter identification of SMPM machines, fully -controlled bridge converters, modulation techniques, voltage and current regulation, control of SMPM drives, variable frequency drives (VFD), synchronous motor drives, volt/hertz induction motor drives, indirect and direct field orientation control and optimal control of induction motor drives. ELE112L ADVANCED ELECTRIC MOTOR CONTROLEAB 2 UNITS COREQUISITE: ELE112 This course allows students to apply concepts learned In ELE112 and gain hands-on experience with testing and control of various advanced electric motors. Course Descriptions ELE210 INTRODUCTION TO ELECTRIC MACHINES 2 UNITS PREREQUISITE: EE311 This course introduces students to electromechanical principles and their applications to electric machines and transformers. The course starts with covers the discussion of magnetism and magnetic circuits, three phase circuits and principle of operation of single phase and three phase transformers. The course will review of mechanical system concepts and study of simple machines. Electromechanical energy conversion and principles of AC and DC. Formerly EL230. ELE210L INTRODUCTION TO ELECTRIC MACHINES LAB 2 UNITS PREREQUISITE: C220 COREQUISITE: ELE210 This course allows student to apply their knowledge in a lab setting as it applies to ELE210. ELE230 INDUSTRIAL CONTROLLERS 2 UNITS PREREQUISITE: EE311 This course provides the student with information on automated process control. Analysis of Industrial process shows the steps involved in a closed loop system, starting with measurement, and continuing through such things as variables, control set points, error feedback, signal processing, and finally, the control. Formerly IE310. ELE230L INDUSTRIAL CONTROLLERS LAB 2 UNITS COREQUISITE: ELE230 This course allows students to apply their knowledge in a lab setting as it applies to ELE230. Formerly IE311. Page 59 of 69 SCIT Catalog ELE330 DESIGN OF CONTROL SYSTEMS 2 UNITS PREREQUISITE ELE230 This course is about methods to analyze dynamic systems and to design appropriate controls to obtain a desired dynamic performance. Examples of systems discussed in the course are mechanical, electrical and magnetic systems. Topics of the course include: Transient response analysis, stability and damping. Frequency domain techniques for analysis and design of dynamic systems: root locus and frequency response analysis. PID controls. Also covered are time domain techniques such as the state space representation of dynamic system and its use for analysis and design of control systems. Formerly IE330. ELE330L DESIGN OF CONTROL SYSTEMS LAB 2 UNITS PREREQUISITE: C220 COREQUISITE: ELE330 The student is introduced to the fundamentals of automatic control systems including the analysis and design of control systems for various engineering applications. Topics Include modelingof physical systems using both transfer function and state space models. System responses, performance and design criteria. Control system characteristics, stability, sensitivity, steady state errors and transient response. Stability analyses using Routh - Hurwitz, Root -locus, Nyqulst, and Bode methods. Lead and lagcompensators and PID controllers design using root - locus method. Frequency -response analysis. MATLAB and SIMULINK are used to aid In the analysis and design of control systems. Formerly IE332 ELE350 EMBEDDED SYSTEMS 2 UNITS PREREQUISITE: C201B This course covers computer number systems, codes, and arithmetic functions; microprocessor and microcontroller functions, architecture, Instruction sets, addressing modes, Internal operations, PIA interfacing, and 1/O operations. Introduction to operating systems. Formerly RE300 when taken with ELE350L. ELE350L EMBEDDED SYSTEMS LAB 2 UNITS COREQUISITE: ELE350 This course allows student to apply their knowledge in a lab setting as it applies to ELE350. Formerly RE300 when taken with ELE350. ELE352 ROBOTICS ENGINEERING 2 UNITS PREREQUISITE: ELE350 This course covers basics of Robotics Engineering, including Cartesian coordinates, robotics, control components, speed controllers, servos, synchros, stepper motors, and motor drive control circuits. This course additionally covers the control of robotic arms and manipulators through the use of interface cards. Formerly RE305. ELE352L ROBOTICS ENGINEERING LAB 2 UNITS COREQUISITE: ELE352 This course allows students to apply concepts learned in ELE352 in a lab environment in order to program the control of robotic motions and interface with robotic systems. Formerly RE306. ELE420 ELECTROMAGNETIC FIELDS 4 UNITS PREQUISITE: PH310, MT330 This course introduces students to electrostatics, Faraday's laws, Maxwell's equations, electromagnetic wave propagation and refraction, Smith Chart, and the transmission of electromagnetic energy through transmission lines. ELE470 POWER SYSTEM ANALYSIS 4 UNITS PREREQUISITE: ELE420 This course covers the basic components of power system and discusses the process of converting non- electrical energy to electricity for electric utilities. Transmission line parameter computation and analysis. Models for transformers, generators, and loads Power flow analysis and control. Formerly EL480. ELE472 ELECTRIC POWER DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS 4 UNITS PREREQUISITE: ELE470 Electric power distribution system planning, design and operations; load characteristics and distribution transformers, design of sub - transmission lines and distribution substations, primary and secondary feeder design considerations, distribution system voltage regulation, protection and reliability; distributed generation and smart grid application. Formerly EL485. ELE474 POWER SYSTEM PROTECTION 4 UNITS PREREQUISITE: ELE472 Power system protection is an integral part of every power system. All power equipment Including power generators, step-up transformers, step-down transformers, transmission lines, power capacitors and electric motors and other loads etc. need protection. The necessity for protection is incurred by all kinds of contingencies such as equipment failure due to insulation deterioration, lightning strike, short- circuit by nature force or creature -made happenings, Inappropriate operation of power system and other inadvertent incidences. Some power equipment is very expensive such as MW generators which could cost millions of dollars. Furthermore outage due to failure of power system causes severe damage to economy and Inconvenience to people's dally life. A properly designed protection can ensure power supply cut to minimum users yet continue supply power to other end users in case that a fault occurs in the system. It Is a sophisticated art which needs a systematic study in order to master. All these call for a new course for undergraduate students to learn in the field of power system protection. Page 60 of 69 ELE480 LABVIEW VISUAL PROGRAMMING FOR AUTOMATED SYSTEMS 2 UNITS PREREQUISITE: EE311 The purpose of this course is to introduce students to the methods and techniques used in LabVIEW programming. The LabVIEW programming environment has become a standard In both scientific research and industry, especially in the areas of data acquisition and instrument control, making it important for students to learn how to best use LabVIEW and its programming environment. Students will become familiar with graphical programming basics; file input/output, stimulus presentation for research experiments, signal generation and processing, and data acquisition and analysis. At the end of this course students will be expected to have the ability to write high-level Lati programs that can be implemented in both research and industry environments. Each class will Include lectures and hands on exercises. There will be weekly or bi-weekly assignments designed to improve the ability and understanding of the students. Student will also complete a final project which will be related to their own research agenda ELE480L LABVIEW VISUAL PROGRAMMING FOR AUTOMATED SYSTEMS LAB 2 UNITS COREQUISITE: ELE480 This course allows students to apply their knowledge in a lab setting as it applies to ELE480. The students, through appropriate programming assignments, gain hands-on experience In programming for data acquisition and control EL ELECTRICAL EL100A• CIRCUIT CONSTRUCTION LAB 3.5 UNITS In this lab the student will learn component specifications, procedures, use of tools, component identification, soldering and assembly techniques, fixed power supplies, analog electronics, digital electronics, variable power supplies, and schematics. EL320* PROCESS CONTROL 5 UNITS PREREQUISITE: MT301 This course teaches the practical details of how elements of a control system are designed and how they operate from a practical working perspective. Students learn the elements that make up the control loop: controller, control element, process, and measurement. EL321* PROCESS CONTROL LAB 1 UNIT PREREQUISITE: EL320 This lab provides the students with the opportunity to utilize the concepts learned in Process Control. EL450- DIGITAL DESIGN I 7.5 UNITS PREREQUISITE: IE330 or RE210 or EL220 This course presents a comprehensive and concise treatment of the underlying concepts and building blocks that make up today's digital componentsand systems. It includes analytical tools and design methodologies currently used in design. EL470* DIGITAL DESIGN II 2.5 UNITS PREREQUISITE: EL450 This course Involves the microprocessor aspects of digital design and deals primarily with signal conversion, microprocessors, analysis and synthesis. It includes design methodologies currently used in the design of modern digital devices. EL471" DIGITAL DESIGN II LAB 2 UNITS COREREQUISITE: EL470 This lab course involves utilizing advanced digital circuitry to design and develop Individual assignments. Previously 2.5 Units. EL490" ELECTRICALCODES & REGULATIONS 4 UNITS This course provides an overview of the various National Electrical Codes used In practice and the impacts of such codes on designs of electrical systems in residential, commercial and industrial settings. Course Descriptions EL495* ELECTRONIC COMMUNICATIONS 5 UNITS PREREQUISITE: MT410 A course on electronic communications, examines radio frequency signals, propagation and modulation techniques. It covers the Inherent problems encountered in RF communications and electronic communications in general. GE GENERAL EDUCATION GE100* ORGANIZATIONAL COMMUNICATIONS 2 UNITS This course familiarizes the students with the functions and structures of organizational communications. It involves power and conflict, dyadic communications, group communications and public forms of communications. GE102 COMPOSITION AND CRITICAL THINKING 2 UNITS This course develops a proficiency in reading and writing utilizing the techniques of critical thinking and rhetoric. It explores the more prominent writers and provides an analysis of short stories, poetry, and other writings, using reasoning and argument. Formerly GE101 or ENG101A. GE102L COLLEGE WRITING 1 UNIT COREQUISITE: GE102 Students develop effective organization and clarity of expression through the use of process and collaborative writing techniques as they practice the Principles of expository writing. Students develop an analytical approach to expressing Ideas and use electronic research techniques to develop an in- depth understanding of written forms of expression. Formerly GE110 or ENG101AL. GE202 INTRODUCTION TO TECHNICAL COMMUNICATION 2 UNITS This course familiarizes the students with the functions and structures of technical communication, including such topics as audience analysis, usability considerations, electronic forms of communication, page layout, and ethical lssuesfacing technical communicators. Formerly ENG101B. Page 61 of 69 SCIT Catalog GE202L TECHNICAL WRITING 1 UNIT COREQUISITE: GE202 This course allows students to apply concepts studied in GE202 by learning to use tools and techniques of technical edition and practice marking indisputable errors In spelling, grammar, punctuation, syntax and usage In technical documentation. Formerly ENG101BL. GE222 INTRODUCTION TO COMMUNICATION AND SPEECH 3 UNITS Students demonstrate the techniques taught in the class by individual and group presentations. Techniques of effective and efficient oral communication develop Interpersonal communications, interviewing skills, questioning and other types of vocal and non -vocal communication techniques. Formerly GE220. CE250 GENERAL PSYCHOLOGY 3 UNITS This course provides a broad coverage of the field of psychology, Introducing theories, research, and applications that constitute the discipline. It utilizes both lecture and student Involvement to demonstrates how psychology impacts our lives at home and at work. Formerly PSY150. GE330 LEADERSHIP 3 UNITS Students will be Introduced to the basic principles of leadership development with a particular emphasis on leadership skills for a variety of group contexts. In addition, students will become aware of their own leadership styles as they relate to thelrjob's leadership positions, and future interests. GE340 INTRODUCTION TO PROJECT MANAGEMENT 2 UNITS Students will be Introduced to various methods and approaches towards project management, including development of project schedules, managing risk, managing project teams, progress and performance measures, and an Introduction to Agile Project Management. GE350 ORGANIZATIONAL BEHAVIOR 3 UNITS This course surveys various concepts as it relates to organizational behavior, Including discussions on the work and non -work interface, productive behavior in organizations, beliefs and attitudes about work and the organization, theories of motivation, and team dynamics. GE360 ENGINEERING ECONOMY 3 UNITS PREREQUISITE: MT122, GE202 This course is designed as an introduction to financial engineering theory and its applications. It focuses upon the fundamental principles of corporate finance and investment science such as cash flow streams, arbitrage, risk aversion, pricing of firms and finance instruments, interest rate term structure, fixed income instruments duration, bond portfolio immunization, and the Markowitz mean- variance portfolio theory. The text for the course presents the material in a very systematic way and has enough detail to convey the basic mathematical principles. The mathematics is not complex, but student should be comfortable with the use of mathematics as a method of deduction and problem solving. For instance, in a typical MBA course, the perpetual annuity formula might simply be presented, but in this course, it will be derived using elementary algebra. Why may this course be important to you? (1) Engineering is one of the better paid professions, especially, financial engineering; (2) personal reasons: saving to buy car, home, putting children through college, be prepared for retirement, to become wealthy. Students are expected to be able to utilize PCs and MS Excel. Whenever it is possible, MS Excel spreadsheets will be used to illustrate the theoretical statements. This will help with the understanding of the material and strengthen computer skills. GE362 ETHICS IN ENGINEERING 3 UNITS The course consists of three Integrated components: moral philosophy, case studies and industry perspectives, as well as the code of conduct for engineers. Moral Philosophy: basic ethical theories such as utilitarianism, deontology, and virtue ethics, but also more modern theories such as discourse ethics and feminist ethics. Case Study: Analysis of examples of situations which engineers may encounter in their professional life with the help of the studied ethical theory. Industry Perspective: discussion with professionally active engineers on ethical issues they have encountered during their career. HST HISTORY HST260* AMERICAN CIVILIZATION 3 UNITS This course addresses the development of American culture and society from the colonization era and the Revolutionary War, through the eras of industrialization, enlightenment, and reform to geographic expansion and the effects of race, class and gender on the society. IS INFORMATION SYSTEMS IS100 COMPUTER NETWORK FUNDAMENTALS 4 UNITS This course covers fundamental concepts of networked systems and design. Topics such as TCP/IP protocols, UTP Cabling, the OSI model and various network components are discussed. Students also learn about operating system configurations for local area networks (LAN). Formerly N110A. IS100L COMPUTER NETWORK FUNDAMENTALS LAB 2 UNITS COREQUISITE: IS100 This is a lab that supports the concepts and provides "hands on" experience with network design, as it relates to IS100. Formerly N110B. Page 62 of 69 IS115 LINUX SERVER ADMINISTRATION 4 UNITS This course reviews the Linux operating system and how open source systems and tools and be used to replicate many of the services offered by other commercial systems. Student review the Linux file system, command line, users and permissions, process management, network services, development tools and basic administration. Formerly IS210, or C450 when taken with 1S115L. IS115L LINUX SERVER ADMINISTRATION LAB 2 UNITS COREQUISITE: IS115 This course allows students to configure and administer the Linux operating system and perform tasks as It relates to concepts studied in IS115. Formerly IS210L, or C450 when taken with IS115. IS118 MIXED ENVIRONMENTS AND CLOUD IMPLEMENTATION 4 UNITS PREREQUISITE: IS115 This course introduces students to designing and configuring computer systems that incorporate mixed operating systems and mixed deployment environments, including on premises and cloud based deployments. Students are introduces to the Windows Server operating system and methods of integrating Windows based services with Linux based services to produce a cost effective computer system solution forvarious business needs. 15118L MIXED ENVIRONMENTS AND CLOUD IMPLEMENTATION LAB 2 UNITS COREQUISITE: IS125 This lab allows students to configure and deploy mixed on-premises/cloud environment system utilizing Linux Servers and Windows Servers as it relates to concepts discussed in 15118. IS125 CISCO NETWORKING 4 UNITS PREREQUISITE: IS100 This course covers the basic functions and operation of Cisco based network switches and routers. Topics include basic configuration of switches, Virtual LAN's (VLANs), Implementation of routing tables, routing protocols, and ACL's. IS125LCISCO NETWORKING LAB 4 UNITS COREQUISITE: 15125 This lab allows students to utilize basic functions, as well as, more advanced functions and operations of network switches and router as it relates to 15125. IS128 CISCO SECURITY 4 UNITS PREREQUISITE: IS125 This course covers various concepts related to securing a network utilizing Cisco based appliances, including such topics as secure access, VPN, secure routing and switching, Cisco firewall technologies and ASA, IPS and content and endpoint security. IS128L CISCO SECURITY LAB 4 UNITS COREQUISITE: IS128 This lab allows students to configure, troubleshoot and secure Cisco based networks using concepts discussed in IS128. IS130 CYBERSECURITY FUNDAMENTALS 4 UNITS PREREQUISITE: IS118 This course introduces students to various cybersecurity concepts and fundamental principles of using thread and vulnerability analysis tools. Topics include: cryptography, vulnerability assessment, identity and access management, cloud security, and infrastructure security and controls. IS130L CYBERSE.CURITY FUNDAMENTALS LAB 4 UNITS COREQUISITE: IS130 This lab allows students to conduct vulnerability assessments, investigate security risks, identify suspicious pattern of user behavior and other activities related to cybersecurity concepts discussed in IS130. Course Descriptions IS170 INTRODUCTION TO INFORMATION SYSTEMS 2 UNITS This course introduces students to the current trends the information technology/systems Industry and discusses general topics such as a survey of the types of Industries, career growth process in the Information technology/systems field, overview of common functional separations, roles of engineersand technicians in the field, and othertopics as relevant. IS215 LINUX SERVER SECURITY 2 UNITS PREREQUISITE: IS115 Thiscourse introduces students to administering and securing Linux servers in a network environment. Topics include, securing user accounts, Linux firewall implementations, encrypting and SSH hardening, access control, vulnerability scanning and Intrusion detection. 1S215L LINUX SERVER SECURITY LAB 2 UNITS COREQUISITE: IS215L This lab allows students to apply concepts learned In IS215 to secure and harden Linux servers in a network environment. IS230A NETWORK SECURITY AND DEFENSE A 2 UNITS PREREQUISITE: IS122 This course expands on security concepts covered in IS122 to include more advanced topics such as intrusion detection methods, cryptography, application security, operation security and compliances In regards to IT security. Formerly C430 when taken with 15230AL. IS230AL NETWORK SECURITY AND DEFENSE A LAB 1 UNIT COREQUISITE: IS230A This course allows students to apply concepts reviewed In IS230A in a lab setting. Formerly C430 when taken with IS230A. Page 63 of 69 SCIT Catalog 15230B NETWORK SECURITY AND DEFENSE B 2 UNITS PREREQUISITE: IS230A This course Is a continuation of 1S230A and continues expanding on topics such as application security, operation security and compliance. Formerly C431 when taken with IS230BL. 15230BL NETWORK SECURITY AND DEFENSE B LAB 1 UNIT COREQUISITE: IS230B This course allows students to apply concepts reviewed in IS230B In a lab setting. Formerly C431 when taken with IS230B. IS250 INTRODUCTION TO WEB TECHNOLOGIES 2 UNITS This course reviews various web technologies, including HTTP/HTTPS protocols, HTML, CSS, JavaScript, DOM and XML. This course also reviews common JavaScript libraries used in industry. IS250L WEB TECHNOLOGIES LAB 2 UNITS COREQUISITE: IS250 This course allows student to apply concepts learned In IS250 to build a basic web page using HTML, CSS and JavaScript. IS261 INTRODUCTION TO DATABASES 2 UNITS This course Includes principles of databases, managing the physical database structure and managing data base objects. Student review how data can be structured In tables using keys to connect data elements across tables in one-to-one, one -to -many and many-to- manyjolns. Formerly C210 when taken with 1S2611L. IS261L INTRODUCTION TO DATABASES LAB 1 UNITS COREQUISITE: IS261 Students apply concepts learned in 152601n a lab setting whereby students perform SQL queries based on specified reporting criteria. Formerly C210 when taken with IS261. IS330 COMPUTER FORENSICS 2 UNITS PREREQUISITE: IS230B This course introduces students to the preservation, identification, extraction, documentation and interpretation of crime related computer data. 15330L COMPUTER FORENSICS LAB 2 UNITS COREQUISITE: IS330 This course allows students to apply concepts learned in IS330 in a lab setting. IS340 INTRODUCTION TO CLOUD COMPUTING 2 UNITS PREREQUISITE: 15310, IS230B This course introduces students to cloud based network infrastructures, including a review of infrastructure service models, virtualizatlon concepts, best and worst practices, and a survey of popular cloud computing platforms and solutions. IS340L INTRODUCTION TO CLOU D COMPUTING LAB 1 UNIT This course allows students to apply concepts learned in IS3401n a lab setting. IS345 COMPUTER SYSTEM INTEGRATION AND ARCHITECTURE 2 UNITS PREREQUISITE: 15310 This course studies the process of aggregating sub -systems into one system in order to act as a coordinated whole. Students review Integration of systems at various levels, including at the networking level and application level. IS345L COMPUTER SYSTEM INTEGRATION AND ARCHITECTURE LAB 2 UNITS Students learn to apply concepts learned in IS345 In a lab setting. 153G1 DATABASE MANAGEMENT 2 UNITS PREREQUISITE: IS261 This course introduces students to management techniques and tools for database systems with such topics related to disaster recovery, optimization strategies, high availability deployments, user authentication and authorization, backup tools, and access restrictions. Formerly C211 when taken with 1S361L. 15361L DATABASE MANAGEMENT LAB 1 UNIT COREQUISITE: IS361 Students apply concepts learned in IS360 in a lab settingwhereby students learn to use a popular enterprise database management software in relation to topics covered in IS360. Formerly C211 when taken with IS361. IS380 SHELLAND ADMINISTRATIVE SCRIPTING 2 UNITS PREREQUISITES:C302 This course reviews techniques to automate server and computer administration through the use of scripts. Students learn to program scripts utilizing variables, loops, creating and calling subroutines, creating interactive scripts, and automating tasks with scripts. IS380L SHELL AND ADMINISTRATIVE SCRIPTING LAB 2 UNITS COREQUISITE: IS380 This course allows students to write scripts to automate various server administration tasks as it relates to topics learned in IS380. IS430A HACKING, FORENSICS & COUNTERMEASURESA 2 UNITS PREREQUISITES: IS230B This course expands on networking security concepts discussed In IS230 to Include topics such as digital forensics, windows forensics, and network forensics. Formerly C440 when taken with IS430AL. Page 64 of 69 IS430AL HACKING, FORENSICS AND COUNTERMEASURES A LAB 1 UNITS COREQUISITE: IS430A This course allows students to apply concepts reviewed In IS430A in a lab setting. Formerly C440 when taken with IS430A. IS430B HACKING, FORENSICS & COUNTERMEASURES 2 UNITS PREREQUISITES: IS430A This course is a continuation of IS430A that expands on computer security topics, including web -based attacks, email -based attacks, and techniques to avert networking attacks. Formerly C441 when taken with IS430BL. 15430BL HACKING, FORENSICS AND COUNTERMEASURES B LAB 1 UNITS COREQUISITE: IS430B This course allows students to apply concepts reviewed in IS430B in a lab setting. Formerly C441 when to ken with IS430B. IS441 CLOUD ARCHITECTURE AND DESIGN 2 UNITS PREREQUISITE: IS340 This course covers designing a cloud solution based on business needs, review of SaaS, PaaS, and laaS, cloud monitoring and auditing techniques and disaster recovery. IS441L CLOUD ARCHITECTURE AND DESIGN LAB 1 UNITS COREQUISITE: IS441 This course allows students to apply concepts learned in IS440 to build a secure a cloud based network environment based on business needs. IS450 FRONT-END WEB DEVELOPMENT 2 UNITS PREREQUISITE: C302, IS250 This course introduces students to front-end web application development using JavaScript and MVC based frameworks that are able to manipulate the DOM based on user interactions and data supplied by back -end systems. IS450L FRONT-END WEB DEVELOPMENT LAB 2 UNITS COREQUISITE: IS450 This course allows students to apply their knowledge as It relates to IS450 in a lab setting. IS451 BACK -END WEB DEVELOPMENT 2 UNITS PREREQUISITE: IS450 This course covers topics as It relates to building server -side, dynamic web applications utilizing MVC based frameworks and database systems, Including such topics as user authentication and authorization, developing APIs, security considerations, and templates. IS451 L BACK -END WEB DEVELOPMENT LAB 2 UNITS COREQUISITE: IS450 This course allows students to apply their knowledge as it relates to IS451 in a lab setting. IS471 INFORMATION SYSTEMS IN ORGANIZATIONS 2 UNITS This course allows students to study the societal and ethical implications of information systems as It relates to its adoption in societies, businesses and the economy. Students review case studies showing the Impacts of design decisions and the ethical Implications that should be considered. I5490AL SENIOR DESIGN PROJECT A 3 UNITS This course allows students to apply concepts learned throughout the program to work on a project that showcases the students ability to apply the engineering design process to produce solutions that meet specified needs as it relates to the Information Technology and Systems fields. IS490BL SENIOR DESIGN PROJECT B 3 UNITS PREREQUISITE: IS490AL This course is a continuation of IS490AL culminating In a presentation of the students senior design project. Course Descriptions MAN MANUFACTURING MAN100 OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH ADMINISTRATION (OSHA) STANDARDS FOR GENERAL INDUSTRY 1 UNIT This course introduces students to OSHA standards for general industry, including material handling —subpart N, introduction to industrial hygiene — subpart Z, blood borne pathogens — subpart Z, safety and health programs, fall protection, and general industry hazards. MAN130 PROGRAMMABLE LOGIC CONTROLLERS 4 UNITS This course introduces students to programmable logic control concepts, ladder diagram, latch, counters, number systems PLC- programming, interfacing circuit, relays. Formerly IE130 or EL170. MAN130L PROGRAMMABLE LOGIC CONTROLLERS LAB 2 UNITS COREQUISITE: MAN130 This course allows students to learn how to apply concepts from MAN130 toward programming PLC devices to run various industrial simulations. Formerly IE130L or EL172. MAN132 ADVANCED PROGRAMMABLE LOGIC CONTROLLERS 4 UNITS PREREQUISITE: MAN130 This course expands on programmable logic controller concepts to include debugging ControlLogix and CompactLogix (5000), network technologies applicable to PLCs, debugging and diagnosing and PLC over TCP/IP, reading analog Inputs, PID loops, and blueprint reading for automation. MAN132LADVANCED PROGRAMMABLE LOGIC CONTROLLERS LAB 2 UNITS COREQUISITE: MAN132 This course allows student to apply concepts learned in MAN132 and gain hands-on experience connectingto PLCs using RSLogix 5000, Implementing a networked connection topologywith PLCs, troubleshooting applications, and fault handling. Page 65 of 69 SCIT Catalog MAN140 HYDRAULIC AND PNEUMATIC AUTOMATION TECHNOLOGY 4 UNITS This course Introduces students to various hydraulic based and pneumatic based devises commonly used in Industrial applications, including such topics as fluid power systems, components of a hydraulic system, valves and pumps, pneumatic Instruments, and troubleshooting fluid powered systems. MAN 140L HYDRAULIC AND PNEUMATIC AUTOMATION TECHNOLOGY LAB 2 UNITS COREQUISITE: MAN140 This course allows student to apply concepts learned in MAN140 by gaining hands-on experience troubleshooting, testing, calibrating and analyzing the performance of hydraulic and pneumatic devices commonly used in industrial processes. MAN200 INTRODUCTION TO MANUFACTURING AND INDUSTRIAL TECHNOLOGY 2 UNITS PREREQUISITE: C230 America has been called a land of consumers. Our society has become accustomed to the luxury of purchasing commodities from retail stores in a way that is convenient and affordable. Most of us don't take the time to think much past the checkout line, however. Where do these products come from exactly? Were they made in our country or shipped in from somewhere else entirely? What machines and equipment were used to make the Items we purchase? Who are the people involved in manufacturing and assembling the finished goods that line the shelves of our favorite stores? This course will give you a behind -the -scenes look at the vast industry called manufacturing. In this unit, you'll examine the basics of manufacturing, including a brief history and some of the basic processes and principles that work together to transform raw materials into useful and valuable commodities. MAN280L INTRODUCTION TO 31) MODELING LAB 2 UNITS This course introduces the student to three-dimensional parametric solid modeling with Solid Works. Students will begin with basic parametric solid modeling techniques advancing into complex assemblies requiring animation. Formerly C301. MT MATHEMATICS MT102 COLLEGE MATH 2 UNITS The course Includes a detailed examination of mathematics applications. It covers modeling algebraic functions, exponential functions matrices and systems of equations. Formerly MT101. MT120* COLLEGE MATHEMATICS II 4 UNITS PREREQUISITE: MT101 This course covers the concepts of Boolean algebra, number systems, conversion of number systems from one to another, arithmetic in several bases and logic algebra functions. MT121 COLLEGE ALGEBRA 1 4 UNITS This course covers the fundamental concepts of Algebra, linear equations, functions and graphs, parallel and perpendicular lines and circles, composite and Inverse, quadratic functions, polynomial functions and graphs, dividing polynomials, zeros of polynomial functions, and modeling using variation. Formerly MT190. MT122 COLLEGE ALGEBRA 11 4 UNITS PREREQUISITE: MT121 This course is a continuation of the fundamental concepts of Algebra taught In MT121. It covers algebra of matrices, conic sections and systems of nonlinear equations, arithmetic and geometric sequences, mathematical Induction, counting techniques, probability and the binomial theorem. Formerly MT202. MT230A CALCULUS 1 A 3 UNITS PREREQUISITE: MT122 In this class, we will discuss certain techniques that are commonly used for limits and continuity, tangent lines and derivatives, methods of differentiation for specific functions, chain rule, and implicit differentiation. Formerly MT301 when taken with MT230B. MT230B CALCULUS 1 B 3 UNITS PREREQUISITE: MT230A This course Is a continuation of MT230A and covers such topics as linear approximations and differentials to approximate specific values, maximum and minimum values of a function, limits of indeterminate form by means of ('Hospital's Rule, solving optimization problems, and antiderivatives of functions. Formerly MT301 when taken with MT230A. MT235A CALCULUS 2 A 3 UNITS PREREQUISITE: MT230B This course discusses the area problem to motivate the concept of integration. From here we will see the introduction of integration techniques, such as substitution and integration by parts, as well as see applications of integrals with volumes. Finally we will solve Improper integrals and give exposure to the Laplace Transform, Formerly MT410 when taken with MT2358. MT2358 CALCULUS 2 B 3 UNITS PREREQUISITE: MT235A This course Is a continuation of MT235A and covers concepts such as calculating arc lengths and surface areas, solving certain types of differential equations, Infinite sequences and series, along with the concepts of convergence and divergence, which will lead to the power series representation of a function, and finally the Taylor and Maclaurin series representations for a function. Formerly MT410 when taken with MT235A. Page 66 of 69 MT310 LINEAR ALGEBRA 4 UNITS PREREQUISITES: MT122 This course Is an introduction to the techniques of linear algebra In Euclidean space. Topics covered include matrices, determinants, and systems of linear equations, vectors in n-dimensional space, complex numbers, and eigenvalues. MT315 DISCRETE MATHEMATICS 4 UNITS Students are Introduced to concepts related to discrete mathematics, including the logic of compound and quantified statements, elementary number theory, sequences, mathematical induction, recursion, and set theory. MT330 CALCULUS 3 4 UNITS PREREQUISITE: MT235B This course covers functions of several variables and multiple integration, including integrals of planes, volume, surface area, Divergence Theorem and Stokes Theorem. MT460 PROBABILITY AND STATISTICS 4 UNITS PREREQUISITE: MT235B This course Introduces the elements of statistical analysis, using an intuitive approach to the study of probability and probability distributions, measures of central tendency and dispersion, sampling techniques, parametric and non -parametric test of hypothesis, point and Interval estimation, linear regression, and correlation. Applications to business, biological science and the social sciences are included. MT470 COMPLEX VARIABLES 4 UNITS PREREQUISITE: MT2355 Introduction to analytic functions of several complex variables. The d-bar problem, cousin problems, domains of holomorphy, and complex manifolds. MT480 ORDINARY AND PARTIAL DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS 4 UNITS PREREQUISITE: MT330 This course covers ordinary differential equations including existence and uniqueness theorems and the theory of linear systems. Topics may also include stability theory, the study of singularities, and boundary value problems. The wave equation, the heat equation, Laplace's equation, and other classical equations of mathematical physics and their generalizations. NEC NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODE NEC100 INTRODUCTION TO ELECTRICITY AND NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODE 4 UNITS In thiscourse, students are Introduced to fundamental electrical theory, along with the basic skills applicable to the electrical trades. The course includes an introduction to the electrical trade, introduction to the National Electrical Code (NEC), direct current, alternating current, transformers, switching devices, and basic training in electrical conductors and cables. Electrical safety is explored through NFPA 70e - Standard for Electrical Safety in the Workplace. NEC1001- INTRODUCTION TO ELECTRICITY AND NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODE LAB 2 UNITS COREQUISITE: NEC100 Students learn to construct series and parallel circuits, observe safety precautions, test circuits with a meter and measure various electrical properties for circuits that simulate common electrical layouts for dwellings. NEC101 NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODE A 4 UNITS PREREQUISITE: NEC100 This course introduces the students to various types of raceways, fittings, boxes, enclosures and conduit bodies used in residential, commercial and industrial installation based on NEC Codes. Students will be instructed on - the importance of job -site safety and OSHA and proper use of hand tools and symbols pertaining to raceway installation. Formerly E1164. Course Descriptions NEC101L NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODE A LAB 2 UNITS COREQUISITE: NEC101 This course is designed to give students residential/ commercial lab project and troubleshooting techniques. Students Will use electrical tools to install raceways, boxes, will perform conduit bending following NEC Codes. Students are required to follow all safety rules in the lab. Formerly EL165. NEC110 NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODE B 4 UNITS PREREQUISITE: NEC101 This course introduces the student's base on NEC Code pertaining to feeder and branch circuit installation in residential, commercial and industrial application including grounding and bonding, blueprint and symbols pertain to wiring installation, smoke detectors, type of switches and receptacle devices. Conductor splitting and terminations, electrical panel will also be introduced. Formerly EL166. NEC110L NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODE B LAB 2 UNITS COREQUISITE: NEC110 This course introduces the students to lab projects related to wiring of electrical circuits. Safety is enforced. Formerly EL167. NEC120 NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODE C 4 UNITS PREREQUISITE: NEC110 This course introduces the students to electrical symbol, different electrical blue prints, NEC Codes for wire system management, panels, conduit, grounding, switches, raceways and boxes. Formerly EL200. NEC120L NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODE C LAB 2 UNITS COREQUISITE: NEC120 This is a lab course so students base on blue prints and NEC Code will do panel Installation, conduit bending and installation, wiring, cable pulling, grounding. By following safety and proper use of hand tools, Safety is enforced. Formerly EL201. Page 67 of 69 SCIT Catalog NEC123L NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODE SPECIAL TOPICS LAB 1 UNIT This lab introduces students to specialty topics in the NEC. Labs are rotated based on the faculty discretion and industry input. NEC130 NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODED 4 UNITS PREREQUISITE: NEC120 This course introduces students to basic electrical safety and OSHA, transformers and power systems, electrical blueprints, solar and wind systems, low voltage wiring, and advanced meter concepts. NEC130L NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODE D LAB 2 UNITS COREQUISITE: NEC130 This lab course introduces students to Romex, MC Cables, FMCCables, Meters, Low Voltage/Data Cabling, and burglar alarms. PH PHYSICS PH200 MECHANICS 4 UNITS PREREQUISITE: MT235B This course introduces students to Newtonian physics, including linear motion, two and three dimensional motion, newton's laws of motion, work and kinetic energy, potential energy, momentum and gravity. Formerly PH300. PH200L MECHANICS LAB 2 UNITS COREQUISITE: PH200 This course allows students to apply concepts learned in PH200 in a lab setting whereby students test Newton's laws of motion using the scientific method. PH310 ELECTRICITY & MAGNETISM 4 UNITS PREREQUISITE: PH200 This course covers conservation laws and electromagnetic waves, Poynting's theorem, tensor formulation, potentials and fields. Plane wave problems (free space, conductors and dielectric materials, boundaries). Dipole and quadruple radiation. Special relativity and transformation between electric and magnetic flelds. Formerly PH400. PH310L ELECTRICITY AND MAGNETISM LAB 2 UNITS COREQUISITE: PH310 This course allows students to apply concepts learned in PH310 in a lab setting whereby students test electromagnetic theories using the scientific method. Page 68 of 69 �\ Employment EDD DevelopDepartmement nt State of California DIRECTIVE Date: November 10, 2021 Number: WSD21-03 ETPL POLICY AND PROCEDURES EXECUTIVE SUMMARY CC( ALIFORNIA >Worklorce Development Board This policy provides guidance and establishes the procedures applicable to the training providers and programs listed on the state and local Eligible Training Provider List (ETPL) under the Workforce Innovation and Opportunity Act (WIOA). This policy applies to Local Workforce Development Boards (Local Boards), and is effective on the date of issuance. This policy contains some state -imposed requirements. All state -imposed requirements are indicated by bold, italic type. This Directive finalizes Workforce Services Draft Directive ETPL Policy and Procedures (WSDD- 215), issued for comment on September 3, 2020. The Workforce Development Community submitted 131 comments during the draft comment period. A summary of comments, including all changes, is provided as Attachment 8. This policy supersedes Workforce Services Directive WIOA Eligible Training Provider List - Policy and Procedures (WSD15-07) dated November 10, 2015. Retain this Directive until further notice. REFERENCES • Workforce Innovation and Opportunity Act (Public Law 113-128) Sections 3, 116, 122, 123, 129, 134, and 404 • Title 20 Code of Federal Regulations (CFR) Part 677: Performance Accountability Under Title I of the Workforce Innovation and Opportunity Act (Uniform Guidance), Sections 677.150 and 677.230 • Title 20 CFR Part 680: Adult and Dislocated Worker Activities Under Title I of the Workforce Innovation and Opportunity Act (DOL Exceptions), Sections 680.200, 680.210, 680.230, 680.300, 680.310, 680.320, 680.330, 680.340, 680.350, 680.410, 680.420, 680.430, 680.450, 680.460, 680.470, 680.480, 680,490, 680.500, 680.520, and 680.530 The EDD is an equal opportunity employer/program. Auxiliary aids and services are available upon request to individuals with disabilities. Revised February 22, 2023 Page 1 of 5 DIC: 12 EXHIBIT C • Title 20 CFR Part 681: Youth Activities Under Title I of the Workforce Innovation and Opportunity Act (DOL Exceptions), Sections 681.480 and 681.540 • Title 34 CFR Part 600: Definitions (Department of Education), Section 600.2 • Training and Employment Guidance Letter (TEGL) 8-19, Workforce Innovation and Opportunity Act (WIOA) Title I Training Provider Eligibility and State List of Eligible Training Providers (ETPs) and Programs (January 2, 2020) • TEGL 3-18, Eligible Training Provider (ETP) Reporting Guidance under the Workforce Innovation and Opportunity Act (WIOA) (August, 31, 2018) • TEGL 19-16, Guidance on Services provided through the Adult and Dislocated Worker Programs under the WIOA and the Wagner-Peyser Act Employment Services, as amended by title 111 of WIOA, and for Implementation of the WIOA Final Rules (March 1, 2017) • TEGL 13-16, Guidance on Registered Apprenticeship Provisions and Opportunities in the WIOA (January 12, 2017) • California Code of Regulations Division 7.5 • California Education Code Sections 94801.5, 94850.5, and 94874 • California Unemployment Insurance Code (CUIC) Section 14005 • CUIC Section 14230 • Workforce Services Directive WSD22-08, ETPL Reciprocal Agreements (January 17, 2023) • WSD22-01, Performance Guidance (July 18, 2022) • WSD19-10, Recovery of WIOA Tuition and Training Refunds (February 20, 2020) • WSD19-06, CaUOBS Activity Codes (December 27, 2019) • WSD17-01, Nondiscrimination and Equal Opportunity Procedures (August 1, 2017) • California's Unified Strategic Workforce Development Plan BACKGROUND WIOA Section 122 requires states to establish and maintain a list of training providers who are eligible to receive WIOA Title I, subtitle B funds for training services. An America's Job Center of Californiasm (AJCC) may issue an Individual Training Account (ITA) to a WIOA Title I, subtitle B eligible individual (out of school youth age 16-24, adult or dislocated worker) to fund training services. The Employment Development Department (EDD) is the entity responsible for publishing, disseminating, and maintaining the comprehensive California (CA) ETPL with performance and cost information. In addition, the EDD is responsible for ensuring programs meet the eligibility criteria and performance levels established in this Directive; removing programs that do not meet the program criteria or performance levels established in this Directive; and taking enforcement actions against providers that intentionally provide inaccurate information, or that substantially violate the requirements of WIOA. Page 2 of 5 EXHIBIT C Likewise, the Local Board is responsible for carrying out the procedures outlined in this Directive; work with the state to ensure there are sufficient numbers and types of providers of training services with expertise in assisting individuals with disabilities, and adults in need of adult education and literacy activities; developing and maintaining a local ETPL; and ensuring the dissemination of the CA and local ETPL through the AICCs, including in formats accessible to individuals with disabilities. In cooperation with stakeholders, the State has adopted the following principles when developing the CA ETPL policies and procedures: 1. Simplicity — Avoid imposing burdens that inhibit the participation of quality training providers. 2. Customer Focus —The policies and procedures support the collection and presentation of easily accessible and reliable training program information for both individuals seeking career and occupational training information, and career planners who assist participants eligible for training services. 3. Informed Consumer Choice —The CA ETPL includes locally approved training programs that lead to self -sustainable careers in the local/regional economy, as supported by current labor market information identifying industry sectors and occupational clusters that are high -growth, high -demand, projecting skills shortages, and/or vital to the regional economy. 4. Training Delivery Flexibility — Policies and procedures that foster and support the inclusion of various types of training delivery that expand opportunities for consumer choice. 5. Quality — Ensure a comprehensive list of quality training programs that meet minimum performance standards, and provide industry -valued skills in priority industry sectors. Information must be accurate, transparent, accessible, and user-friendly. 6. Respect for Local Autonomy —The policy remains supportive of the autonomy WICA grants to the Local Boards. In addition, this policy and Local Board policies should align with the three policy objectives outlined in the California Unified Strategic Workforce Development Plan: 1. Fostering demand -driven skills attainment —Workforce and education programs need to align program content with the state's industry sector needs so as to provide California's employers and businesses with the skilled workforce necessary to compete in the global economy. 2. Enabling upward mobility for all Californians —Workforce and education programs need to be accessible for all Californians, especially populations with barriers to employment, and ensure that everyone has access to a marketable set of skills, and is Page 3 of 5 EXHIBIT C able to access the level of education necessary to get a good job that ensures both long- term economic self-sufficiency and economic security. 3. Aligning, coordinating, and integrating programs and services —Workforce and education programs must economize limited resources to achieve scale and impact, while also providing the right services to clients, based on each client's particular and potentially unique needs, including any needs for skills -development. POLICY AND PROCEDURES This policy establishes the types of allowable training services, consumer choice, the difference between the state and local ETPL, the requirement for Local Boards to establish a ETPL policy, eligibility criteria and procedures for initial and continued eligibility for CA ETPL training providers and programs, the federally mandated Eligible Training Provider Performance Report (ETP Report), and the roles and responsibilities of the Local Boards and the EDD in maintaining the integrity of the CA ETPL. The following attachments to this Directive provide guidance and resources when implementing the CA ETPL: 1. ETPL Policy and Procedures Contains detailed information on initial and continued eligibility requirements, and the roles and responsibilities of the Local Boards, and the EDD in maintaining the integrity of the CA ETPL and the quality of the training programs offered on it. 2. ETPL Definitions Includes definitions relevant to the ETPL Policy and Procedures. 3. ETPL Local Board Delegation and Cancelation Form This form is utilized to delegate or cancel the delegation of a Local Board's ETPL responsibilities to another Local Board. The delegation includes both state and local ETPL functions. This form is required to be submitted annually. 4. CA ETP Assurances Form This form must be completed by the provider to ensure they will provide the data necessary to complete the annual ETP Report. This form must be submitted annually. 5. CA ETPL Training Provider and Program Determination Flowchart Decision trees designed to assist Local ETPL Coordinators with determining initial and continued eligibility for the various provider types and programs. Page 4 of 5 EXHIBIT C 6. Local ETPL Coordinator Contact Form A form for Local Boards to designate the Local ETPL Coordinators and provide their contact information. Summary of Comments A list of all comments received during the comment period, and responses to those comments from the EDD. 8. Errata Chronology A list of changes that were made to the Directive and its attachments. ACTION The information contained in this Directive should be shared with Local ETPL Coordinators, and all other staff involved in the administration of the ETPL. INQUIRIES If you have any questions, contact the State ETPL Coordinator at wsbetpl@edd.ca.gov. /s/ JAVIER ROMERO, Deputy Director Workforce Services Branch Attachments: 1. ETPL Policy and Procedures (DOCX) 2. ETPL Definitions (DOCX) 3. ETPL Local Board Delegation and Cancelation Form (DOCX) 4. CA ETP Assurances Form (DOCX) 5. CA ETPL Training Provider and Program Determination Flowchart (PDF) 6. Local ETPL Coordinator Contact Form (DOCX) 7. Summary of Comments (DOCX) 8. Errata Chronology (DOCX) Page 5 of 5 EXHIBIT C ETPL POLICY AND PROCEDURES ATTACHMENT 1 ETPL Policy and Procedures Contents A. Introduction......................................................................................................................... 2 B. Allowable Types of Training Services................................................................................... 2 C. State and Local ETPLs........................................................................................................... 2 D. Local Board Policy................................................................................................................ 3 E. Consumer Choice................................................................................................................. 6 F. CA ETPL Application Process................................................................................................ 6 ETPL Application Process by Provider Category..................................................................... 7 G. CA ETPL Initial Eligibility....................................................................................................... 8 Training Provider Initial Eligibility Criteria.............................................................................. 8 Training Program Initial Eligibility Criteria............................................................................ 11 H. CA ETPL Continued Eligibility Criteria................................................................................ 13 Training Provider Continued Eligibility Criteria.................................................................... 13 Training Program Continued Eligibility Criteria.................................................................... 13 I. Approval and Denial of Training Provider/Program.......................................................... 15 Approval of Training Provider/Program............................................................................... 15 Denial of a Training Provider/Program................................................................................. 15 J. Delisting Training Provide rs/P rogra ms ..............................................................................16 K. Placing Delisted Training Providers/Programs Back on the ETPL...................................... 18 L. Appeals...............................................................................................................................18 Appealsto EDD..................................................................................................................... 19 M. Maintenance of the CA ETPL.......................................................................................... 20 N. ETP Report.......................................................................................................................... 20 O. Technical Assistance and Resources.................................................................................. 20 TrainingProviders................................................................................................................. 21 LocalETPL Coordinators........................................................................................................ 21 WSD21-03 Page 1 of 21 ETPL POLICY AND PROCEDURES A. Introduction ATTACH M ENT 1 This policy establishes the types of allowable training services, consumer choice, the difference between the state and local Eligible Training Provider List (ETPL), the requirement for Local Workforce Development Boards (Local Boards) to establish an ETPL policy, eligibility criteria and procedures for initial and continued eligibility for Eligible Training Providers (ETP) and programs, the federally mandated Eligible Training Provider Performance Report (ETP Report), and the roles and responsibilities of the Local Boards and the Employment Development Department (EDD) in maintaining the integrity of the state ETPL. This document contains detailed information on initial and continued eligibility requirements, and the roles and responsibilities of the Local Boards, and the EDD in maintaining the integrity of the state ETPL and the quality of the training programs offered on it. B. Allowable Types of Training Services The following are the allowable types of training for the Workforce Innovation and Opportunity Act (WIOA) Title I program: a. Occupational skills training, including nontraditional employment. b. On -the -Job Training (OJT). c. Incumbent Worker Training (IWT). d. Programs that combine workplace training with related instruction, which may include cooperative education programs. e. Training programs operated by the private sector. f. Skill upgrading and retraining. g. Entrepreneurial training. h. Job readiness training provided in combination with the training services described in (a) through (g) above. i. Adult education and literacy activities, including activities of English language acquisition and integrated education and training programs, provided concurrently or in combination with services provided with the training services described in (a) through (g) above. j. Customized training conducted with a commitment by an employer, or group of employers, to employ an individual upon successful completion of the training. While all of the above are allowable training services under WIOA, service types b, c, and j are not required to be on the ETPL. C. State and Local ETPLs Local Boards and the EDD are responsible for working together to identify ETPs for the state ETPL. The state ETPL creates a pool of ETPs that Local Boards can utilize to establish their local ETPL. In California, the state ETPL is called the California (CA) ETPL. Each Local Board must maintain a local list of training providers and programs. Local Boards may add additional local requirements for providers and/or programs (except for WSD21-03 Page 2 of 21 ETPL POLICY AND PROCEDURES ATTACHMENT 1 apprenticeship programs) to be eligible on the local ETPL. Local Boards must include all CA ETPL approved apprenticeship programs on their local ETPL. Adding additional local requirements may result in providers that are on the CA ETPL, but may not be eligible for inclusion on the local ETPL. While additional requirements may be added for the local ETPL, Local Boards may only include training providers on their list that are approved for the CA ETPL. If the Local Board is reviewing provider and/or program applications for inclusion on the ETPL, the Local Board must conduct the state eligibility review first, and then determine eligibility for inclusion on their local ETPL. When conducting the state eligibility review, the Local Board must do so using only the state's requirements, and not the Local Board's additional requirements. Local Boards that do not add additional requirements must include all of the providers/programs on the CA ETPL on their local ETPL, whereas Local Boards with additional requirements may have a subset of the state list as depicted in the diagram below: Note — Providers on the local ETPL must be on the CA ETPL. Note —Additional functionality is being added to the CaIJOBSsm system to enable Local Boards to identify the training providers and programs approved for their local ETPL. D. Local Board Policy Each Local Board must develop local policies that provide sufficient consumer protection and oversight of training providers. These policies must meet the minimum requirements of the procedures outlined in this Directive, and may include additional requirements as deemed appropriate by the Local Board. Such policies must include, but are not limited to, processes that achieve the following: Ensure participants can avail themselves of, and are made aware of, grievance/complaint procedures. Please reference Workforce Services Directive WICIA Grievance and Complaint Resolution Procedures (WSD18-05) for guidance. • Recover WIOA training funds. Please reference Recovery of WIOA Tuition and Training WSD21-03 Page 3 of 21 ETPL POLICY AND PROCEDURES ATTACHMENT 1 Refunds (WSD19-10) for guidance on recovering training funds. Outline any additional eligibility requirements providers and/or programs (except apprenticeship programs) must meet to be listed on the local ETPL. o These requirements must support the creation of a list that ensures provider performance, job -driven training, informed consumer choice, continuous improvement, and cost-effective investment of public funds. o Requirements may include, but are not limited to: ■ Additional performance requirements. ■ Program location. ■ Accreditation requirements. • Cost. • Include the timeline for initial and continued eligibility review for inclusion on the local ETPL. o Continued eligibility review for the CA ETPL must be completed annually, and review for the local ETPL must be completed at least once every two years. o Within the federally required timeline in the previous bullet, Local Boards have discretion on when they conduct initial and continued eligibility for inclusion on the local ETPL. The following are just a few examples of options for local review: • Review entire local ETPL every two years. Review each provider/program annually. Review on the anniversary of when the provider/program established continued eligibility on the local ETPL. • Process for delisting training provider/programs from the local ETPL. • Provide comparable training opportunities if the training provider goes out of business. If the training provider is a Bureau of Private Postsecondary Education (BPPE) approved provider, the policy should include the requirement to coordinate with BPPE's Office of Student Assistant Relief. Ensure training programs lead to at least one of the following: 1) credentials and/or certificates valued by employers, or 2) training -related employment as a result of gaining measurable technical skills for a specific occupation. This requirement ensures that training programs lead to high -quality jobs, as described in the California Unified Strategic Workforce Development Plan. Job quality serves the workforce development system and broader public sector by protecting investments in training. Please see ETPL Definitions (Attachment 2) for a definition of a postsecondary credential, as well as a definition of a training program that leads to employment. o Please note, a program on the ETPL that only leads to employment will negatively affect a Local Board's Credential Attainment rate, since all individuals in an education or training program are included in the measure. Please refer to CaIJOBS Activity Codes (WSD19-06) Attachment 3 for a list of activity codes that place individuals into the Credential Attainment performance measure. WSD21-03 Page 4 of 21 ETPL POLICY AND PROCEDURES ATTACHMENT 1 Verify and document participant attendance at regular intervals throughout the length of the training program. Per WSD19-10, the Local Board should check with the training provider to ensure clients are still in the training program each month. If not able to check monthly, the Local Board must check at least quarterly. • Require providers to maintain sufficient records and to make these records available for monitoring or audit by either the Local Board and/or the state. • Ensure there are no conflicts of interest between the Local Board and the provider, which includes, but is not limited to the following: o A prohibition on the payment of referral fees by training providers to Local Board staff, including America's Job Center of California" (AJCC) operator staff. o Decisions made by the Local Board regarding ETPs and their programs is in compliance with WIOA Section 107(h). • Outline the requirement of the Local Board to keep all training provider and program eligibility documents (either physical or electronic), and the process to provide them to the EDD within five business days, if requested. • Explain the Local ETPL Coordinator's responsibilities, which, at minimum, must include the following: o Requirement to provide technical assistance to all training providers with programs located within the Local Workforce Development Area (Local Area) seeking to be listed on the CA ETPL. o Requirement for reviewing and approving or denying providers and programs for initial eligibility in a timely manner: • The review must include eligibility for the CA ETPL that meets requirements outlined in this Directive. ■ The review must include eligibility for the local ETPL that meets requirements outlined in the Local Board's local ETPL policy. o Requirement for reviewing and approving or denying providers and programs for continued eligibility in a timely manner: ■ The review must include eligibility for the CA ETPL that meets requirements outlined in this Directive. • The review must include eligibility for the local ETPL that meets requirements outlined in the Local Board's local ETPL policy. o Method and timeline for notifying providers if they or their program(s) are removed from the CA and/or local ETPL. • Describe the appeal process that meets the requirements outlined in this Directive. In addition, Local Board policies shall include the following for training providers who are deemed exempt per California Education Code (CEC) Section 94874and are not regionally accredited by an accrediting institution: • Verification of the instructor's credentials or experience. WSD21-03 Page 5 of 21 ETPL POLICY AND PROCEDURES ATTACHMENT 1 • Ensure the financial stability of the training provider. • Annual inspection of the schools or training programs. • Ensure actual instruction is taking place. • Ensure instructional equipment and instruction meet current industry standards. Local Boards may delegate their responsibility of the ETPL to another Local Board to act on their behalf in making nominations for training providers and programs to be listed on the CA ETPL, and the creation of their local ETPL. To delegate, or cancel an existing delegation, please complete and submit the ETPL Local Board Delegation and Cancelation Form (Attachment 3). Any Local Boards that delegate their ETPL responsibilities to another Local Board must complete this form annually between July 1st and July 30rh. Due to the signature requirement (physical or electronic signature), this form should be emailed as an attachment. E. Consumer Choice Training services must be provided in a manner that maximizes informed consumer choice in selecting an eligible provider and program. Each Local Board must make the local ETPL available to customers. Additionally, the Local Board must make available information identifying ETPs for OJT, customized training, and IWT. After consultation with a career planner, an individual who has been determined eligible for training services may select an ETP from the Local Board's local ETPL. Unless the program has exhausted training funds for the program year, the Local Board must refer the individual to the selected provider, and establish an Individual Training Account (ITA) for the individual to pay for training. A referral may be carried out by providing a voucher or certificate to the individual to obtain training. The cost of the referral of an individual with an ITA to a training provider is paid by the applicable Adult, Dislocated Worker, or Youth program. F. CA ETPL Application Process For a provider to be listed on the CA ETPL, the provider must have its information entered into the CaIJOBS ETPL module. It is the Local ETPL Coordinator's role to provide assistance and guidance to training providers who register in CaIJOBS. Once all necessary information is entered, the Local ETPL Coordinator must review and nominate the training provider and/or program to the State ETPL Coordinator for inclusion on the CA ETPL ensuring all information provided is complete, accurate, and current, and is in alignment with this Directive. The EDD will review applications for the CA ETPL within 30 days of receipt from the Local Board. WSD21-03 Page 6 of 21 ETPL POLICY AND PROCEDURES ATTACHMENT 1 Once the provider and/or program is approved and included on the CA ETPL, the Local Board must review, and approve or deny the training provider for inclusion on their local ETPL ensuring all information is in alignment with their Local Board policy. ETPL Application Process by Provider Category 1. In -State Training Provider All training providers that have a training site(s) in CA and wish to be listed on the CA ETPL are required to be registered in CaIJOBS. The training provider shall provide all the training provider information required in the CaIJOBS ETPL module. The training provider must upload a signed CA ETPAssuronces Form (Attachment 4) to the documents section of the Provider Profile in CaUOBS. If the in -state training provider is a Department of Labor (DOL) Registered Apprenticeship or California Department of Industrial Relations (DIR), Division of Apprenticeship Standards (DAS) approved apprenticeship, please see the Training Provider Initial Eligibility section below. Local Boards must review and nominate a provider headquartered in their Local Area for the CA ETPL if the provider meets state eligibility requirements. If a provider has multiple locations, the Local Board(s) in the area of the provider locations must nominate the programs) to the State ETPL Coordinator. 2. Distance Education Training Providers All Distance Education training providers that wish to be listed on the CA ETPL are required to be registered in CaIJOBS. The training provider shall provide all the training provider information required in the CaIJOBS ETPL module. The training provider must upload a signed CA ETP Assurances Form (Attachment 4) to the documents section of the Provider Profile in CaIJOBS. The State ETPL Coordinator will determine if a Distance Education training provider is eligible to be on the CA ETPL using the eligibility criteria in this Directive. If a Local ETPL Coordinator is contacted by a Distance Education training provider, the provider should be referred to wsbetpl@edd.ca.gov for assistance. 3. Out -of -State Training Providers All training providers, other than Distance Education training providers, that have training sites located only outside of CA cannot be listed on the CA ETPL. Local Boards cannot utilize an ITA with out-of-state training providers unless leveraging an approved ETPL reciprocal agreement. Please see ETPL Reciprocal Agreements (WSD22-08) for more information on the use of approved agreements. Please reference the Ca1JOBS ETPL Module Guide Card (located on the Staff Online Resources page in CaIJOBS) for detailed information on the CaIJOBS process for registering new training providers. WSD21-03 Page 7 of 21 ETPL POLICY AND PROCEDURES G. CA ETPL Initial Eligibility ATTACHMENT 1 Training Provider Initial Eligibility Criteria Initial eligibility applies to providers previously not listed on the CA ETPL under the WIOA or the Workforce Investment Act of 1998 (WIA). The initial eligibility period is one year (365 days). The Local ETPL Coordinator is responsible for reviewing the training provider's initial eligibility prior to nominating for inclusion on the CA ETPL. The following institution types are eligible for inclusion on the CA ETPL: 1. Adult education secondary schools, as long as the activities are provided in combination with occupational skills training. 2. Pre -apprenticeship and apprenticeship providers. 3. Private postsecondary institutions. 4. Public postsecondary institutions. The initial eligibility process for each for the training provider types listed above is based on the following: 1. Adult Education Secondary Schools Training providers must be an eligible provider of adult education and literacy activities under Title II of WIOA. Adult education and/or literacy activities must be offered concurrently, or in combination with, occupational skills training. A list of Title II providers can be found on the California Department of Education (CDE) website. 2. Pre -apprenticeship and Apprenticeship Providers a. Pre -apprenticeship Provider Training providers must have a letter of commitment from a DOL registered or DIR DAS approved apprenticeship program. To be listed on the CA ETPL, the pre -apprenticeship program must award an industry -recognized credential or certificate. The state will not enter information on pre -apprenticeship training programs; this information will be entered by Local Boards, if necessary. Pre -apprenticeship programs are considered Individualized Career Services under WIOA, and thus are not required to be on the ETPL. Pre -apprenticeship programs that do not result in an industry -recognized credential or certificate cannot be listed on the ETPL; however, those pre -apprenticeship programs that do provide an industry -recognized certificate or credential can be listed on the ETPL and used in conjunction with an ITA. The California Workforce Development Board (State Board) and each Local Board must ensure that federal WIOA funds awarded for pre -apprenticeship training in the building and construction trades fund programs and services that follow the Multi -Craft Core Curriculum (MC3) implemented by the CDE and that develop a plan to help increase the representation of women in those trades. WIOA prohibits Title I funds from being used for "construction, purchase of facilities or buildings, or other capital expenditures for improvements to land or buildings except with WSD21-03 Page 8 of 21 ETPL POLICY AND PROCEDURES ATTACHMENT 1 prior approval." b. DOL Registered Apprenticeships and DIR DAS Approved Apprenticeships DOL registered apprenticeships and DIR DAS approved apprenticeships are automatically eligible to be listed on the CA ETPL and do not have any eligibility requirements. The state will reach out to new apprenticeship programs to inform them of the opportunity to join the CA ETPL. If the provider opts into the ETPL, the apprenticeship program will be placed on the ETPL by the state. The State Board and Local Boards shall, to the maximum extent feasible, coordinate their pre -apprenticeship and apprenticeship training programs with one or more DIR DAS approved apprenticeship for the occupation and geographic area. 3. Private Postsecondary Institutions (for -profit or non-profit) Training providers be must be accredited by the Accrediting Commission for Schools (ACS) Western Association of Schools and Colleges (WASC); the WASC Senior College and University Commission (WSCUC); have current BPPE Approval to Operate; current Verification of Exemption by BPPE; or are deemed exempt per California Education Code (CEC) Section 94874. Note that providers who are deemed exempt are not required to have a Verification of Exemption. However, if EDD is unable to determine the specific exemption that the provider falls under, then EDD reserves the right to request that the provider obtain a Verification of Exemption from the BPPE. Providers that fall under exemptions (a), (d), (f), or (h) of CEC Section 94874 are not eligible for the ETPL. A Distance Education provider without a physical presence in California that offers postsecondary distance education to California students for a fee must be registered with the BPPE. Private Distance Education higher education institutions that are degree granting, non-profit, and accredited are not required to register with BPPE, but must be accredited by the ACS WASC, the WSCUC, or an agency recognized by the U.S. Department of Education. For more information on the BPPE Out -of -State Institution registration, please see the BPPE Out -of -State Institution Registration webpage. For a directory of accredited schools, please visit ACS WASC and WSCUC. For more information regarding BPPE Approval to Operate, or current Verification of Exemption, please visit the BPPE website. If the training provider has a BPPE Approval to Operate, Verification of Exemption, or Out -of -State Institution Registration, the document must be uploaded to the documents section of the Provider Profile in CaIJOBS. 4. Public Postsecondary Institutions a. Public Postsecondary Community Colleges WSD21-03 Page 9 of 21 ETPL POLICY AND PROCEDURES ATTACHMENT 1 Training providers must be accredited by the WASC Accrediting Commission for Community and Junior Colleges (ACCIC). The following website can be utilized to search for the WASC ACCIC accredited colleges: WASC ACJ CC. For public postsecondary community colleges not WASCACCIC accredited, but are currently in the initial accreditation process, the Local Board can nominate the training provider, and the State Board and the EDD will determine whether the community college meets the training provider initial eligibility criteria. b. CA State University (CSU) and University of CA (UQ Training providers must be accredited by the WSCUC. The following website can be utilized to search for WSCUC accredited colleges: WSCUC. In addition to the above requirements, all training providers (with the exception of apprenticeship programs) must meet the following: All training providers are subject to the Equal Opportunity and Nondiscrimination requirements found in Section 188 of WIOA. All Local Boards must ensure a training provider is in compliance prior to nominating the training provider to be on the CA ETPL. Equal Opportunity and Non -Discrimination procedures should be posted at the AJCC and approved training providers' facilities, and provided to each participant upon enrollment in a CA ETPL training program. It is critical for Local Boards to utilize EDD- provided monitoring tools to evaluate the providers, and to upload appropriate documents to the Documents section of the Provider Profile in CaIJOBS. It is also important to note that all site locations for a provider must be in compliance with WIOA Section 188. For more information, refer to Nondiscrimination and Equal Opportunity Procedures (WSD17-01). Provide information supporting the provider's partnership with business. This may include information about the quality and quantity of employer partnerships. Enter program(s) of training services into CaIJOBS. The training provider should only enter the program(s) desired to be on the CA ETPL. If the program is offered with multiple modes of delivery, curriculum, or course lengths, the program must be entered separately for each variation. Please reference ETPL Definitions (Attachment 2) for the definition of a Training Program. A signed copy of the CA ETP Assurances Form (Attachment 4) is uploaded to the Documents section of the Provider Profile in CaIJOBS. This form must be uploaded annually, prior to the provider being reviewed for eligibility. Once the training provider completes the CA ETPL application on CaIJOBS, the Local ETPL Coordinator is responsible for reviewing the provider's information and either denying their inclusion on the CA ETPL, or nominating them for review by the State ETPL Coordinator through the CaIJOBS approval process. The Local ETPL Coordinator must review and nominate, or deny a training provider profile within 30 days of the completed application date. WSD21-03 Page 10 of 21 ETPL POLICY AND PROCEDURES ATTACHMENT 1 The Local Board that contains the headquarters of the provider is responsible for nominating the provider profile. Please reference the Approval or Denial of Training Provider/Program section of this attachment for additional information. Training Program Initial Eligibility Criteria Initial eligibility applies to a program previously not listed on the CA ETPL under the WIOA or the WIA. The initial eligibility period is one year (365 days). After a training provider meets the training provider initial eligibility criteria listed above, been nominated by the Local Board, and approved by the State ETPL Coordinator, each individual training program must meet the following requirements to be listed on the CA ETPL: • The training program must be for occupations in in -demand industry sectors identified by the state, region, or Local Board. In -demand or priority industry sector information must be verified with the State Board and/or Local Board. The training program provides training services that lead to an industry -recognized credential, national or state certificate, or degree, including all industry appropriate competencies, licensing and/or certification requirements, or employment in a specific occupation after receiving measurable technical skills. Please note the training program does not have to issue the credential, but the training program should prepare the individual to obtain the credential. For example, a Class A Truck Driving program does not issue the Class A driver's license, but it should prepare the individual to pass the state -issued exam to obtain the license. For more information on if a training leads to an industry -recognized credential, please see DOL's Credential Attainment Decision Tree. • The cost in the Cost Details tab in the program wizard should match the cost of a member of the general public enrolling in the program without assistance from WIOA. This information should be available in the provider's brochure or website. If the Local Board works out a different cost with the provider, then the cost information in the training activity code will need to be updated to reflect the different cost. • The mode of instruction, and class schedule(s) are consistent with the provider's advertised brochure/website. If a program is offered with multiple modes of instruction (e.g., online and in -person) or durations, the program needs to be entered separately for each variation. • For providers with a BPPE Approval to Operate, the training program and its location are BPPE approved'. • For WASC accredited training providers where the program's instruction and/or curriculum development is entirely sub -contracted to another entity or third party vendor, the training provider directly receiving tuition and related instruction fees ' For providers with a BPPE Approval to Operate, not all BPPE training programs are automatically eligible to be listed on the CA ETPL. WSD21-03 Page 11 of 21 ETPL POLICY AND PROCEDURES ATTACHMENT 1 (e.g., ITA) must meet the requirements outlined in this directive, and register in CaIJOBS as a provider. See ETPL Definitions (Attachment 2) for the definition of third - party subcontracting and what is considered allowable. Program must provide and meet the following performance metrics based on aggregate data for all students in the program to ensure the program supports the ability for the individual to obtain an industry -recognized postsecondary credential, and/or employment upon completion of the program. The provider must provide performance data for the prior complete program year (July 1—June 30). o Public Postsecondary Community Colleges, CSUs, UCs, and Adult Education Secondary Schools are required to provide performance information for consideration of placement on the CA ETPL, but due to heavy state oversight, investment, and the inability to capture true program outcome data, these institution types are not required to meet a specific performance threshold to be listed on the CA ETPL. The following performance data must be provided and listed in CaIJOBS: • Of individuals that exited the program, the percentage who successfully completed the training program (did not withdraw or transfer out of the program). ■ Of individuals that successfully completed the training program, the percentage who are employed within six months of graduating from the training program. For occupations for which the state requires passing an examination, the six month period begins after the announcement of the examination results for the first examination available after a student completes the program. o Private Postsecondary Institutions are required to meet and provide the following performance data in CaIJOBS: ■ Of individuals who exited the program, 50% successfully completed the training program (did not withdraw or transfer out of the program). • Of individuals who successfully completed the training program, 50% are employed within six months of graduating from the training program. For occupations for which the state requires passing an examination, the six month period begins after the announcement of the examination results for the first examination available after a student completes the program. Please note —Apprenticeship programs are not subject to program initial eligibility criteria. Once the training provider enters the program into CalJOBS, the Local ETPL Coordinator is responsible for reviewing the program information and either denying their inclusion on the CA ETPL, or nominating them for review by the State ETPL Coordinator through the CaIJOBS approval process. The Local ETPL Coordinator must review and nominate, or deny a training program within 30 days of the completed application date. WSD21-03 Page 12 of 21 ETPL POLICY AND PROCEDURES ATTACHMENT 1 The Local Board where the program is located is responsible for nominating the program. Please reference the Approval or Denial of Training Provider/Program section of this attachment for additional information. For more information regarding the training provider and program initial eligibility process, please refer to the CA ETPL Training Provider and Program Determination Flowchart (Attachment 5). H. CA ETPL Continued Eligibility Criteria Training Provider Continued Eligibility Criteria Continued eligibility applies to all training providers listed on the CA ETPL at any time under the WIOA or WIA, and whose initial eligibility has expired. A training provider's initial and continued eligibility is valid for 365 days after the provider is approved for the ETPL. Since providers can be reviewed year-round, all active training providers on the CA ETPL will be evaluated annually by the EDD no earlier than 60 days, and no later than 30 days prior to the provider's eligibility expiration date to ensure they continue to meet eligibility to be retained on the CA ETPL. To determine continued eligibility, the EDD must verify that the training provider continues to meet the requirements outlined in the Training Provider Initial Eligibility Criteria section of this Directive. DOL registered apprenticeships and DIR DAS approved apprenticeships do not have any continued eligibility requirements and will remain on the ETPL. It is recommended that apprenticeships update their program information annually. In addition, providers on the CA ETPL for two full program years (July 1—June 30) must have at least one Title 1, subtitle B enrollment during the previous two program years. If removed due to enrollment requirements, a provider must wait six (6) months from removal to submit their ETPL application for reinstatement and will not be held to the enrollment requirement when determining continued eligibility for placement back onto the list. Training Program Continued Eligibility Criteria Continued eligibility applies to all training programs listed on the CA ETPL at any time under the WIOA or WIA and whose initial eligibility has expired. A training program's initial and continued eligibility is valid for 365 days after the program is approved for the ETPL. Since programs can be reviewed year-round, all active training programs on the CA ETPL will be evaluated annually by the Local Board no earlier than 60 days, and no later than 30 days prior to the program's eligibility expiration date to ensure they continue to meet eligibility to be retained on the CA ETPL. Training providers must reapply for WIOA program certification using CaIJOBS. All applications for continued eligibility of training programs will be evaluated as they are received, by the Local Board and EDD, to ensure they continue to meet eligibility to be retained on the CA ETPL. The Local Board where the program is located is responsible for evaluating the program. WSD21-03 Page 13 of 21 ETPL POLICY AND PROCEDURES ATTACHMENT 1 After a training provider has met the training provider continued eligibility criteria listed above, each individual training program must meet the following requirements to retain their listing on the CA ETPL: • Training program information is reviewed and updated in Ca1JOBS. • Training program meets all requirements outlined above in the Training Program Initial Eligibility Criteria section of this attachment. CA ETPL training programs must meet performance metrics to retain their eligibility on the ETPL. The EDD will negotiate with DOL to establish yearly performance goals based on the WIOA primary indicators of performance. For continued eligibility, CA ETPL training programs (with the exception of apprenticeship programs, Adult Education programs, Community Colleges, UCs and CSUs) must meet or exceed the performance metrics required in initial eligibility, as well as the negotiated state -level Title I Adult performance goals. The EDD will publish the state -level negotiated performance goals in a Workforce Services Information Notice located on the EDD website. The continued eligibility performance calculations for each program is based on WIOA participant performance, and is verified using the federal ETP Report published annually by the state. Providers are required to collect and submit aggregate performance data for all students to EDD. The following outlines the performance metrics for continued eligibility: o The program must meet the following performance metric for all students for the most recent complete program year (July 1—June 30): ■ Of individuals who exited the program, 50%successfully completed (did not withdraw or transfer) the program. The program must meet the following performance metrics for WIOA participants for the most recent complete program year (July 1—June 30)1: ■ Employment Rate 2"d Quarter after Exit meets the state's negotiated goal for the Title I Adult program. • Employment Rate 4th Quarter after Exit meets the state's negotiated goal for the Title I Adult program. • Median Earnings meet the state's negotiated goal for the Title I Adult program. ■ Credential Attainment meets the state's negotiated goal for the Title I Adult program (if applicable). • Measurable Skill Gains meets the state's negotiated goal for the Title I Adult program. Z With the exception of completers, providers will be held accountable for the performance measures in which two complete years of data is available for their program(s) on the ETP Report. WSD21-03 Page 14 of 21 ETPL POLICY AND PROCEDURES ATTACHMENT 1 Please see CaIJOBS ETPL Module Guide Card (located on the Staff Online Resources page in CaIJOBS) for instructions on how providers reapply for WIOA program certification in CaIJOBS. For detailed information regarding the definitions and calculations of the WIOA primary indicators of performance, please see Performance Guidance (WSD22-01). Please refer to the CA ETPL Training Provider and Program Determination Flowchart (Attachment 5) to determine if a training provider and its program(s) meet the continued eligibility criteria to remain on the CA ETPL. I. Approval and Denial of Training Provider/Program Approval of Training Provider/Program After reviewing to ensure the provider/program meets the eligibility criteria above, the Local Board can nominate the training provider/program to the state for review. If nominating the provider to the State ETPL Coordinator, the signed CA ETP Assurances Form (Attachment 4) must be uploaded to the documents section of the Provider Profile in CaIJOBS. The State ETPL Coordinator will review providers within 30 days of their nomination by the Local Board. The EDD will review the provider/program's information to ensure it meets all initial or continued eligibility requirements outlined in this Directive. If eligible, the State ETPL Coordinator will approve the provider/program for the CA ETPL, and notify the Local ETPL Coordinator. If the Local Board has additional local ETPL eligibility requirements, the Local ETPL Coordinator must review all CA ETPL approved distance education programs, as well as all in- state CA ETPL approved programs located in the Regional Planning Unit for inclusion on their local ETPL. If the Local Board does not have additional local ETPL eligibility requirements, all approved CA ETPL programs must be included on the Local Board's local ETPL. Denial of a Training Provider/Program After review, if a Local Board determines the training provider/program does not meet the requirements to be listed on the CA ETPL, the Local Board must inform the training provider in writing with the reason(s) for the denial, and provide information on the Local Board appeal process within 30 days of receipt of the application. A copy of the written notification provided to the provider must be uploaded to the documents section of the Provider Profile in CaIJOBS within 10 business days of issuance. If the Local Board nominates a provider/program to the state for review, but upon review, the State ETPL Coordinator denies the training provider/program listing on the CA ETPL, the EDD must inform the Local Board of the denial and the reason(s) for the denial within 30 days of receipt of the nomination. The Local Board must in turn inform the training provider in writing with the reason(s) for the denial, and information on the Local Board appeal process within 30 WSD21-03 Page 15 of 21 ETPL POLICY AND PROCEDURES ATTACHMENT 1 days of receipt of the EDD's decision. A copy of the written notification provided to the provider must be uploaded to the document section of the Provider Profile in CaIJOBS within 10 business days of issuance. If the training provider is able to rectify the issue that caused the denial, the Local Board can review the information and resubmit to the State ETPL Coordinator for review. For example, if a provider is denied solely because the CA ETP Assurances Form (Attachment 4) was not uploaded to CaIJOBS, the State ETPL Coordinator would notify the Local Board, which would notify the provider. The Local Board can then nominate the provider again once the form is uploaded to CaIJOBS. The training provider's request to be on the CA ETPL must be denied if the training provider fails to provide complete information, intentionally provides inaccurate information, or has substantially violated any WIOA requirement(s). If the EDD, in consultation with the nominating Local Board, determines a training provider intentionally supplied inaccurate information or violated any WIOA requirement(s), the EDD or the Local Board shall deny the training provider's application for the CA ETPL, and the training provider is not allowed to be reconsidered for inclusion on the CA ETPL for at least two years. If approved for inclusion on the CA ETPL, but the Local ETPL Coordinator determines the training provider/program does not meet their local ETPL requirements, the Local Board must inform the training provider in writing with the reason(s) for the denial, and information on the Local Board appeal process within 30 days of receipt of the application. A copy of the written notification provided to the provider must be uploaded to the documents section of the Provider Profile in CaIJOBS within 10 business days of issuance. J. Delisting Training Providers/Programs To ensure the integrity of the CA ETPL, the Local Board or the EDD will remove a training provider or program from the CA ETPL at any time for the items below: 1. The training provider will be immediately removed from the CA ETPL for any of the following reasons until such time as they meet continued eligibility. A provider who has been removed from the list for any of the following reasons is liable to repay all Adult and Dislocated Worker training funds received during the period of noncompliance: a. The training provider has lost its accreditation or its approval to operate from its regulating agency. b. A private postsecondary training provider no longer meets the exempt criteria per CEC Section 94874, or the provider's Verification of Exemption by BPPE (if required by the EDD) expired or is revoked, and the provider does not have a new Verification of Exemption, or BPPE Approval to Operate. c. The nonprofit Community Based Organization no longer qualifies under Section 501(c)(3) of the Federal Internal Revenue Code. d. The apprenticeship program is no longer registered with the DOL under the National Apprenticeship Act, or is no longer approved by DIR DAS. The State WSD21-03 Page 16 of 21 ETPL POLICY AND PROCEDURES ATTACHMENT 1 ETPL Coordinator is responsible for removing apprenticeship programs. e. The pre -apprenticeship program no longer has a Letter of Commitment from a DOL registered or DIR DAS approved apprenticeship program, or no longer leads to an industry -recognized postsecondary credential. f. It is determined the provider sub -contracted instruction of the program to another entity without approval from WASC or BPPE. See ETPL Definitions (Attachment 2) for the definition of third -party subcontracting. g. The provider is not in compliance with WIOA Section 188. 2. A training provider will be immediately removed from the CA ETPL for a period of no less than two years for any of the reasons listed in this section. A provider who has been removed from the list for any of the following reasons is liable to repay all Adult and Dislocated Worker training funds received during the period of noncompliance: a. The state identifies the Local Board and training provider are participating in pay -to -play activities (commonly known as kickbacks) that include, but are not limited to: the Local Board received monetary or gift exchanges for (or in the hope for) referrals to a specific training provider, and/or exchanges of money or gifts to have the training provider listed on ETPL. As part of the annual on -site monitoring of Local Boards, if it is determined the Local Board is engaging in pay -to -play activities, a corrective action is required, and failure to take timely action to be in compliance may result in decertification of the Local Board involved. b. It is determined the training provider falsely reported information. c. The training provider substantially violated a provision of Title I of WIOA, or its implementing regulations. d. The training provider's top level leadership (e.g., owner, CEO, Director, etc.) is convicted of violating any federal or state law associated to the operation of the institution. 3. The EDD, in coordination with the Local Board, can remove a provider for any of the following reasons. Reactivation to the list is at the discretion of the State ETPL Coordinator and the Local Board: a. It is determined the provider is not serving or providing value to WIOA participants, and is listed on the CA ETPL solely for other purposes, such as the utilization of Workers' Compensation Supplemental Job Displacement Benefit vouchers. b. The provider has not served at least one Title I, subtitle B enrollment during the previous two program years. See "Training Provider Continued Eligibility Criteria" for requirements to be reinstated to the ETPL. c. The provider's CaIJOBS profile and/or program information is inaccurate or incomplete. d. The training provider has not demonstrated a good faith effort in providing the ETP Report data to the EDD. e. The provider no longer wishes to be listed on the CA ETPL. WSD21-03 Page 17 of 21 ETPL POLICY AND PROCEDURES ATTACHMENT 1 4. In an effort to safeguard WIOA funds, the training provider will be suspended from the CA ETPL if the training provider is under any federal, state, or local investigation. During the period of suspension, no new enrollments may occur, but the training provider can continue to serve existing WIOA funded enrollments. Once the investigation is complete, a review of the findings by the state will determine if the provider can be reinstated to the CA ETPL. If a training provider/program is removed from the CA ETPL, the EDD must inform the Local Board of the denial and the reason(s) for the delisting within 30 days of the removal. The Local Board must in turn inform the training provider in writing with the reason(s) for the delisting, and provide information on the Local Board appeal process within 30 days of receipt of the EDD's decision. A copy of the written notification provided to the provider must be uploaded to the document section of the Provider Profile in CaIJOBS within 10 business days of issuance. All training provider/programs removed from the CA ETPL must be removed from the local ETPL immediately upon notification from the EDD, as any new enrollments into a training program not eligible to be on the CA ETPL will result in disallowed costs. It is the responsibility of the EDD and the Local Board to work together to ensure any participants currently enrolled in a training program removed under items 1 and 2 experience minimal disruption. If the training provider or program is removed due to items 1, 3, or 4, any participants already enrolled (attended at least one day of instruction) can continue participation in the program until the training is complete, but no new enrollments may occur. Please see WSD19-10 for additional information regarding the recovery of training funds. K. Placing Delisted Training Providers/Programs Back on the ETPL Requests to be placed back on the CA ETPL must be submitted through the Local Board (unless the provider is a Distance Education or apprenticeship program). The training provider and program(s) must meet all criteria outlined in the CA ETPL Continued Eligibility Criteria section of this attachment to be placed back on the CA ETPL. If the training provider is removed for item 2 of the Delisting Training Providers/Programs section of this directive, two years must have passed from the time of their removal before they can be placed back onto the CA ETPL. If the training provider is removed for item 3(b) of the Delisting Training Providers/Programs section, the provider must wait 6 months from the date of removal before submitting an ETPL application for reinstatement. L. Appeals Appeals to the Local Board Each Local Board must have a written appeal process for the CA and local ETPL that includes the following required provisions: WSD21-03 Page 18 of 21 ETPL POLICY AND PROCEDURES ATTACHMENT 1 Instructions for a training provider wishing to appeal a decision. The training provider must appeal to the Local Board in writing within 30 days of the issuance of the denial or delisting notice. The appeal must include a statement of the desire to appeal, specification of the training program(s) in question, the reason(s) for the appeal (i.e., grounds), documentation supporting the grounds for the appeal, and the signature of the appropriate training provider official. An initial informal meeting between the Local Board staff and the training provider. The purpose of this meeting is to identify if there is a simple solution to resolve the dispute. The opportunity for training providers to have a hearing. The hearing officer shall be an impartial person. The hearing officer shall provide written notice to the concerned parties of the date, time, and place of the hearing at least ten calendar days in advance of the scheduled hearing. Both parties shall have the opportunity to present oral and written testimony under oath, to call and question witnesses, request documents relevant to the proceedings, and have legal representation. • The hearing officer's final decisions must be made within 60 days of receipt of the appeal, and the training provider and the Local Board notified in writing of the final decision. A copy of the final decision must be emailed to the State ETPL Coordinator (wsbetpl@edd.ca.gov), and the Local ETPL Coordinator must upload the final decision to the Provider Profile section of CaIJOBS. Appeals to EDD Distance Education and Apprenticeship programs can appeal directly to the EDD. All other training provider may appeal to the EDD only if the local appeal process has been exhausted, and the provider is dissatisfied with the Local Board's final decision. A training provider wishing to appeal a Local Board's decision must submit a written appeal to the EDD within 30 days from the date of the Local Board's final decision. The request for appeal must include a statement of the desire to appeal, specification of the training program in question, the reason(s) for the appeal (i.e., grounds), Local Board's final decision document, and the signature of the appropriate training provider official. The appeal should be sent to: wsbetpl@edd.ca.gov. • The EDD will promptly notify the appropriate Local Board when the EDD receives a request for appeal and when a final decision has been rendered. • The EDD will review appeals received, make a decision, and notify the training provider and the Local Board. • The EDD will upload the state's final decision to the Provider Profile in CaIJOBS. WSD21-03 Page 19 of 21 ETPL POLICY AND PROCEDURES M. Maintenance of the CA ETPL ATTACHMENT 1 The EDD is responsible for the maintenance and publishing of the CA ETPL. Local Boards, in turn, are responsible for ensuring all of their AJCC locations have access to the most recent version of the CA and local ETPLs. Local Boards may include additional performance, occupational, and/or industry data to augment the CA ETPL listings on their local ETPL. Local Boards, job seekers, and training providers have access to the CA ETPL on CaIJOBS by clicking the Access California's ETPL and Apprenticeship Providers link from the homepage, or by clicking More Career Services, and then Education Services section. N. ETP Report The WIOA requires the state to submit an ETP Report with the federal WIOA Annual Performance Report on October 11t utilizing a template developed jointly by the DOL and U.S. Department of Education. This report includes all WIOA and non-WIOA participants served by each training program listed on the CA ETPL3. The DOL has made the ETP Report data available to the public via trainingproviderresults.gov. The ETP Report gathers critical information, including the employment, earnings, and credentials obtained by participants in the training program. This information will be widely disseminated to assist participants and members of the general public in identifying effective training providers and programs. This information will also benefit the training provider by providing awareness of their program, and serving as a tool to potentially enhance their programs. All training providers are required to electronically submit the program participant data outlined in the CA ETP Assurances Form (Attachment 4). The state recognizes the reporting burden this causes, and understands the data limitations, so the state will work with training providers based on the available data provided. Data reporting for the annual ETP Report will be a phased approach with the state working collaboratively with Local Boards, and training providers to obtain the required information. Training providers that demonstrate a good faith effort in providing data will not be subject to removal from the ETPL; however, failure to provide any data may result in removal from the CA ETPL. Performance data from the ETP Report will be used for continued eligibility review of all training programs, excluding DOL registered or DIR DAS approved apprenticeships. O. Technical Assistance and Resources Technical assistance will be provided by BPPE, DIR DAS, Local ETPL Coordinators, and EDD on respective application processes, compliance requirements, and reporting documents. Each Local Board must identify a Local ETPL Coordinator(s) using the Local ETPL Coordinator Contact 3 Apprenticeship programs are excluded from this requirement. WSD21-03 Page 20 of 21 ETPL POLICY AND PROCEDURES ATTACHMENT 1 Form (Attachment 6). The Local Board must provide an updated form if the Local ETPL Coordinator changes, or if the existing coordinator's information changes. Training Providers Training providers may contact the Local ETPL Coordinator in their area with questions regarding the application process and eligibility (initial and continued). For basic ETPL information and a list of Local ETPL Coordinators, refer to the EDD's Eligible Training Provider List located on the EDD website. Private postsecondary training providers can obtain assistance from the BPPE through technical assistance workshops (BPPE Application Workshop and BPPE Compliance Workshop), which assists training providers in completing the BPPE Annual Reports, and online reporting tools. Apprenticeship providers that are registered with either the US DOL or CA DIR DAS and wish to be added to the ETPL should contact the State ETPL Coordinator by email: wsbetpl@edd.ca.gov. Local ETPL Coordinators Local ETPL Coordinators can communicate with the State ETPL Coordinator by email: wsbetpl@edd.ca.gov. The EDD will coordinate webinars and trainings as necessary. Announcements related to the CA ETPL will be made via email to the Local ETPL Coordinators. The CaIJOBS ETPL Module Guide Card (located on the Staff Online Resources page in CaIJOBS) provides detailed instructions to assist Local Boards with entering programs into the CaIJOBS ETPL module. The CaIJOBS system includes data entry screens and reports, and is the mandatory method to be used by training providers and Local Boards for transmitting this data to the state. For a full list of CaIJOBS Activity Codes used to track a participant's training activities, please see CaIJOBS Activity Codes (WSD19-06). WSD21-03 Page 21 of 21 ETPL POLICY AND PROCEDURES ATTACHMENT 2 ETPL DEFINITIONS Apprenticeship Program —All apprenticeship programs that are registered with the U.S. Department of Labor (DOL), Office of Apprenticeship, or approved by California (CA) Department of Industrial Relations (DIR) Division of Apprenticeship Standards (DAS), are automatically eligible to be included on the CA Eligible Training Provider List (ETPL). Apprenticeship programs are a written plan designed to move an apprentice from a low or no skill entry-level position to full occupational proficiency. The apprenticeship program is sponsored by an employer, and upon completing the training program, an apprentice earns a "Completion of Registered Apprenticeship" certificate, which is an industry -issued, nationally - recognized credential. Customized Training —Training that meets the following criteria: 1. Designed to meet the specific requirements of an employer (including a group of employers). 2. Conducted with a commitment by the employer to employ an individual upon successful completion of the training. 3. The employer pays a significant portion of the cost of training, as determined by the Local Workforce Development Board (Local Board) involved, taking into account the size of the employer and such other factors as the Local Board determines to be appropriate, which may include the number of employees participating in training, wage and benefit levels of those employees at present and anticipated upon completion of the training), relation of the training to the competitiveness of a participant, and other employer -provided training and advancement opportunities. Distance Education — Education that uses only one or more of the technologies listed below to deliver instruction to students who are separated from the instructor, and to support regular and substantive interaction between the students and the instructor, whether offered concurrently or not. The technologies include the following: 1. The internet. 2. One-way and two-way transmissions through open broadcast, closed circuit, cable, microwave, broadband lines, fiber optics, satellite, or wireless communications devices. 3. Audio conferencing. Eligible Training Provider (ETP) — In order for a training provider to list a program on the ETPL, the training provider must do the following: 1. Receive funding for training services. 2. Meet the standards and requirements to be a training provider on the ETPL. 3. Provide a program of training services. 4. Be one of the following types of entities: a. Institution of Higher Education that leads to a recognized post -secondary credential. WSD21-03 Page 1 of 5 ETPL POLICY AND PROCEDURES ATTACHMENT 2 b. Entities that carry out a training program registered under the National Apprenticeship Act. c. Other public or private training providers, which may include the following: i. Nonprofit Community Based Organization under Section 501(c)(3) of the Federal Internal Revenue Code. ii. Joint labor-management organizations. iii. Eligible training providers of Adult education and literacy activities under Workforce Innovation and Opportunity Act (WIOA) Title II. ETPL Training Program Types — In order for a training provider to receive WIOA funds through an Individual Training Account (ITA), its training program(s) must be listed on the ETPL. These programs must provide training services, including, but not limited to the following (unless otherwise noted): 1. Occupational skills training, including training for non-traditional employment. 2. Programs that combine workplace training with related instruction, which may include cooperative education programs. 3. Training programs operated by the private sector. 4. Skill upgrading and retraining. 5. Entrepreneurial training. 6. Adult Education or Literacy Activities in combination with training services listed above. 7. Apprenticeship and Pre -apprenticeship Skills Training (20 CFR 680.330). In -demand Industry Sector or Occupation — The determination of whether an industry sector or occupation is in -demand shall be made by the California Workforce Development Board (CWDB) or Local Board, as appropriate, using state and regional business and labor market projections. An industry sector is considered in demand if it has a substantial current, or potential impact (including through jobs that lead to economic self-sufficiency and opportunities for advancement) on the state, regional, or local economy, and that contributes to the growth or stability of other supporting businesses, or the growth of other industry sectors. An occupation that currently has, or is projected to have, a number of positions in an industry sector so as to have a significant impact on the state, regional, or local economy, as appropriate. Occupational Skills Training — An organized program of study that provides specific vocational skills that lead to proficiency in performing actual tasks and technical functions required by certain occupational fields at entry, intermediate, or advanced levels. Postsecondary Credential —An industry -recognized certificate or certification, a certificate of completion of an apprenticeship, a license recognized by the state or federal government, or an Associate or Bachelor's degree. A recognized postsecondary credential is based on the attainment of measurable technical or industry/occupational skills necessary to obtain employment or advance within an industry/occupation. These technical or industry/occupational skills are generally based on standards developed or endorsed by WSD21-03 Page 2 of 5 ETPL POLICY AND PROCEDURES ATTACHMENT 2 employers or industry associations. The following are types of recognized postsecondary credentials: • Associate degree. • Bachelor's degree. • Occupational licensure (e.g. Certified Nursing Assistant license). • Occupational certificate, including Registered Apprenticeship and Career and Technical Education educational certificates. • Occupational certification (e.g. Automotive Service Excellence certification). • Other recognized certificates of industry/occupational skills completion sufficient to qualify for entry-level or advancement in employment. Certificates awarded by Local Boards and work readiness certificates are not considered postsecondary credentials because neither type of certificate is recognized industry -wide, nor documents the measurable technical or industry/occupational skills necessary to gain employment or advancement within an occupation. Certificates/credentials that provide general skills, even if such general skills are broadly required to qualify for entry-level employment or advancement in employment, are not considered postsecondary certificates/credentials. The following are examples of credentials/certificates that are not recognized postsecondary credentials: • Occupational Safety and Health Administration 10-hour course on job -related common safety and health hazards (OSHA 10). • National Career Readiness Certification. • National Retail Federation Credentials. • ServSafe Food Handler's Certification. • Cardio Pulmonary Resuscitation (CPR) Certification. • Certificates for General Computer Skills (Microsoft Word, Excel, Outlook, etc.). For an additional resource, the DOL designed an interactive Postsecondary Credential Attainment Decision Tree to assist in making a determination about whether a credential is considered an industry -recognized credential. This tool is best used in conjunction with the information outlined in this directive. Pre -apprenticeship Program —A program designed to prepare individuals to enter and succeed in an apprenticeship program, and includes the following elements: 1. Training and curriculum that aligns with the skill needs of employers in the economy of the state or region involved. 2. Access to educational and career counseling and other supportive services, directly or indirectly. WSD21-03 Page 3 of 5 ETPL POLICY AND PROCEDURES ATTACH M ENT 2 3. Hands-on, meaningful learning activities that are connected to education and training activities, such as exploring career options, and understanding how the skills acquired through coursework can be applied toward a future career. 4. A partnership with one or more apprenticeship programs that assists in placing individuals who complete the pre -apprenticeship program in an apprenticeship program. 5. Opportunities to attain at least one industry -recognized credential through an apprenticeship program. Secondary School Diploma or Recognized Equivalent — CA -recognized diplomas issued by a CA public school, as well as by private schools accredited by the Western Association of Schools and Colleges (WASC) or equivalent regional accreditation body. The requirements of a secondary school diploma are outlined by the California Department of Education (CDE) and listed on CDE's High School Graduation Requirements webpage. A secondary school equivalency certification indicates that a student has completed the requirements for a high school education. CA has approved the use of three high school equivalency tests (HSET): GED®, HiSET®, and TASCT° . These tests are for students 18 years old and older, and 17 years old (in some instances). Those who pass the CA High School Proficiency Examination are awarded a Certificate of Proficiency by the CA State Board of Education. While some HSET preparation programs may issue "diplomas or certificates" of completion these documents are not genuine high school equivalency credentials. There are various free HSET preparation programs available for free through the CA Adult Education Provider Directory. Third -Party Subcontracting — a program where course instruction and curriculum is not developed by the provider, and instead is created and delivered by a third party. Per Attachment 1 of the directive, the provider accepting tuition and related instruction fees (e.g. ITA) must be the provider listed on the ETPL. Third -party subcontractors cannot accept WIOA funding without meeting ETPL eligibility requirements, and being placed on the ETPL. Per the California Education Code Section 94886, private postsecondary institutions that receive "institutional charges" such as tuition are required to be approved or deemed exempt by the BPPE.' ' EDC 94886 - Except as exempted in Article 4 (commencing with Section 94874) or in compliance with the transition provisions in Article 2 (commencing with Section 94802), a person shall not open, conduct, or do business as a private postsecondary educational institution in this state without obtaining an approval to operate under this chapter. EDC 94858 - "Private postsecondary educational institution" means a private entity with a physical presence in this state that offers postsecondary education to the public for an institutional charge. WSD21-03 Page 4 of 5 ETPL POLICY AND PROCEDURES ATTACHMENT 2 Training Program —A program of training services is one or more courses or classes, or a structured regimen that provides the WIOA training services, and leads to any of the following: 1. An industry -recognized certificate or certification, a certificate of completion of a registered apprenticeship, a license recognized by the State or the Federal government, an associate or baccalaureate degree. 2. A secondary school diploma or its equivalent. 3. Employment (see definition for Training Program that leads to Employment). 4. Measurable skill gains. Due the federal reporting requirements of the ETP Report, if a program is offered with more than one mode of delivery (e.g. online and in -person), more than one program length (e.g. contact hours and/or weeks), and/or more than one curriculum, the program needs to be entered once for each different variation. For example, if program A is offered online, and in - person, the program needs to be entered twice: (1) for the online program, and (2) for the in - person program. Training Program that leads to Employment— An eligible ETPL program must prepare graduates for a specific occupation related to the training that was provided. This means that programs must award measurable technical skills, rather than general skills that are broadly required for employment. These measurable technical or industry/occupational skills generally are based on standards developed or endorsed by employers or industry associations. The training program must be valuable to employers, as evidenced by partnerships with business within priority industry sectors as identified in the State or Local Plan. Support of the training program from at least three separate employers are required to be eligible, and documentation of this support should be uploaded into the provider profile. In addition, graduates of the program must be employed in an occupation related to the training program. Training -related employment can be recorded for WIOA graduates in the follow-up ribbon of the WIOA application. Unsubsidized Employment— Employment in the private or public sector where the employer does not receive a subsidy from public funds to offset all or part of the wages and costs of employing the individual. WSD21-03 Page 5 of 5 ETPL POLICY AND PROCEDURES ATTACHMENT 3 ETPL LOCAL BOARD DELEGATION AND CANCELATION FORM A Local Workforce Development Board (Local Board) may delegate or cancel responsibility of the California (CA) and local Eligible Training Provider List (ETPL) to an appointed Local Board by completing this form. This form must be completed at the time of a change (delegation or cancelation), and annually in July to ensure the State ETPL Coordinator is able to coordinate with the appropriate Local Board. Please sign (physical or electronic) and submit the completed form to the Employment Development Department via email to WSBETPL@edd.ca.gov. Select either the Delegation or Cancelation box: DELEGATION — Delegating Local Board is assigning responsibility for the CA and local ETPL to the Appointed Local Board, and the Appointed Local Board agrees to coordinate the CA and local ETPL on behalf of the Delegating Local Board. Signatures are required of the Delegating and Appointed Local Board's Executive Director. CANCELATION — Delegating Local Board is revoking responsibility for the CA and local ETPL to the Appointed Local Board. The Delegating Local Board will resume responsibility for the CA and local ETPL unless a new Local Board is assigned this responsibility. Signatures are required of the Delegating and Appointed Local Board's Executive Director. Delegating Local Board: Name: Delegating Local Board Executive Director Signature: Appointed Local Board: Appointed Local Board Executive Director Name: Signature: Date: Date: I WSD21-03 Page 1 of 1 ETPL POLICY AND PROCEDURES ATTACHMENT4 CA ETP ASSURANCES FORM A completed and signed California (CA) Eligible Training Provider (ETP) Assurances Form must be uploaded to the documents section of the Provider Profile in CaIJOBS. This form must be uploaded annually, prior to the provider being reviewed for eligibility. Part A. certify that [Insert Name of School/Organization): (a) Is a legal entity, registered to do business in the state of California (CA). (b) Has not been determined to be ineligible to receive federal funds. (c) Is in compliance with Workforce Innovation and Opportunity Act Section 188 and Title 29 Code of Federal Regulations Part 38. (d) Has demonstrated effectiveness in operating occupational classroom or distance training program(s). (e) Agrees that training provider facilities, classroom instruction, relevant financial records, and attendance records may be reviewed by state, federal and/or local monitors or auditors to ensure compliance with funding requirements. Part B. I certify that I: (a) Have reviewed the annual student data reporting requirements for the Eligible Training Provider Performance Report (ETP Report) established for training providers. Please refer to the ETP Report Required Data listed below. (b) Will begin collecting required student data elements that are not currently being collected. (c) Will report and submit the ETP Report data for all students trained in each of my school/organization's training programs listed as approved on the Eligible Training Provider List (ETPL) to the Employment Development Department by the due date. understand that my school/organization's application for program approval on the CA ETPL will not be processed without receiving this Eligible Training Provider Assurances Form. Name of Training Provider (School/Organization) _ Mailing Address City, State, Zip Code Phone Number (###) ###-#### Print Name of School/Organization Representative_ Title of School/Organization Representative Signature of School/Organization Representative Date WSD21-03 Page 1 of 2 ETPL POLICY AND PROCEDURES ETP REPORT REQUIRED DATA Required Data Fields ETPL Provider Name ------------- --------------------- ETPL Program Name _ Total Number of Individuals Served Total Number of Individuals Exited Total Number who Completed the Program Total Number Employed 2"d Quarter after Exit Median Earnings in the 2"d Quarter after Exit Total Number Employed 4th Quarter after Exit Total Number of Individuals that Attained a Credential Average Earnings in the 2"d Quarter after Exit Average Earnings in the 4th Quarter after Exit ATTACHMENT 4 WSD21-03 Page 2 of 2 no Does the Training Provider only ining Provider wants programs) offer programs remotely (e.g., online; to be listed on the CA ETPL. audio conference; one-way or two-way transmissions; etc.)? A Local ETPL Coordinator not responsible for Distance Distance Education Education. Refer provider to Training Provider State ETPL Coordinator at wsbetpl@edd.ca.gov. Does the Training Provider have at least one physical training site in CA? r Training Provider is not eligible to be listed on the CA ETPL. An ITA can be used if here is an approved reciproca k agreement with the state. A Out-of-state Training Provider In -state Training Provider (Proceed to Step 2) In -state Is the Training Provider an Please proceed to Adult Training Provider Adult Education Secondary Education Secondary School School? process. Please proceed to Pre - Is the Training Provider apprenticeship and offering a Pre -apprenticeship Apprenticeship Program rApprenticeship Program process. Is the Training Provider a Please proceed to Private private postsecondary Postsecondary Institution institution? process. Is the Training Provider a Please proceed to Public public postsecondary Postsecondary Institution institution? process. ETPL POLICIES AND PROCEDURES CA ETPL Training Provider and Program Determination Flowchart STEP 3: CA ETPL TRAINING PROVIDER ELIGIBLITY DETERMINATION YES YES ATTACHMENT 5 Y a�F N a wF a m� .jaw a . •��w 0 o Q o o Q O_ y u OL u a v u CCO .n ) m a)L - c C m N p N OJ p tY N p o o o Cl c cJ L CL o Ln Qp 0 a)C C N O .O y C U z O L r• m v m O r no Eo N D O a 00 CL O? C N Y N C CL •c O L 2 C 0 0 N o p 0 v twoc E .� n a s m d d 'C N Q Ul i E G aj ~ Y a O O L U U h / W 9 -0 CL �_C In C �, 6 C •Y �n O alE O_ m u p Y @ � O ~ Y L c r. to t a O_ N p N �"� t N C Q tLo n. p p (V u c Q O y to C C 0� a F in a v a L O4 a)c _m U LCU y 0 O p a y L C O :) O N O Env J t o CL Q w a a Q J Private Postsecondary 71sthe Training Provider Private Postsecondary Institution CS WASC or WSCUC Institution (proceed to Initial kL accredited? Program Eligibility). PV Does the Training Private Postsecondary Provider have a current BPPE Institution (proceed to Initial � Approval to Operate? Program Eligibility). Is the Training Provider Training provider is deemed exempt per CEC Private Postsecondary not eligible to be listed • Section 94874 (does not Institution (proceed to Initial ,on the CA ETPL. include a, d, f, or h)? Program Eligibility). a a N � N � J N J a (UF M W a w ] F W O O Q O O Q Q U o N U b0 — C (V U OD r 0) Y to+L C C .— .— m C O m C O o F o C C E m L u U y v a u N do o > 0 a O U U L O C C — C a _ v Y U L ~ W F vai t v d u L O c 0 C L M1. L O 0 .Y to N L ao M1 Y o0 > v C a L U Y — a O W U c N `u U _ L U a y C C C +�+ .0 F, tUJ m U OU S C p) m a) N aj pOA C Y UJ Y p C F- n a a L N v a) Q L 0 O t W U U d Y U O N � — Y T � � L U C > W O OL O Q 3 v Y Q v U O b0 +' C . �- o Initial Program Taining provider is Eligibility Training Provider meets all=notreligible to be lists criteria in Step 1, 2, and 3? on the CA ETPL. Training provider is Training Program is in an in- • not eligible to id lists demand industry sector? on the CA ETPL. le ' Training Program ads to employment in a Training provider is specific occupation or an industry • not eligible to be listed `ognized postsecondary on the CA ETPL. credential? Training Program Proceed to Initial Program Mn aining provider is Eligibility for the information in CaIJOBeligible to be listed matches information appropriate provider type. on the CA ETPL.-A L in school catalog? V) W H W K W U 0 w a z Z Ln W u J 0 a J a W ETPL POLICIES AND PROCEDURES CA ETPL Training Provider and Program Determination Flowchart STEP 5: CA ETPL TRAINING PROVIDER ELIGIBLITY DETERMINATION YES ATTACHMENT 5 ETPL POLICIES AND PROCEDURES CA ETPL Training Provider and Program Determination Flowchart STEP 5: CA ETPL TRAINING PROVIDER ELIGIBLITY DETERMINATION YES ATTACHMENT ETPL POLICY AND PROCEDURES ATTACHMENT 6 LOCAL ETPL COORDINATOR CONTACT FORM Each Local Workforce Development Board (Local Board) Executive Director must designate a Local Eligible Training Provider List (ETPL) Coordinator(s). The Local ETPL Coordinator(s) will review and nominate training providers and programs for inclusion on the ETPL, via CaIJOBSsM on behalf of the Local Board. Submit completed and signed (physical or electronic) form to the Employment Development Department by email: WSBETPL@edd.ca.gov. Date: Local Board: MIS Administrator Name: Executive Director Name: Executive Director Email Address: ETPL Coordinator PRIMARY ALTERNATE (Optional) First Name Last Name Phone Email Address Signature of Approving Local Board Executive Director Date WSD21-03 Page 1 of 1 ATTACHMENT 7 SUMMARY OF COMMENTS Draft Directive ETPL Policy and Procedures (WSDD-215) There were 131 comments to the draft version of this Directive. Contents Accreditation................................................................................................ .................... 2 .................... 2 .................... 2 .................... 3 .................... 5 .................... 5 .................... 7 .................... 7 .................... 7 CostInformation......................................................................................................................10 Credentials...............................................................................................................................11 DistanceEducation..................................................................................................................12 EEO...........................................................................................................................................13 ETPReport ................................................................................................................................14 ETPAssurances Form...............................................................................................................17 GeneralETPL Requirements....................................................................................................17 In-Demand...............................................................................................................................19 LocalBoard Policy..........................................................................................................19 Localvs CA ETPL.............................................................................. Other............................................................................................... Out -of -State Providers.................................................................... Pre-apprenticeships........................................................................ ThirdParty....................................................................................... Worker's Comp/Supplemental Job Displacement Benefit (SJDB).. Page 1 of 25 ................................ _ _ ................................ 24 ................................ 24 Accreditation Comment #1— How do we determine if a provider and their programs are accredited? Resolution —Accreditation can be verified by visiting the Western Association of Schools and Colleges, Senior College and University Commission (WSCUC) or WASC Accrediting Commission for Community and Junior Colleges (WASC ACC1C) website and searching for the provider in the directory of institutions. Direct links are provided in the policy. Comment #2 — Do private postsecondary schools need to be Bureau of Private Postsecondary Education (BPPE) approved and accredited by WASC? Resolution — No, private providers must be either accredited by WASC, have BPPE Approval to Operate, or meet the exemption criteria identified in California Education Code (CEC) Section 94874. See Attachment 1 under 3. Private Postsecondary Institutions for more information. Comment #3 — Why is the accreditation only limited to Accrediting Commission for Schools (ACS), WASC, the WSCUC? Why is accreditation limited to regional and not inclusive of any Department of Education (DOE) accrediting agency in lieu of BPPE? There are specific examples listed in bold italics that do include these exceptions, what's the difference? Resolution —The BPPE oversees private postsecondary institutions operating in California with the exception of those outlined in CEC Section 94874. Per CEC 94874(i) institutions accredited by the ACS WASC, or WSCUC are exempt from the BPPE. Additional language expanding acceptable accrediting agencies for Distance Education providers has been added on page 9 of this directive. Adult Education Comment #4 — Regarding defining providers of adult education as only those who provide training under Title II of Workforce Innovation and Opportunity Act (WIOA) (English as a Second Language [ESL] and citizenship classes). This could exclude Regional Occupational Programs (ROPs), community based schools, and any district that contract these services out to local Community Based Organizations (CBOs). Resolution —Training Employment and Guidance Letter (TEGL) 8-19, attachment 1, page 3 includes "Eligible providers of adult education and literacy activities under WIOATitle II if such activities are provided in combination with training services described in 20 Code of Federal Regulations (CFR) § 680.350" as an eligible training provider. Appeals Comment #5 — Does the appeals process still work in the context of Local Workforce Development Boards (Local Boards) "nominating" providers for the ETPL instead of placing them on directly? Where should the appeals process start? Resolution —The appeals process starts with the Local Board that issued the denial. If a provider is denied inclusion on the ETPL, and wishes to appeal, the provider must submit its appeal to the Local Board. Page 2 of 25 Comment #6 — Who would be the party responsible for (1) suspending the provider that is under federal, state, or local investigation; (2) notifying the provider of the suspension? If the provider protests, stating they were not afforded due process conduct, who will be responsible for handling any possible legal process as a result of this suspension. Resolution — Removing the provider would be the responsibility of both the Local Board and the state. If either found that a training provider is currently under investigation, then the provider would be immediately suspended by either the state or the Local Board, and the Local Board would inform the provider of the suspension. The provider would then undergo the appeals process if it so chooses, starting with the Local Board. Comment #7— What if the training provider disagrees with the Local Board's initial eligibility assessment? Resolution —The Local Board must provide the training provider with information regarding the appeals process. Comment #8—Are initial/informal meetings required as part of the appeals process if both parties waive it based on written confirmation? Resolution —All Local Boards must include an option for an informal meeting in their appeals policy. However, both parties can agree to waive this requirement, and documentation should be uploaded into the Provider Profile. This also needs to be included in the local policy. Comment #9—Are formal hearings required if both parties waive it? Can impartial hearing officers be employed at the Local Board or does it need to be from an outside agency? Can the hearing officer be a compliance analyst not working directly with ETPL? Resolution — Local Boards must include the option of a formal hearing in their appeals policy. However, both parties can agree to waive this requirement, and documentation should be uploaded into the Provider Profile. Guidance on the appeals process, including impartial hearing officers, needs to be included in the local policy. Comment #10—Can a Local Board rule to approve a provider on appeal, if the EDD originally rejected it? Resolution —Yes, but the provider/program has to go through final EDD approval before being reinstated to the ETPL. Apprenticeships Comment #11— It appears that a number of requirements are inapplicable to apprenticeship programs, including the WIOA Section 188 requirement. Is this correct? Resolution — Both Department of Labor (DOL) and Department of Industrial Relations (DIR), Division of Apprenticeship Standards (DAS) ensure that apprenticeships meet Equal Employment Opportunity (EEO) standards per 29 CFR 30.3, therefore the Local Board cannot impose additional EEO requirements onto the apprenticeship program. Page 3 of 25 Comment #12 — Please provide further guidance on including all California (CA) apprenticeships on the local Eligible Training Provider List (ETPL). There are some apprenticeship programs that are not available locally (example: apprenticeship programs in Imperial County do not have a presence in Southern California), and does not seem to make sense to list locally as we are unable to provide the Individual Training Account (ITA) for training due to the distance restrictions. Resolution — Per TEGL 13-16, Change 1, "All Registered Apprenticeship Program (RAPs) on a statewide ETP list must also be located on all local ETP lists in the state." In addition, TEGL 8-19 states that "Local Boards may add additional requirements for providers, except for RAPs, which result in providers that are on the state ETP list that may not be eligible for inclusion on the local ETP list." Comment #13 — Can Local Boards require local program requirements to apprenticeship programs related to payments (W-9s, Invoice Agreements) and other WIOA assurances (WIOA section 188), list of employers partners, or is that assumed by the state? Resolution —Apprenticeship programs cannot have additional eligibility requirements added to them, per TEGL 8-19. If an apprenticeship program is approved by DOL or DIR DAS and want to be added to the ETPL, they must be added to the state and local ETPL. They cannot be removed from the ETPL until they request to be removed or they lose apprenticeship approval/designation from DOL or DIR DAS. Comment #14—Are registered apprenticeship programs required to provide a paid employment component and if they are not providing employment, how is that monitored? If they do not provide employment, isn't that just a regular training program? Resolution —Yes, per the Factsheet located on the DOL Apprenticeship website, apprenticeships are required to provide a paid employment component. The approval of apprenticeship programs is managed by the DOL and/or DIR DAS. Comment #15 —Are we allowed to require apprenticeship to meet our contracting/insurance requirements to be on the local list? Resolution — No. Per TEGL 8-19, no additional eligibility requirements can be added to apprenticeship programs. Comment #16—There are approved apprenticeship programs in occupations that are not in our local priority sector or in -demand occupations. Our local policy is to not put such programs on our local ETPL. It would be inconsistent to allow such a program to be listed as an apprenticeship when we do not list it as a private postsecondary training program. Resolution — Per TEGL 13-16, Change 1, "Given that RAPS are a link to demonstrated hiring needs and WIOA provides automatic training provider eligibility to RAPS, ETA has determined that RAPs qualify as occupations in -demand in the local labor market." In addition, TEGL 8-19, Attachment 1, page 3 states: "RAPs are automatically eligible to be included on the ETP list and are exempt from state and local ETP eligibility requirements." Page 4 of 25 Comment #17 — If WIOA funds cannot be used for building construction, doesn't that restrict Local Boards from funding apprenticeship/pre-apprenticeship programs? Resolution — DOL Final Rules 683.235 clarifies that WIOA funds can't be used for construction, etc. for the purposes of administering WIOA without prior approval from the Secretary of State. However, in the context of apprenticeships and pre -apprenticeships, WIOA funds can be used to pay for participants to be enrolled in construction programs. Consumer Choice Comment #18 — Does this mean the Local Board must refer the client for training and an ITA regardless of the appropriateness of the training? Can an individual demand enrollment and training services while demonstrating poor fitness by missing appointments, failing to meet their obligations in the Individual Employment Plan (IEP), and participate in training that does not necessarily fit their employment goals as long as they possess the minimum age, basic skills, and/or prerequisites to do so? If so, we do not believe this is required by WIOA or beneficial to the participant or the system. Resolution —The America's Job Center of Californias' staff must determine training services are appropriate for an individual after conducting an interview, an evaluation or assessment, and career planning. If training is determined to be appropriate after meeting with a career planner, the Local Board must send that participant to the training they select as long as training funds have not been exhausted. Individuals maintain the right to enroll in whatever program they choose, however it is the Local Board's responsibility to help individuals with choosing the best program that fits their needs based on the IEP. Please see the definition of Training Services in WSD19-06 for further guidance on how an individual qualifies for training services. Comment #19 —The CA ETPL does not permit the Local Board to approve a training program that is eligible to be paid with WIOA funding, even though the Local Board is the subject matter expert on what will lead to a self -sustainable career in the local/regional economy. The CA ETPL limits the choice of consumer and the Local Board to use Labor Market Information to determine which courses should be deemed eligible. Resolution — Local Board staff are still able to select providers to nominate that reflect the needs of their Local Workforc a Development Area (Local Area). Attachment 1, page 6 states "Once all necessary information is entered, the Local ETPL Coordinator must review and nominate the training provider and/or program for inclusion on the CA ETPL." Delegation Comment #20— Does each Local Board need to screen all ETPL schools in the Regional Planning Unit (RPU) for inclusion on its local ETPL? Currently we only go through the local process if a customer requests the school. Resolution —Yes, as well as all CA ETPL approved distance education providers and registered apprenticeships. Page 5 of 25 Comment #21— How does a Local ETPL Coordinator get notified that a distance education program or a program in the RPU has been approved? Resolution — ETPL Coordinators receive notifications via the CaIJOBS11 Message Center for their ETPL Coordinator account alerting them to newly added and approved programs. Comment #22 — Please explain how this will be handled for the providers and programs that are already listed. Currently, the ETPL Coordinator in which the main campus is located must manage all of the sites, even those out of their area. Resolution — Local Board initial and continued eligibility procedures will need to be adjusted. For Continued Eligibility, the provider profile will be reviewed by the EDD. The programs will continue to be reviewed by the Local Boards where the programs are located. Comment #23 — Local Boards with the main office or main campus located in their region, should not be responsible for listing other affiliated programs located outside their region. Each region needs to have the option to list linked campuses/schools separately in each region. With EEO monitoring requirements and no designated funding provided to hire ETPL Coordinators, being responsible for multiple campuses throughout the State, is an unrealistic expectation, especially for smaller Local Boards with limited resources. Resolution — For Initial Eligibility, the provider profile is nominated by the Local Board where the provider is headquartered. Programs will be nominated by the Local Board where the program is located. For Continued Eligibility, the provider profile will be reviewed by the EDD. The programs will continue to be reviewed by the Local Boards where the programs are located. Comment #24— Once programs are listed on the CA ETPL, can this be clarified why training providers need to contact Local Boards? If the provider is not currently on the CA ETPL, shouldn't the Local Board where the provider (not the program) is located be responsible for nominating the provider? Resolution — Providers can reach out to the Local ETPL Coordinator for technical assistance with entering information in CaIJOBS. The provider is nominated by the Local Board where the provider is headquartered. Programs will be nominated by the Local Board where the program is located. Comment #25 — If there are no changes to the ETPL Local Board Delegation and Cancellation Form (Attachment 3) and the Local ETPL Coordinator Contact Form (Attachment 7) that are already on file, do we need to resubmit them under this new Draft Directive? Resolution — Local Boards will need to submit the ETPL Local Board Delegation and Cancellation Form (Attachment 3) annually in July. The Local ETPL Coordinator Contact Form (Attachment 7) only needs to be resubmitted when there are updates. Comment #26—Is it possible to not only delegate ETPL duties to another Local Board, but instead to delegate individual providers to another Local Board? Page 6 of 25 Resolution —The delegation form is used to delegate ETPL responsibilities (including providers/programs) to another Local Board. Individual providers cannot be delegated to another Local Board. If a provider moves its headquarters from one Local Area to another, the responsibility for that provider changes, and both Local Board ETPL Coordinators should be made aware of the change. Eligibility General Eligibility Comment #27 — Can Local Boards place the burden of proof on providers to prove that their programs meet the requirements for eligibility? Resolution — Local Board staff are required to review programs to ensure they meet eligibility requirements, including credentials. Once all necessary information is entered, the Local ETPL Coordinator must review and nominate the training provider and/or program for inclusion on the CA ETPL ensuring all information provided is complete, accurate, and current, and is in alignment with this Directive. Comment #28 — What documentation is required to demonstrate a provider's partnership with local businesses? Resolution —This will vary depending on the Local Board and their local policy. The state will allow Local Boards to decide what is considered "in partnership with business. Comment #29 — Will the negotiated goals be the same as WIOA title I programs or will there be different ones for training provider programs? Resolution — Programs must meet the performance requirements described in the continued eligibility section of the Directive, as well as the state -level Title I Adult performance goal. Comment #30 — Why are training providers that do not award degrees and solely provide educational programs for total charges of $2,500 not allowed? If a provider has a BPPE exemption, it is unclear if a WIOA-funded ITA is considered Federal student financial aid and therefore ineligible. Resolution —This exemption prohibits any federal funding be used to pay for this program, thus excluding WIOA funding from being used. Section 74110 of the CEC defines public funding as "any financial aid paid on behalf of students or directly to an institution from any public source," which includes WIOA. Initial Eligibility Comment #31— Performance requirements for initial eligibility limit customer choice and local autonomy by removing the ability for new training providers to be added to the ETPL without performance data. The Draft Directive does not specify the source of the performance metrics. If in the past, it will come from a provider's BPPE Annual Report, this will further inhibit a Local Board's autonomy as BPPE is currently two years behind in publishing performance data and, in fact, does not even allow a provider to upload data until September for publication in Page 7 of 25 December. This would effectively mean new providers would be required to have two years of performance metrics. Resolution —TEGL 8-19, Attachment 1 indicates that, "The performance of ETPs is a factor that states must use in determining both initial and continued eligibility of a provider to be included on the state's ETP list." The state requires placement data for initial eligibility for two main reasons: 1) it ensures that providers on the ETPL are of a certain quality in keeping with state and federal laws and regulations, and 2) participants are more likely to be successful in WIOA (i.e. employment) if the ETPL program meets the initial eligibility placement requirement. This benefits Local Board performance numbers. Performance data is entered directly into CaIJOBS, and is no longer verified using the BPPE Annual Report. Comment #32 — Given the time it takes for a provider to create and complete an ETPL application, what is the exact timeframe for Local Boards to complete their review process? Resolution — Local Boards should complete their review process of a provider within 30 calendar days of the complete provider and/or program data being submitted into CaIJOBS. The state considers the date of a program being submitted as the application date, and the Local Board has 30 days from that date to nominate the program for review to the state. Comment #33 — Is it required that all initial and continued eligibility reviews be reviewed by the state prior to a Local Board approving? If so, what is the process for this? Resolution — Local Boards will submit providers and their programs to the state for review. This is called "nominating," and the process will be very similar to the current one for adding programs to the ETPL. Within 30 days of receiving the nomination, the state will review the data in CaIJOBS and either approve or deny the provider and/or program, and inform the Local Board. Comment #34— In the past, performance was collected during the subsequent eligibility period. Are we now, gathering information on performance prior to listing a program on the ETPL? Is there an exception for performance if the provider or program is new? Resolution — Yes, performance information must be provided as part of the initial eligibility review process. The use of performance data during initial eligibility review is required by the DOL, and cannot be waived. Continued Eligibility Comment #35 — Removing programs and then requiring a program meet continued eligibility requirements limits consumer choice and would slow the ETPL's ability to foster demand - driven skills attainment. Resolution —The state has implemented this policy to limit the number of providers that are only on the ETPL for other funding sources (e.g. Workers' Compensation Vouchers) and should help limit the burden of the Local Board ETPL Coordinators in reviewing these providers if they are not helping participants in the workforce system. Comment #36 — Previously, it was up to the Local Board to determine if a provider or program can stay on the ETPL. Is it required that we remove the provider if no enrollments have Page 8 of 25 occurred in 2 years? If so, what is the process for the provider to get back on the ETPL? Can a customer request the provider? Resolution — Yes, per the Directive providers must be removed from the ETPL if they do not have at least one enrollment in the previous two program years (PYs). If they would like to get back on the ETPL, they must wait 6 months before reapplying to the ETPL and meet the continued eligibility requirements in the Directive. Comment #37 — What is the process for schools that are already listed on the ETPL? Do we review all new requirements at their annual mark or do they need to be reviewed at the effective date of this Directive? Resolution — Per the ETPL Directive, continued eligibility applies to all training providers listed on the CA ETPL at any time under the WIOA or Workforce Investment Act (WIA), and whose initial eligibility has expired. A training provider's initial and continued eligibility is valid for 365 days after the provider is approved for the ETPL. Providers and programs already on the list can be reviewed using the policies outlined in this directive the next time they are reviewed for continued eligibility. Comment #38 — Providers on the ETPL for two full complete PYs (July 1—June 30) must have at least one Title I, subtitle B enrollment during the previous two PYs. Does this refer to one enrollment in the entire provider or one enrollment in the individual program? Resolution —One enrollment for the entire provider. This requirement is not applied to the program. Comment #39 — What is the reapplication process for programs trying to remain on the ETPL? Resolution — Please see the ETPL Guide Card (Attachment 5) for steps on how programs are submitted for continued eligibility review. Comment #40 —Since continued eligibility can be reviewed at any time during the year (calendar or fiscal), which timeframe is used to measure performance? Resolution —The performance timeframe is for the previous complete PY, July 11t to June 30tn Comment #41— Will Local Boards have the discretion when they conduct continued eligibility? Resolution —After the program becomes initially eligible, they must be reviewed again before the end of the first year (i.e. a program is added to the ETPL on 10/22/2020, the Local Board must review the program again prior to 10/22/2021). Continued eligibility for providers and programs on the CA ETPL must be reviewed every year. For the local ETPL, Local Boards can do continued eligibility every two years. Local Boards can determine the time frame in which they review and complete continued eligibility as long as it is done within the required timeframes. Comment #42 — For programs that run over the one-year period, how should the Local Board conduct continued eligibility? Page 9 of 25 Resolution — Programs that are longer than one year should use whatever cohort is graduating in the year to determine if they meet continued eligibility. Comment #43 — How do Local Boards determine which programs are up for continued eligibility? Resolution — ETPL programs in CaIJOBS have a Subsequent Review Due Date (SRDD), which is the date that Local Boards must review a program by. If a program is not reviewed by the SRDD, the program will automatically be removed from the ETPL. Programs that are 60 days from their SRDD will have a REAPP icon, indicating they are in need of review. The Detailed Report > Provider > by Program Reapplication allows Local Board to see which programs on the ETPL are due for review. Comment #44— How do Local Boards keep track of programs during continued eligibility, aside from reports? What if there are issues with how the reports function? Resolution — ETPL staff accounts allow for notifications to be sent to staffs email regarding new programs, changes to existing programs, and other changes in the ETPL module. If there are any issues regarding notifications, please reach out to the CaIJOBS Operations Unit at caljobsadmin@edd.ca.gov. The state is also working to revise provider reports to be more useful to ETPL staff. If ETPL staff would like to request updates to reports (new filters, new columns, etc.), they can email the ETPL box at wsbetpl@edd.ca.gov. Comment #45 — Will we be using the most recent data available in ETP Report for our continued eligibility or waiting until a new year is submitted? Resolution —You would use the most recently available performance data to determine if a provider is eligible. Comment #46— Reviewing year-round instead of at one specific time may seem like a more efficient method, but in reality, it puts an onerous burden on ETPL coordinators. Couldn't it be possible to make the review at a set time during the year? Or Local Boards should have the option to review at a minimum, once per year, or every 2 years if programs are longer than a year? Resolution —After the program becomes initially eligible and is added to the CA ETPL, they must be reviewed annually for continued eligibility (i.e. a program is added to the ETPL on 10/22/2020, the Local Board ETPL Coordinator must review the program again prior to 10/22/2021). For the local ETPL, Local Boards can do continued eligibility every two years. Local Boards can determine the time frame in which they review and complete continued eligibility as long as it is done within the required timeframes. Cost Information Comment #47— What should the cost information for an ETPL program be matched to? Resolution —The cost in the Cost Details tab of the program wizard should match the cost a Page 10 of 25 member of the general public would pay when enrolling in the program without assistance from WIOA. This information should be available in the provider's brochure or website. Credentials Comment #48—This DOL Credential Tool does not include a category for private postsecondary providers. Resolution —Those providers would fit under the "Institutions for Higher Education" category. Comment #49 —The DOL Credential Tool does not explain the skills that either meet/do not meet the definition of a credential. It also does not explain what "in -demand" means. Resolution —The DOL Credential Tool is meant to accompany federal ETPL guidance and illustrate how the requirements are met, rather than explain what those requirements are. Comment #50— If a Local Board, as part of the local initial eligibility requirements, completes an onsite visit with an industry expert who verifies the program meets industry standards, evidenced by the review of the curriculum, equipment, testing, etc., would this be considered as meeting the industry credentials? Resolution —These requirements are in addition to the credential/employment for a specific occupation requirement, not specific criteria for the requirements. Credentials that are "industry -recognized" must meet the definition as described in WSD19-03. Comment #51—There are many programs that do not meet the narrow definition of Post - Secondary Credential outlined in the Definitions attachment that provide valuable and demonstrated effectiveness to individuals with barriers to employment (such as programs for Microsoft Office applications and other office and administrative oriented programs). We also believe these should meet the definition of training under Skills Upgrade and Retraining. Resolution — Per Training and Employment Notice (TEN) 25-19, the programs described here do not meet the definition of a post -secondary credential, since the skills that are attained fall into the general skills/work readiness category. WIOA funds can be used to provide training to general skills such as work readiness, hygiene or safety, but credentials can only be counted toward recognized postsecondary credential attainment if they prepare a person with the competencies required to perform a specific occupation. Local Boards can still send participants to Microsoft courses; however, it is considered a Short-term Prevocational Service and CaIJOBS activity code 215 should be used. Comment #52 — Several comments were received regarding the desire to exclude Skills Upgrading and Retraining, Entrepreneurial Training, and Adult Education and Literacy Activities from the list of services required to be on the ETPL. Resolution — Per TEGL 8-19, Attachment 1, these training services are required to be on the ETPL if using an ITA. Page 11 of 25 Comment #53 — Would the fact that there is a partnership be the only evidence needed to prove that the provider's credential and/or certificate is acceptable as an industry -recognized credential? What extent or depth of partnership is required to meet this bar- and what criteria should the ETPL coordinator use to determine what the extent or depth of the partnership is? Should there be written documentation? Resolution — No, credentials that are "industry -recognized" must meet the definition as described in WSD19-03. The extent or depth of partnership will be determined by each Local Board. Comment #54—The second to last bullet (page 4) only mentions credentials and or certificates, but does it also include degrees or licenses? Resolution —Yes. Attachment 2 provides a full list of the types of recognized postsecondary credentials. Comment #55 — If the program does not issue the credential, what is the distinction that the program meets a requirement to lead to a license? Would it be "if a separate/third party exam is required to obtain the license," otherwise it would need to be issued by the training provider? Resolution —The training program does not have to issue the credential, but the training program should prepare the individual to obtain the credential. For example, a Class A Truck Driving program does not issue the Class A driver's license, but it should prepare the individual to pass the state issued exam to obtain the license. Comment #56—The DOL Credential Tool indicates that a secondary school diploma or equivalent meets the requirements of a credential when attesting to Industry -wide Technical or Industry/Occupation Skills. We believe programs to attain secondary school diplomas or the equivalent meet the definition of training and credential. Resolution — Credentials that are "industry -recognized" must meet the definition as described in WSD19-03. A secondary school diploma or equivalent is a credential, but the Adult Education program can only be on the ETPL when earned in conjunction with Occupational Skills Training. Distance Education Comment #57 — Emergent needs from COVID (online versions, remote training, etc.) is not represented at this time on ETPL. There is urgent need for access to quick training options in addition to training designed to assist in short-term skill building in order to access surge recruitment and lifeboat jobs. How will we handle this need? Resolution — Online learning and/or remote training (distance education) is eligible to be on the ETPL. These providers are reviewed for initial and continued eligibility by the State ETPL Coordinator. Under the new Directive, the responsibility for providers that only function in a distance education capacity shifts to the state for initial and subsequent eligibility review. Page 12 of 25 Comment #58 — With the change in instruction delivery due to COVID, will training providers already listed on ETPL have to create new listings for on-line programs? Resolution —Yes. Per Attachment 1, "If the program is offered with multiple modes of delivery, curriculum, or course lengths, the program must be entered separately for each variation." Please reference the definition of a Training Program in Attachment 2. Comment #59 — Online training is really limited, particularly by providers outside of California. There are many quality training programs that initiate and have headquarters outside of California. The ETPL makes it difficult to find and access these providers. Additionally, online courses (without physical operations) are not easily added which is a disincentive. Resolution — Distance Education providers can be headquartered outside of CA, but they must only offer distance education courses. If they only have physical training locations outside of CA, then they are considered an out-of-state provider and cannot be on the CA ETPL; however, an approved reciprocal agreement may be used. If they have physical locations in CA, but are headquartered outside CA, they are still considered an in -state provider and can be on the ETPL if they meet eligibility requirements. Per the Education Code Section 94801.5, Distance Education private postsecondary education institutions must register with BPPE, unless they provide undergraduate or graduate degrees. Comment #60 — What about providers that provide both distance and in -person programs? Or programs that are hybrid partially distance and partially in -person? Resolution — If the provider offers alternative or "hybrid" in -person and online programs, and have a physical location in California, they are an in -state provider. If the program is offered with multiple modes of delivery, different curriculum, and/or different course lengths, the program must be entered separately for each variation. Please reference the definition of a Training Program in Attachment 2. Comment #61— CaIJOBS offers a screen for choosing "Duration" with options of more than one intensity, duration and schedule. CaIJOBS also offers a "Scheduling" screen that could be updated by GSI to allow a selection for in -person and/or distance learning if you want to track it. Could these be used instead of creating separate program entries in CaIJOBS for a single program that only has one listing with the accrediting agency, one curriculum, one cost and one set of performance? Shouldn't CaIJOBS listings match the exact titles and programs approved by the accrediting agency? Resolution — Programs with multiple modes of delivery, different lengths of instruction, and/or different curriculum must be listed separately to comply with ETP Report requirements. Program details should match the brochures available on the provider's website. Comment#62— Who is responsible for initial and continued eligibility for Distance Education providers? Resolution —The State ETPL Coordinator is responsible for the initial and continued eligibility of Distance Education providers. EEO Page 13 of 25 Comment #63 — Where do Local Boards find the EEO monitoring tools? Resolution — Please refer to your Local Board's EEO Officer, as defined in WSD17-01. Comment #64 — How do Local Boards conduct EEO monitoring for providers with multiple locations? Resolution — It is recommended that Local Boards provide the provider one of the EEO monitoring tools (depending on size of provider), and have them complete it and add it to their CalJOBS Provider Profile. For additional assistance, please refer to your Local Board's EEO Officer and reference WSD17-01. Comment #65—Are on -site visits (which would be needed to determine that EEO and other items are posted) required before nominating a training vendor for inclusion on the CA ETPL? Resolution — No, it is recommended that Local Boards provide one of the EEO monitoring tools (depending on size of provider), and have them complete it and add it to their CalJOBS Provider Profile. For additional assistance, please refer to your Local Board's EEO Officer and reference WSD17-01. Comment #66— Do the EEO requirements in the Draft Directive apply to all providers? Resolution —This applies to all training providers, except apprenticeship programs. ETP Report Comment #67 — What if BPPE performance data is not collected for providers who serve rural areas? Won't this negatively affect their placement rate? Resolution — Performance requirements for providers under the new ETPL Directive do not require BPPE placement data. Placement data is directly entered into CalJOBS. Comment #68— Public education either does not collect and track students past graduation or claim they aren't allowed to release that information due to confidentiality requirements. If a public postsecondary CC, CSU or UC does not provide % who successfully completed a program, nor % who are employed within 6 months for initial eligibility, their program must still be listed on the CA ETPL because they are not required to meet a specific performance threshold, correct? Resolution — For Initial Eligibility, public postsecondary providers are still required to submit performance data. They are not required to meet a threshold. Comment #69 — Would a waiver be available if the individual was sick or had a valid reason not to take the first test? Some state tests have very long periods between test dates. Resolution — No, a waiver is not available for a missed test. Comment #70 — How is the provider supposed to know when one of their students has exited from WIOA? Or does this mean the student exited from the program, either by successfully completing or dropping out? Resolution — Exiting the program refers to the training program rather than WIOA. Page 14 of 25 Comment #71— Is the placement requirement based on WIOA enrollments only or includes general public as well? Resolution —The placement requirement for initial eligibility includes all students. For continued eligibility, the completion measures includes all students, whereas the other measures include WIOA participants only. Comment #72 — In regards to performance for public postsecondary, is there a form for the providers to fill out with the performance information? Resolution —All providers are required to report their performance data directly into CaIJOBS. Comment #73 — Local Boards are responsible for meeting WIOA performance outcomes for WIOA participants. Are training providers held to the outcomes that are the responsibility of the Local Boards or do they hold shared responsibility? If the performance metrics inclusive of both WIOA and non-WIOA participants, is it common for providers to track employment outcomes or is this specific to ETPL? Resolution — Providers are held to the performance requirements outlined in the ETPL Directive, as described in the Initial and Continued Eligibility sections. If providers and/or programs are successful with WIOA participants, the Local Board will see this success in meeting their negotiated goals. The responsibility of outcomes is shared. Comment #74 — Program data being entered into CaIJOBS represents duplication of work for those who do collect such information and is not verifiable. Minimally, we believe the state should work with the CaIJOBS vendor to provide a more streamlined process. Resolution —As described in TEGL 3-18, all providers must work with the state to submit performance data required by the ETP Report in order to be eligible and listed on the ETPL. WIOA participant data will come from case management work that is already entered into WIOA applications in CaIJOBS. Providers are required to submit aggregate data on all students in CalJOBS. Comment #75 — Providers are required to report data on ALL students, not just WIOA, to the Local Board and the state. Does this data need to be reported by individual? If so, how do we avoid FERPA violations with individuals who have not signed consent for us to have their data? Resolution — Providers only need to submit aggregate all student data as outlined on the CA ETP Assurances Form (Attachment 4). Comment #76 —The data collection and reporting of all students that is required for the ETP Report is prohibitive. This is evidenced by many waivers that have been granted by DOL to states as well as our own state's request to waive this provision. The waiver to collect all student data should be extended. Resolution —The waiver to report all student data ended with PY 19. DOL has recently granted an extension to the waiver for PY 20; however, the DOL denied our request for a waiver Page 15 of 25 beyond PY 20, so providers will need to collect and report data on all students (WIOA and non- WIOA). For additional information on the end of this waiver, please see TEN 07-21. Comment #77 — Are Community Colleges, UCs and CSUs required to submit data on all of the data points referenced in the CA ETP Assurance Form? There should be a mechanism to obtain entered employment from students attending public schools. Resolution —Yes, per TEGL 3-18 all providers must submit data for the ETP Report. The CA ETP Assurances Form (Attachment 4) notes the data elements required for providers. Comment #78— Will the state be working directly with providers to upload data to CaIJOBS or will the State be contacting the Local Boards to complete these tasks? Resolution — Ultimately, the Local Boards are responsible for reviewing providers and programs for initial and continued eligibility, which includes performance data. Guidance will be provided on how to upload or enter performance data into CaIJOBS. Comment #79 —The Directive references the ETP site is scheduled to launch in PY 2020; when will this be a requirement for providers to submit data to the system? What do we do in the interim? Resolution — Per TEN 7-21, the ETP All Students Waiver expired on June 30, 2021, so performance data is required to be submitted by providers beginning in PY 21. Comment #80— ETP Reports will be published in October, what is the reporting period for that report? Are performance reports requested annually by calendar year or program year? Resolution —The ETP Report is reported by PY (July 1 to June 30). For PY 2020, the report due in October 2021 reflects data from July 1, 2020 to June 30, 2021. Comment #81— It looks like the state is aligning the provider program performance measures with WIOA indicators of performance. Does this mean the state will measure this data themselves just as they do with WIOA indicators of performance? Resolution — Providers will submit all student data to the state through the CaUOBS system, which is then uploaded into the Eligible Training Provider Performance Report (ETP Report). The CA ETP Assurances Form (Attachment 4) details what data the providers are responsible for submitting. WIOA student data will be calculated automatically via the case management data in the CaUOBS system. Comment #82 — Will training providers be required to enter performance data for individual participants or will it still be totals per program? Will the data be required for both WIOA and non-WIOA students? Resolution —Training providers must enter aggregate data into CaIJOBS for all students in the programs. WIOA student performance data will be calculated via the case management data entered by the case manager. Comment #83 —Will there be a CalJOBS report for performance data? Page 16 of 25 Resolution —Yes, please use the CaIJOBS Detailed Reports > Provider > by Program Performance report. Comment #84— What if a participant used a pseudo SSN in CaIJOBS? Resolution — If the participant has a pseudo SSN, Local Boards should capture employment and wage information in the Follow Up forms, just as they would normally for WIOA performance. WIOA participants will be included in the ETP Report automatically. Comment #85 —Are training providers expected to capture WIOA performance data that is being captured by WIOA case managers (i.e., employment data)? Resolution —Training providers are expected to capture and report aggregate data for all students (WIOA and non-WIOA). Comment #86— Will the due date for performance be issued as an Information Notice? Resolution — Beginning in PY 21, any provider undergoing initial or continued eligibility review must provide the performance data outlined in this directive. ETP Assurances Form Comment #87 — Does Page 2 have to be filled out for each student who attended during the reporting period? Resolution — No, the CA ETP Assurances Form is just the signed agreement from the provider agreeing they will provide the necessary data elements on the following page. Comment #88— Does the completed and uploaded CA ETP Assurances Form replace the Performance tab? Or does the information have to be entered in both places? Resolution —The CA ETP Assurances Form is just an agreement that providers will provide the indicated data. The form should be uploaded to the Documents section of the Provider's Profile. The performance data still needs to be submitted in the Performance tab in CaIJOBS. General ETPL Requirements Comment #89 — Due to a combination of performance reporting and the continued eligibility process, Local Boards have seen competition on the ETPL dwindle to very few. This does not promote access and equity. The challenge primarily seems to stem around the accreditation process and reporting. Resolution — It is required per WIOA law, regulations, and guidance that initial eligibility and continued eligibility of providers and programs meet certain requirements, including accreditation and meeting a factor of performance. DOL has also prescribed the requirements of the ETP Report. The state is looking into and open to suggestions on ways to make the required reporting less burdensome. We are also open to ideas and ways to assist Local Boards with advertising the ETPL to providers in their area in an effort to build the list of providers in their area. While a contract is more cumbersome than an ITA, a Local Board has the authority to contract with a provider if they determine there is a lack of providers in their area that offer a specific training program. Page 17 of 25 Comment #90 — Vetting process for adding training providers needs to be streamlined and much improved. It is currently locally driven. Can this be centralized in state this can really help achieve economies of scale? Additionally, the state has expertise in financial stability, accessibility, compliance, etc. Resolution —With the implementation of this policy, the EDD will review all Local Board nominated providers and program for initial and continued eligibility ensuring the requirements outline in this directive are applied consistently. In addition, the EDD is exploring other ways to streamline and improve the ETPL process. Comment #91—Are Adult Education and Literacy activities not allowable/fundable under WIOA unless in conjunction with an authorized training? Are such activities allowable, but not considered training? Are they simply not allowable? Resolution —To be listed on the ETPL, the provider must be an eligible provider of adult education and literacy activities under Title II of WIOA. Adult education and/or literacy activities must be offered concurrently, or in combination with, occupational skills training. Comment #92 — Public education course work should automatically be accessed and allowed on ETPL. Data collection has proven prohibitive. Should all public schools, such as Adult Ed, Community Colleges, ROP, contract education, etc., should be automatically eligible. Resolution — Not all public education programs are in -demand, so each program should be looked at individually for ETPL eligibility requirements. Per federal requirements, data collection is required of all providers (except registered apprenticeships). Comment #93 —Are all other service types on Section B, page 2 (except on the job training [OJT], Incumbent Worker Training [IWT], and customized training) required to be on ETPL? Resolution —Aside from OJT, IWT, and customized training, all services listed are considered "training services," and when funded through an ITA, these must be on the ETPL per TEGL 8- 19. Comment #94 — Is it required that OJT, IWT, customized training providers are listed in CaIJOBS as a non-ITA provider or be listed on the local ETPL? Resolution — Local Areas are encouraged to enter OJT, IWT, and customized training providers into CaIJOBS as a non-ITA provider. These providers are not required to be on the ETPL; however, the Local Board must inform participants of the OJT, IWT, and customized training options available. In CaIJOBS, these providers would be listed as either ETPL (ITA) or Local Providers (non-ITA). Comment #95 — If all elements of the Draft Directive become final, it will take all the time of one full-time employee to implement them. Additional funding and training would have to be provided by the state. Resolution —The EDD will offer training, and quarterly meetings with the ETPL Coordinators to provide technical assistance. Questions and concerns regarding Local Area's allocations can be directed to the Local Board's Regional Advisor. Page 18 of 25 Comment #96— What about programs that are offered in English and Spanish? Should those be listed separately, like programs that are online or in -person? BPPE does not mandate combining of program data for English and Spanish courses. Resolution — If the curriculum between a Spanish and an English program is the same, then the program only needs to be entered once. The description of the program should indicate that the program is offered in both English and Spanish. If the curriculum between the two programs is different, then the programs should be listed separately, per DOL ETP reporting requirements. In -Demand Comment #97 — Who verifies whether a program is in -demand? The ETPL coordinator of the Local Board that nominated the provider? And what about priority sectors of adjacent or even far -away Local Boards? Resolution —The Local Board is responsible for verifying that a program be for occupations in in -demand industry sectors identified by the state, region, or Local Board. In -demand or priority industry sector information must be verified with the State Board and/or Local Board. CA ETPL programs would then be available for other Local Boards to use. If the Local Board chooses to have a local ETPL, the Local Board would determine if the program is in -demand in their area. Comment #98 — In -demand industry sectors are locally defined. How do you identify occupations (by SOC code) that are in -demand as determined by the state? Where is this list located? Would you use state in -demand to determine state eligibility, then use local in - demand to determine local eligibility? Resolution — California's Unified Strategic Workforce Development Plan has language on what is considered an in -demand occupation, as well as a list of occupations that Local Boards can use to justify state in -demand requirements. Local Boards would then apply their own local requirements for their local ETPL eligibility. You can find a link to the plan on the California Workforce Development Board's website. Local Board Policy Comment #99 — Does the state have a guide for the specific documents that contribute to "sufficient records"? Resolution —This requirement is to ensure providers are submitting accurate data to the Local Board. Providers can be removed for intentionally supplying inaccurate data. What constitutes as "sufficient records" needs to be addressed in the Local Board's local policy. Comment #100 — If the provider that went out of business is the only provider in a reasonable distance, Local Boards may not be able to provide a comparable training alternative. Must we provide travel costs if the client wishes to go? Resolution —This would be something to address in the Local Board's local policy. Page 19 of 25 Comment #101— Regarding the requirements for Local Board policy listed at the bottom of page 5, isn't this already covered by BPPE Approval/Exemption or WASC accreditation? Resolution —This requirement is for providers who are deemed exempt per CEC 94874, and are not regionally accredited by an accrediting institution. Comment #102 — Current local policy is to have individuals research and visit 3 schools that provide the training that the individual is interested in, before they select which school they wish to attend. Does this supersede the requirements described in Section E, page 5, and we should no longer have the individuals go to 3 schools first? Resolution — Local Boards can continue with this type of procedure, as described in their local policy. Local vs CA ETPL Comment #103 — Without clear guidelines, Local Boards cannot expect the participants to understand why certain local programs are available in the state, but not in our Local Area. It also makes it confusing for the participant when they are reverse referred from that training provider and we will not approve the training locally, but it can be added to the CA ETPL. Resolution —The state is working with the vendor to display CA and local ETPL programs differently. This distinction in the system should help clarify what programs are available to participants, depending on where they are located. TEGL 8-19 allows for Local Boards to continue deciding what programs are allowed on their local ETPL. Comment #104— If a Local Board utilizes the CA ETPL, CaIJOBS serves as the "local list of training providers and programs," correct? Is it possible for the Local Board to make incumbent worker training provider information available when this is by definition only for a specific employer and a specific group of employed individuals? Resolution —The list available to the public includes training providers and programs that are on the ETPL. Any additional training providers that are not on the ETPL (non-ITA) can be entered as a local provider in CaIJOBS and only viewed by staff. The IWT may be eligible for, but not required to be on, the ETPL. Comment #105 — Can state and local eligibility be conducted simultaneously? Resolution — Local Boards can review the provider and program at the same time for both CA and local ETPL eligibility, but they need to review the provider for the appropriate requirements (i.e. local ETPL has additional requirements to eligibility that do not effect eligibility for the CA ETPL). Also, CA ETPL eligibility review must happen first, because if they are no longer eligible per CA ETPL requirements, then they cannot be on the local ETPL. Comment #106 — For the purpose of review for continued eligibility, does local ETPL refer to the geographic boundaries of the Local Board or the training providers that are under contract to the Local Board for payment of ITAs? Resolution —The local ETPL includes all providers that are on the CA ETPL, and meet that Local Board's local ETPL requirements. Page 20 of 25 Comment #107 — Local Boards may have additional criteria in order to be listed locally. For those who do not meet our local requirements, we are expected to list and manage them for the CA ETPL even though we will not use them locally? For both initial and continued eligibility? What happens when a provider has an onsite program and have no enrollments? We are expected to monitor them for compliance, review their performance, and provide technical assistance even though they aren't utilized? Resolution — If a provider and/or program meets the state requirements for the ETPL, and their business is headquartered in Local Area A, then Local Board A must nominate this provider profile to the CA ETPL. If the provider also has programs located in Local Area A, then Local Board A must review and nominate those programs for inclusion on the ETPL—even if this means the provider would not receive any participants. The Local Area can choose to only use their local ETPL for serving their participants, but the providers on the CA ETPL still should be available for other Local Boards to use. Local Board A would monitor for compliance, review performance, and provide technical assistance. The Local Board can delist the provider if the provider has not served at least one Title I, subtitle B enrollment during the previous two program years. See "Training Provider Continued Eligibility Criteria" for requirements to be reinstated to the ETPL. Comment #108 — Will there be copy and paste functionality added or radio button to add a program to the local ETPL? Resolution—CaIJOBS includes the ability to copy program data and create duplicate programs as needed via the "Duplicate" button in the Education and Training Programs tab. See Attachment 5 for more guidance on how to navigate CaIJOBS. Comment #109 —As written, it appears that providers outside the Local Area must be included on the local ETPL, if there is no specific local criteria. What is the reasoning behind requiring all CA ETPL to be also on the local ETPL? We don't include out -of -area training on our local ETPL, but if a participant requests it, we will consider it on a case -by -case basis. Local Boards should have the autonomy to consider allowing interested participants to attend out -of -area providers on a case -by -case basis. Resolution —A local ETPL is available for Local Boards to require additional criteria (such as location) for providers to meet, in order for them to serve participants using WIOA funds. If no additional requirements are added, then the Local ETPL will mirror the CA ETPL. Comment #110 — Providers and programs may be eligible for the CA ETPL but not on the local ETPL. Are Local Boards required to nominate them, based only on the requirements of the Directive, will now be responsible to manage that provider and programs on the ETPL? Resolution —Yes. If the provider meets the CA ETPL requirements, Local Boards are responsible for nominating providers headquartered in their Local Area to the CA ETPL. They are also responsible for nominating programs located within their Local Area to the ETPL, assuming they meet the CA ETPL requirements. Per TEGL 8-19, page 5, Local Boards can only use CA ETPL requirements when reviewing providers for the CA ETPL. After conducting state Page 21 of 25 eligibility, the Local Board can then review the provider for local eligibility using their Local ETPL-specific requirements. Other Comment #111— Who are the stakeholders involved in developing the CA ETPL policies and procedures? Resolution —The California Workforce Development Board, Local Boards, regulatory agencies, and providers. Comment #112 — Can an enrolled Youth in a Title I Youth program enroll in ITAs on ETPL if they are over 18 or do they need to be enrolled as an Adult? Resolution —An ITA can be used for an Out -of -School Youth ages 16 to 24, Adults, or Dislocated Workers. In -school Youth cannot receive an ITA. Comment #113— Who is responsible for uploading documents into the provider's profile? Resolution — Both the provider or the ETPL Coordinator have the ability to upload documents. Comment #114— ETPL Coordinatorjob qualifications need to be defined. Currently if an ETPL Coordinator is not the MIS Administrator, they are excluded from invitations to MIS Admin meetings and no alternative provisions are made to train new ETPL Coordinators. Resolution —To ensure Local ETPL Coordinators receive the training and support needed, the EDD will provide quarterly ETPL Coordinator webinars similar to the monthly MIS Administrator call. In addition, Local ETPL Coordinators can contact the State ETPL Coordinator and wsbet I edd.ca.gov to request assistance. Comment #115 — Where would providers and/or Local Board staff go for resources on how to navigate the Provider Module in CaIJOBS? Resolution — Providers and Local Board staff can access the ETPL Guide Card, which is attachment 5 of this Directive. Local Board staff can also access the Provider Services User Guide located in the Staff Online Resources menu of CaIJOBS. Comment #116—The "CRS" designation is confusing to both providers and staff as it is not spelled out or explained anywhere. Can this be removed if it is no longer relevant? Resolution —The state is currently working with the vendor to improve the ETPL module and make it more streamlined, and will look into removing the CRS designation. Comment #117 — What staff privileges are associated to changing the Local Board responsible for the provider on page 58 of the ETPL Guide Card? Resolution —This is available to any staff with an ETPL Coordinator account. Out -of -State Providers Comment #118 — Can out-of-state providers have training paid for through an ITA? Page 22 of 25 Resolution —All training providers, other than Distance Education training providers, that have training sites located only outside of CA cannot be listed on the CA ETPL. Local Boards cannot utilize an ITA with out-of-state training providers unless leveraging an approved ETPL reciprocal agreement. Please see ETPL Reciprocal Agreements (WSD22-08) for more information on the use of approved agreements. Comment #119 — Can WIOA funds be used for out-of-state provider training, as long as the provider is on the ETPL in the state where their headquarters is located? Resolution —All training providers, other than Distance Education training providers, that have training sites located only outside of CA cannot be listed on the CA ETPL. Local Boards cannot utilize an ITA with out-of-state training providers unless leveraging an approved ETPL reciprocal agreement. Please see ETPL Reciprocal Agreements (WSD22-08) for more information on the use of approved agreements. Comment #120 — When Local Boards contract with an out-of-state provider, how is EEO monitoring conducted? What about going through a formal procurement process? Resolution —To align with 20 CFR 680.320, the directive has been updated to remove the ability for Local Boards to contract with a provider listed on another state's ETPL. All training providers, other than Distance Education training providers, that have training sites located only outside of CA cannot be listed on the CA ETPL. Local Boards cannot utilize an ITA with out- of-state training providers unless leveraging an approved ETPL reciprocal agreement. Please see ETPL Reciprocal Agreements (WSD22-08) for more information on the use of approved agreements. Pre -apprenticeships Comment #121— Do pre -apprenticeships need to meet placement? In the last Directive, this was spelled out. Resolution —Yes, the pre -apprenticeship programs that are on the ETPL need to meet the same standards as the other postsecondary programs. Comment #122 — Suggestion to change pre -apprenticeship language to read: must provide training that "leads" to an industry -recognized credential or certificate. Resolution — No changes were made to the directive as a result of this comment. Comment #123 — Can the state please elaborate on what Local Boards must require of pre - apprenticeship training in the building and construction trades, especially those related to Multi -Craft Core Curriculum (MC3)? Resolution — If WIOA funds are being used to send participants to a construction pre - apprenticeship, the state and Local Boards must ensure the pre -apprenticeships follow Multi - Craft Core Curriculum (MC3) standards. Comment #124 — If pre -apprenticeships are not required to be on the ETPL, is their inclusion solely to use ITAs if it does lead to a credential? What does listed on ETPL and used in Page 23 of 25 conjunction with an ITA mean? I thought ITAs and ETPL went hand in hand. Is it possible to get a link to MC3 in the policy? If a pre -apprenticeship is listed on ETPL must it be connected with a Registered Apprenticeship Program? Resolution — Pre -apprenticeships are considered an individualized career service, and are not required to be on the ETPL. However, if a Local Area wants to utilize an ITA, the program must meet the requirements to be listed on the ETPL. The pre -apprenticeship must meet the definition of occupational skills training and award an industry -recognized credential. If it does not meet these requirements, it cannot be on the ETPL. In order to be eligible for the ETPL, pre -apprenticeships must have a Letter of Commitment from a DOL or DIR DAS apprenticeship. The last paragraph on page 8 states that Local Boards should prefer pre -apprenticeships that are partnered with DIR DAS Approved apprenticeships. Here (PDF) are some resources for understanding Multi -Craft Core Curriculum. Third Party Comment #125 — Isn't this third party subcontracting requirement applicable only to public colleges and universities? Resolution —This applies to both public and private provides accredited by WASC. Comment #126— Why are only WASC-accredited institutions limited from providing courses via a third party if they participated in development of the curriculum and ensure responsibility for the curriculum by issuing the related credential? Resolution — WASC providers do not have their third party courses reviewed during accreditation. To protect WIOA funds, third party vendors that directly receive tuition fees are not allowed to provide training unless the third party vendor provider and program is on the ETPL. Comment #127 — Can an accredited training provider sub -contract to another training provider, as long as that training provider is accredited by WASC? Resolution — If the subcontracted training provider is directly receiving payment, they must be listed as their own provider on the ETPL. Comment #128— How do we determine which Local Board conducted continued eligibility for the provider? Resolution —The review record in CaIJOBS will show which Local Board completed the review. Worker's Comp/Supplemental Job Displacement Benefit (SJDB) Comment #129— Has this passage about removing Workers Comp providers been discussed with the agencies that currently use the ETPL (e.g. Worker's Comp, VA, DOR)? We have frequent requests from these agencies to verify and list their providers. Resolution —Yes, the state has discussed this language with other agencies. Comment #130 — ETPL Coordinators get a lot of calls for people looking for worker's comp voucher training. It seems that the worker's comp customers have to guess what to do, and Page 24 of 25 while this clarification in the Directive will give ETPL Coordinators a ready-made response as to why ETPL Coordinators can't assist worker's comp customers, it still leaves worker's comp customers with questions. Resolution —The DIR handles the administration of the Worker's Comp program, which includes informing those in the program of where they can use their voucher. State law requires that vouchers only be used for public schools or providers on the ETPL. Local Boards that receive questions from voucher holders should direct them to their employer, Claims Administrator, or the Department of Industrial Relations. Comment #131— What are some resources that Local Board staff can use for Worker's Compensation questions? Resolution —A few resources regarding Workers' Compensation include the EDD's ETPL webpage, which has a paragraph on Workers' Compensation, and Chapter 8 of the DIR's Handbook on the Workers' Compensation program. Page 25 of 25 ATTACHMENT 8 ERRATA CHRONOLOGY The Workforce Services Directive ETPL Policy and Procedures (WSD21-03) dated November 10, 2021 was revised with the following changes: Errata #1— On February 22, 2023, the following changes were made to the Directive: • Directive, Page 1 and Attachment 7, page 1 — Corrected the number of comments received from 135 to 131. • Directive, Pages 1-2 — Made updates to the References section, including: updated format to be in alignment with department guidance, added ETPL Reciprocal Agreements (WSD22-08), and replaced Performance Guidance (WSD19-03) with Performance Guidance (WSD22-01). • Directive, Page 4 and 5, and Attachment 1, page 7, 13, 15, and 21— Due to removal of Attachment 5, removed CallOBS ETPL Module Guide Card from list of attachments, changed references to "Attachment 5" to "located on the Staff Online Resources page in CaUOBS," and updated references to Attachments 6 and 7 appropriately. • Directive Page 4 and 5 —Added Errata Chronology. • Attachment 1, page 7, Attachment 5, Page 1, and Attachment 7, page 13 and 23 —Added language regarding the allowable use of an approved ETPL reciprocal agreement for Out - of -State Training Providers. • Attachment 1, page 9 and 10, Attachment 5, page 5 and 6, and Attachment 7, page 2 — In alignment with the commission's update, change the abbreviation for the Western Association of Senior College and University Commission from "WASC SCUC" to "WSCUC". • Attachment 1, page 10 and Attachment 4, page 1— Added sentence clarifying that the CA ETP Assurances Form (Attachment 4) is uploaded annually into the Documents section of the provider profile, prior to the provider's eligibility review. • Attachment 1, page 11 and Attachment 5, page 8 — Removed requirement for WSCUC providers to have their training program, location, and mode of delivery approved. • Attachment 4, page 2 — In the table, edited "ETPL Provider Number" to "ETPL Provider Name" and "ETPL Program Number" to "ETPL Program Name." • Attachment 5, page 1 — Simplified text from "Is the Training Provider headquartered and/or has at least one physical training site in CA?" to "Does the Training Provider have at least one physical training site in CA?" • Attachment 5, page 4 and 7 — Changed text from "Does the program offer occupational skills training that results in an industry -recognized credential?" to "Training Program leads to employment in a specific occupation or an industry recognized postsecondary credential?" Page 1 of 1 CERTIFICATION REGARDING LOBBYING CERTIFICATION FOR CONTRACTS, GRANTS, LOANS and COOPERATIVE AGREEMENTS The undersigned certifies, to the best of his or her knowledge and belief, that: 1) No Federal appropriated funds have been paid or will be paid, by or on behalf of the undersigned, to any person for influencing or attempting to influence an officer or employee of any agency, a Member of Congress in connection with the awarding of any Federal contract, the making of any Federal grant, the making of any Federal loan, the entering into of any cooperative agreement, and the extension, continuation, renewal, amendment, or modification of any Federal contract, grant, loan, or cooperative agreement. 2) If any funds other than Federal appropriated funds have been paid or will be paid to any person for influencing or attempting to influence an officer or employee of any agency, a Member of Congress, an officer or employee of Congress, or an employee of a member of Congress in connection with this Federal contract, grant, loan, or cooperative agreement, the undersigned shall complete and submit Standard Form-LLL, "Disclosure Form to Report Lobbying." in accordance with its instructions. 3) The undersigned shall require that the language of this certification be included in the award documents for all subawards at all tiers (including agreements) and that all subrecipient's shall certify and disclose accordingly. This certification is a material representation of fact upon which reliance was placed when this transaction was made or entered into. Submission of this certification is a prerequisite for making or entering into this transaction imposed by 31 U.S.C. 1352. Any person who fails to file the required certification shall be subject to a civil penalty of not less than $10,000 and not more than $100,000 for each such failure occurring on or before October 23, 1996, and of not less than $11,000 and not more than $110,000 for each such failure. Southern California Institute of Technology Grantee/Contractor Organization Program Title ignature Arian Shams Name of Certifying Official Signature EXHIBIT D Certification Regarding Drug -Free Workplace Reauirements The certification set out below is a material representation upon which reliance is placed by the U.S. Department of Housing and Urban Development in awarding the grant. If it is later determined that the contractor knowingly rendered a false certification, or otherwise violates the requirements of the Drug -Free Workplace Act, the U.S. Department of Housing and Urban Development, in addition to any other remedies available to the Federal Government, may take action authorized under the Drug -Free Workplace Act. CERTIFICATION A. The contractor certifies that it will provide a drug -free workplace by: (a) Publishing a statement notifying employees that the unlawful manufacture, distribution, dispensing, possession or use of a controlled substance is prohibited in the contractor's workplace and specifying the actions that will be taken against employees for violation of such prohibition; (b) Establishing a drug -free awareness program to inform employees about — (1) The dangers of drug abuse in the workplace; (2) The contractor's policy of maintaining a drug -free workplace; (3) Any available drug counseling, rehabilitation, and employee assistance program; and (4) The penalties that may be imposed upon employees for drug abuse violations occurring in the workplace; (c) Making it a requirement that each employee who will be engaged in the performance of the grant be given a copy of the statement required by paragraph (a); (d) Notifying the employee in the statement required by paragraph -(a) that, as a condition of employment under the contract, the employee will - (1) Abide by the terms of the statement; and (2) Notify the employer of any criminal drug statute conviction for a violation occurring in the workplace no later than five days after such conviction. (e) Notifying the U.S. Department of Housing and Urban Development within ten days after receiving notice under subparagraph (d)(2) from an employee or otherwise receiving actual notice of such conviction; EXHIBIT E (f) Taking one of the following actions, within 30 days of receiving notice under subparagraph (d)(2), with respect to any employee who is so convicted - (1) Taking appropriate personnel action against such an employee, up to and including termination; or (2) Requiring such employee to participate satisfactorily in a drug abuse assistance or rehabilitation program approved for such purposes by a Federal, State, or local health, law enforcement, or other appropriate agency; (g) Making a good faith effort to continue to maintain a drug -free workplace through implementation of paragraphs (a), (b), (c), (d), (e) and (f). B. The contractor shall insert in the space provided on the attached "Place of Performance" form the site(s) for the performance of work to be carried out with the grant funds (including street address, city, county, state, and zip code) .the contractor further certifies that, if it is subsequently determined that additional sites will be used for the performance of work under the contract, it shall notify the U.S. Department of Housing and Urban Development immediately upon the decision to use such additional sites by submitting a revised "Place of Performance" form. 6/2/2023 G Date Program Operator Signature EXHIBIT E DIVISION OF EMPLOYMENT SERVICES PLACE OF PERFORMANCE FOR CERTIFICATION REGARDING DRUG -FREE WORKPLACE REQUIREMENTS Name: Arian Shams Name of Contractor: Southern California Institute of Technology Contract Number: Date: 6/2/2023 The Contractor shall insert in the space provided below the site(s) expected to be used for the performance of work under the contract covered by the certification: Place of Performance (include street address, city, county, state, zip code for each site): 525 North Muller Street Anaheim, CA 92801 Address EXHIBIT E Certification Regarding Debarment, Suspension, Ineligibility and Voluntary Exclusion Lower Tier Covered Transactions This certification is required by the regulations implementing Executive Order 12549, Debarment and Suspension, 29 CFR Part 98, Section 98.510, Participants' Responsibilities. The regulations were published as Part VII of the May 16, 1988, Federal Register (Pages 19160-19211). (Before completing certification, read instructions which are an integral part of certification) 1. The prospective primary participant, (i.e. grantee) certifies to the best of its knowledge and belief, that it and its principals: a. Are not presently debarred, suspended, proposed for debarment, declared ineligible, or voluntarily excluded from covered transactions by any federal department or agency; b. Have not within a three-year period preceding this proposal been convicted or had a civil judgment rendered against them for commission of fraud or a criminal offense in connection with obtaining, attempting to obtain, or performing a public (federal, state or local) transaction or contract under a public transaction; violation of federal or state antitrust statues or commission of embezzlement, theft, forgery, bribery, falsification or destruction of records, making false statements, or receiving stolen property. c. Are not presently indicted for or otherwise criminally or civilly charged by a government entity (federal, state or local) with commission of any of the offenses enumerated in paragraph (1)(b) of this certification; and d. Have not within a three-year period preceding this application/proposal had one or more public transactions (federal, state or local) terminated for cause or default. 2.. Where the prospective primary participant is unable to certify to any of the statements in this certification, such prospective participant shall attach an explanation to this proposal. Southern California Institute of Technology Grantee/Contractor Organization Arian Shams, Director of Operations Name and Title of Official Authorized to Certify On Behalf of the Grantee 6/2/2023 Date -3:11]Y29 INSTRUCTION FOR CERTIFICATION 1. By signing and submitting this proposal, the prospective recipient of Federal assistance funds is providing the certification as set out below. 2. The certification in this clause is a material representation of fact upon which reliance was placed when this transaction was entered into. If it is later determined that the prospective recipient of Federal assistance funds knowingly rendered an erroneous certification, in addition to other remedies available to the Federal Government, the Department of Labor (DOL) may pursue available remedies, including suspension and/or debarment. 3. The prospective recipient of Federal assistance funds shall provide immediate written notice to the person to which this proposal is submitted if at any time the prospective recipient of Federal assistance funds learns that Its certification was erroneous whom submitted or has become erroneous by reason of changed circumstances. 4. The terms "covered transaction", "debarment', "suspended", "Ineligible", "lower tier covered transaction", "participant', "person", "primary covered transaction", "principle", "proposal', and "voluntarily excluded", as used in this cause, have the meanings set out in the Definitions and Coverage sections of rules implementing Executive Order 12549. You may contact the person to whom this proposal is submitted for assistance in obtaining a copy of those regulations. 5. The prospective recipient of Federal assistance funds agrees by submitting this proposal that, should the proposed covered transaction be entered into, it shall not knowingly enter into any lower tier covered transaction with a person who is debarred, suspended, declared ineligible, or voluntarily excluded from participation in this covered transaction, unless authorized by the DOL. 6. The prospective recipient of Federal assistance funds agrees by submitting this proposal, that It will include the clause title "Certification Regarding Debarment, Suspension, Ineligible, or voluntarily excluded from the covered transaction unless it knows that the certification is erroneous. 7. Nothing contained In the foregoing shall be construed to require establishment of a system of records in order to render in good faith the certification required to exceed that which is normally possessed by a prudent person in the ordinary course of business dealings. B. Except for transactions authorized under paragraph 5 of these instructions, if a participant In a covered transaction knowingly enters into a lower tier covered transaction with a person who is suspended, debarred, ineligible, or voluntary excluded from participation in this transaction, in addition to other remedies available to the Federal Government, the DOL may pursue available remedies, including suspension and/or debarment. EXHIBIT F Assurances & Certifications Selected providers will be required to sign and submit "actual" assurances and certificates as required by the City of Santa Ana and the Workforce Development Board on all contracts. I recognize that I must give assurances for each item below. Please initial each box indicating you have read and are providing assurance you are or will be in compliance with the.fo!lowing: SAWDB uses the CaIJOBs ETPL Module for accepting applications from the providers to be listed on the ETPL. Local boards may authorize a single local board to act on their behalf in making determinations for initial and/or subsequent eligibility of providers. Contractors must enter program(s) of training services into CaIJOBS. The training provider should only enter the programs) desired to be on the CA ETPL. If the program is offered with multiple modes of delivery, or course lengths, the program must be entered separately for each variation. 16 SAWDB has authorized the South Bay WDB to make initial and subsequent eligibility determinations for applications submitted from providers. Contractors should contact the South Bay WDB 11539 Hawthorne Blvd., 511' Floor, Hawthorne, CA 90250, 310-970-7700. CONTRACTOR is required to be in compliance with South Bay WDB Master agreement and SAWDB agreement. �W In cases where South Bay WDB has denied a provider's application, provider may submit the application to SAWDB for consideration and processing at 801 W. Civic Center Dr. #200, Santa Ana, CA 92701 ATTN: SAWDB Staff. The submission must include completed ETPL training program applications and a copy of the letter from the South Bay WDB denying application. Local boards may establish local policies requiring performance above the state minimum standards for providers to be included on the ETPL. Acceptance and processing of an application does not constitute an agreement or relationship between the CONTRACTOR and SAWDB, nor does it guarantee any referrals to the provider by SAWDB. Applications will be process on an ongoing basis. CONTRACTOR must be in compliance with the State and Federal regulations, per Workforce Innovation and Opportunity Act (WIOA) Eligible CONTRACTOR List Poliey and Procedure WSD15-07 or it's replacement. Ene CONTRACTORS must also meet one of the following criteria in order to have their programs listed on the ETPL: 1) Bureau of Private Postsecondary Education Approval to Operate, or Verification of Exemption by BPPE. EXHIBIT G 2) Accreditation by the Accrediting Commission for Senior Colleges and Universities, WASC, or the Accrediting Commission for Community and Junior Colleges, CSU, UC, and other WASC accredited institutions. This accreditation can be verified at: www.acejc.org/ or www.wascsen ior.ora/. 3) Postsecondary institutions eligible under Title IV of the Higher Education Act (HEA) and offering programs leading toward an associate degree, baccalaureate degree, or certificate, 4) Approval by the California Department of Education, 5) Approval by the Chancellor's Office of the California Community Colleges (CCCCO). CONTRACTOR must reaooly to be considered for subsequent approval on the ETPL and agrees to provide the required performance and cost information data, CONTRACTOR must annually meet the state's mininnun performance standards, however the SAWDB may set higher levels. Public Postsecondary Community Colleges, CSUs, and UCs are required to provide performance information for consideration of placement on the CA ETPL, but due to heavy state oversight, investment, and the inability to capture true program outcome data, these institution types are not required to meet a specific performance threshold to be listed on the CA ETPL. CONTRACTOR's BPPE accredited shall provide a copy of the provider's BPPE Annual Report (the Performance Fact Sheet) to document their achievement of the performance criteria if applicable. Ek ALL Training on the ETPL must be for occupations in in -demand industry sectors identified by the state, regional or local workforce development boards. All Training on the ETPL must provide training services that lead to an industry -recognized credential, national or state certificate, or degree, including all industry appropriate competencies, licensing and/or certification requirements. CONTRACTOR understands that all performance data and data submitted on the ETPL must be made available for data verification by the SAWDB or the State EDO office. CONTRACTOR must maintain all the relevant records utilized to support the data submitted on ETPL for audit or monitoring purposes by the SAWDB or the State EDD office. CONTRACTOR that claim an exemption to BPPE Section 94874 of the BPPE Act), must apply and receive a "Verification of Exemption" before being listed on the ETPL. Since it has been determined that any expenditure of public funds, state or federal, that directly benefits a student to be student financial assistance, we expect that instances of exemption will be very rare. CONTRACTOR must have all considered training programs listed with the BPPE, the SAWDB may verity the data that was submitted to BPPE. All new and current CONTRACTOR will be required to be registered in CaIJOBSS°^ and must have all considered training programs listed with the BPPE match on CaIJOBS. All CONTRACTOR are required to enter performance data for each program to be listed on the ETPL and provide evidence to the Local Board that they have met the minimum performance criteria required. Programs that do not include performance data will not be approved for listing on the ETPL. EXHIBIT G $C__I CONTRACTOR must have their current course catalogs on file with the SAWDB, CONTRACTOR agrees to immediately notify (within 10 working days) the SAWDB, in writing, of any changes in the information submitted with initial agreement. CONTRACTOR agrees to accept WIOA eligible referrals from the Santa Ana WORT{ Center on an individual referral basis. CONTRACTOR shall not accept nor enroll WIOA participants who do not meet the CONTRACTOR's entrance requirements, which are to be the same general entrance requirements required of public students, and agrees to submit a written notification to the Santa Ana WORK Center's Case Manager stating the reason(s) for non -acceptance. J6{ a CONTRACTOR agrees to assist the WIOA client in applying for PELL Grants and any other funds that might be available to offset the cost to WIOA and to work together with the WIOA client's Case Manager to ensure all other funding sources are investigated and those funds obtained before submitting the Vendor Voucher to the SAWDB for payment. CONTRACTOR agrees to cross out sections of the student enrollment agreement that would hold the WIOA participant financially responsible for any training related expenses. Once accepted, CONTRACTOR agrees to enroll the WIOA participant in the course stipulated on the Vendor Voucher and no other. CONTRACTOR agrees to invoice the Santa Ana WORK Center, on a cost reimbursement basis, for third party testine (Microsoft, Novell, A+, etc.) and will provide a copy of the Pass/Fail results at that time. Pre -Apprenticeship CONTRACTORS must include a letter of commitment from an approved apprenticeship program and meet the application policies and procedures required for the type of program (e.g., community college, private post -secondary, adult education provider, etc.), CONTRACTOR Apprenticeship Programs registered under the National Apprenticeship Act (NAA) or recognized by D[R/DAS are exempt from initial eligibility procedures. Registered apprenticeship programs must be included and maintained on the list of eligible providers of training services as long as the corresponding program remains registered, as described at WIOA see. 122(a)(3). CONTRACTOR agrees to allow SAWDB, Santa Ana WORK Center, the State of California, and the Department of Labor, the WIOA client and any of their duly authorized representatives' access to all the records regarding the WIOA client for monitoring purposes. The records include any books, documents, papers, files and computer data directly pertinent to the records of the WIOA participant. The right to records includes the right to make excerpts, transcripts and photocopies. The right also includes the right to have reasonable and timely access to personnel for the purpose of interviews and (� discussions related to the records of the WIOA participant. AJ' CONTRACTOR agrees to provide progress reports which indicate grades and test scores, as well as attendance reports to the WIOA client's Case Manager on a monthly basis. EXHIBIT G CONTRACTOR agrees to notify the WIOA client's Case Manager immediately (within 5 working days) if the WIOA client is absent for more than 3 days in a row, has sporadic attendance or drops out 5� of school unless other arrangement are made in writing. R14 CONTRACTOR agrees to provide a copy of the "reimbursement form" and issue a refund check to the "City of Santa Ana" for the number of unused training hours and any non -issued training/testing vouchers, books, tools, etc, due within 30 calendar days after the last day the WIOA client attended school or the day the school was notified that the WIOA client dropped, Said check to be mailed to the attention of the WIOA Case Manager, 801 W Civic Center Dr„ #200, Santa Ana, CA 92701. CONTRACTOR agrees to provide the WIOA Case Manager a copy of the WIOA client's certificate of completion or diploma or official transcripts within 10 working days of the date of completion or graduation. CONTRACTOR agrees to provide the WIOA client with the same level of job search/placement assistance as provided to the public students and to provide the WIOA Case Manager with all the pertinent information regarding the placement ofthe WIOA client within 5 working days of the WIOA client's first day of employment. A WIOA client has 180 days after completing training to get ajob for the CONTRACTOR to get credit for placement in employment. 1 am authorized by my Board of Directors, Trustees, other legally qualified officer, or as the owner of this agency or business to submit this proposal. CONTRACTOR is not currently on any Federal, State of California, or local Debarment list. CONTACTOR will provide records to show that we are fiscally solvent, if needed. CONTRACTOR has, or will have, all of the fiscal control and accounting procedures needed to ensure that WIOA funds will be used as required by law and contract. CONTRACTOR has additional funding sources and will not be dependent on WIOA funds alone. CONTRACTOR will meet the applicable Federal, State, and local compliance requirements. These include, but are not limited to; & Records accurately reflect actual performance if applicable. Maintain record confidentiality, as required. Reporting financial, participant, and performance data, as required. Comply with State and Federal Fiscal and program activity audits. Complying with Federal and State non-discrimination provisions. Meeting requirements of Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973. Meeting requirements of the American's with Disabilities Act of 1990. (submit completed survey) WAIIIHili t7 01V Meeting all applicable labor law, including Child Labor Law standards. Agree to provide a drug free workplace. Agree to insure the City of Santa Ana through General Liability Insurance and Automobile Liability Coverage in the amount of $1,000,000.00 policy, Agree to provide all participants with Grievance Procedures. Agree to insure proposer's employees through Workers Compensation Insurance (including part-time employees) Procurement policies and procedures are in place and meet federal guidelines. CONTRACTOR will not: Use WIOA money to assist, promote, or deter union organizing. Use funds to employ or train of persons in sectarian activities. Use funds for youth in the construction, operation, or maintenance of any part of a facility to be used for sectarian instruction or religious worship. to Use WIOA money under this contract to purchase any equipment. I hereby assure that all of the above are true. ph 0 7/ 4o ? '46!!2L i ture Title Date EXHIBIT G COMPLAINT HANDLING UNDER THE Workforce Innovation Opportunity Act Santa Ana Local Workforce Development Area Revised March 10, 2023 EXHIBIT H Table of Contents Information Regarding Complaints 3 A. Nondiscrimination and Equal Opportunity Complaints 3 Policy Statement 3 2. Civil Rig 0 3. Nondiscrimination laws under WIOA 4 4. How to File Your Complaint 5 B. Criminal Complaints 6 II. General Procedures for Handling Non -Criminal Violations of the Act 6 III. Procedures for Handling Complaints at the LWDA Level 8 IV. Procedures for Handling Complaints at the State Level 12 V. Procedures for Handling Discrimination Complaints by Participants 15 VI. Procedures for Handling Disability Complaints by Participants 17 GLOSSARY OF WIOA TERMS 20 2 EXHIBIT H Information Regarding Complaints A. Nondiscrimination and Equal Opportunity Complaints 1. Policy Statement In carrying out the purpose of the Workforce Innovation Opportunity Act (WIOA), the City of Santa Ana Local Workforce Development Area (LWDA) will establish programs to prepare youth and unskilled adults for entry into the labor force and to afford job training to those individuals facing serious barriers to employment. Every effort will be made to provide services necessary for eligible individuals to obtain productive employment. In implementing WIOA, all contractors in the Santa Ana LWDA will foster equal opportunity and non-discrimination, as provided in State and Federal equal opportunity and non-discrimination laws including, but not limited to: • Title VI of the Civil Rights Act of 1964 • Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964 • The Age Discrimination Act of 1975, as amended • Section 503 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973 • Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973 • Title IX of the Education Amendments of 1972 • Section 188 of the Workforce Innovation Opportunity Act of 2014 In keeping with our commitment, no individual shall be excluded from participation in, denied benefits of, subjected to discrimination under, or denied employment, in the administration or of in connection with any WIOA funded program because of race, color, religion, sex, national origin, age, disability, or political affiliation or belief. Participation in programs and activities financially assisted in whole or in part under WIOA shall be open to citizens and nationals of the United States, lawfully admitted permanent resident aliens, lawfully admitted refugee, parolees, and other individuals authorized by the Attorney General to work in the United States. No individual will be intimidated, threatened, coerced, or discriminated against because of filing a complaint, furnishing information, or assisting or participating in any manner in an investigation, compliance review, hearing or any other activity related to the administration of WIOA. EXHIBIT H Administration responsibility for this Equal Opportunity/Affirmative Action (EO/AA) Program is delegated to the Equal Employment Opportunity (EEO) Officer for the Santa Ana local Workforce Development Area. Equal opportunity and non- discrimination, however, will only be achieved through leadership and implementation of a viable Affirmative Action Equal Opportunity Program. 2. Civil Rights No one applying for or enrolled in the Workforce Innovation Opportunity Act (WIOA) programs may be discriminated against because of race, color, creed, disability, national origin, sex, age, political affiliation, or beliefs. This means that — for any of the characteristics listed above: • You may not be denied the opportunity to enroll in WIOA. • No benefits or services may be denied you for discriminatory reasons. • You may not be segregated or treated any differently from other applicants or participants, while you are being registered, interviewed, counseled or tested; or while you are working or attending classes as part of the program. • You must be provided an equal chance to use all facilities available in the program. • Fair employment practices must be provided to all staff with regard to recruiting, hiring, transferring, promotions, training, compensation, benefits, layoff, and termination. You have the right to make a complaint if you feel you have been denied any of the above opportunities. You cannot in any way be penalized for filing a complaint. Your WIOA sponsor has established a mechanism for handling complaints and grievances. Your complaint must be filed within 180 days. All complaints will be handled confidentially. 3. Nondiscrimination Laws under WIOA Title VI of the Civil Rights Act of 1964 Prohibits discrimination on the basis of race, color, national origin, or religion. The Age Discrimination Act of 1975 Prohibits arbitrary discrimination against persons' age 40-70. The Rehabilitation Act of 1973 EXHIBIT H Prohibits discrimination based on disability. Title IX of the Education Amendments of 1972 Prohibits discrimination in any education or training program or activity receiving federal financial assistance. OTHER CIVIL RIGHTS LAWS: Title VII of the Civil Rights Acts of 1964 Prohibits discrimination in employment based on race, color, religion, sex, or national origin in all terms and conditions of employment and establishes the Equal Employment Opportunity Commission as the administrative agency. White House Executive Order no. 11246 as Amended by Executive Order No. 11375 Creates the office of Federal Contract Compliance and prohibits discrimination based on race, color, sex, religion, or national origin. Department of Labor Secretary's Order no. 4-73 Prohibits discrimination based on sex. Equal Pay Act of 1963 Prohibits pay differential solely because of sex. Emergency Employment Act of 1971 Prohibits discrimination based on race, creed, national origin, political affiliation, or beliefs. 4. How to File Your Complaint a. Put your complaint in writing. b. Have it sworn to before a notary public, if possible. c. Provides details that tell what happened, where it happened and when it happened. d. Give the name and addresses of all persons who were present or who had anything to do with the matter. ...Complaints on the basis of race, color, or national origin, age, sex, religion, political affiliation or belief, retaliation and citizenship, must be filed within 180 days of the alleged occurrence directly with: EXHIBIT H Director Civil Rights Center U.S. Department of Labor, Room N-4123 200 Constitution Ave., NW Washington, D.C. 20210 Complaints on the basis of disability must be filed within 180 days of the alleged occurrence. These complaints must be filed directly with the WIOA administrative entity. The WIOA administrative entity shall issue a written decision within 30 days of the filing of the complaint. If the complaint is still unresolved, an appeal may be made to the Chief of State Workforce Investment Division Office. The Department of Labor, the Civil Service Commission, the Equal Employment Opportunity Commission, and many other offices and agencies are committed to assuring equal employment opportunities for all persons. They will protect you. A case may be taken to court if the other processes do not yield satisfactory results. You may hire your own lawyer, or if you cannot afford one, the court may appoint one for you. It is unlawful for an employer, union, or employment agency to punish you or any witness for attempting to present the facts in a case. YOUR CIVIL RIGHTS UNDER THE WORKFORCE INNOVATION OPPORTUNITY ACT Santa Ana Local Workforce Development Area 801 W. Civic Center Drive, Suite 200 Santa Ana, CA 92701 (714)565-2600 B. Criminal Complaints In accordance with the WIOA and the implementing code of Federal section 667.600.... Federal handling of criminal complaints and report fraud, abuse and other criminal activity. "All information and complaints involving fraud, abuse or other criminal activity shall be reported directly and immediately to the City of Santa Ana and the Secretary of Labor." II. General Procedures for Handling Non -Criminal Violations of the Act The following procedure is promulgated to meet the requirements of Title 20, of the Code of Federal Regulations, Section 186 through 188 of the WIOA regulations, and Section 181 of the Act (Public Law 105.200: 29 U.S. Code Sec. 2931 et seq.) at the State and LWDA level for the receipt, investigation, hearing, and resolution of complaints by WIOA participants, sub EXHIBIT H recipients, applicants for participation, or financial assistance, labor unions, community based organizations, or any other persons. These procedures provide for resolution of non -criminal complaints arising from the operation of the Santa Ana LWDA. A complaint is defined here as a written expression by a party alleging a violation of the Act, regulations promulgated under the Act, recipient grants, sub agreements, or other specific agreements under the Act, including terms and conditions of employment of such participants in employment training programs. All complaints, amendments and withdrawals shall be in writing. These procedures are intended to resolve matters which concern policies, procedures or action(s) arising in connection with WIOA programs operated by each LWDA grant recipient and sub recipient under the Act. These procedures shall not be construed as affecting any other available legal remedy outside of the WIOA complaint process (i.e., disputes regarding terms and conditions of employment of any employee who is not a participant), either separately or simultaneously, that a person may wish to pursue in the resolution of a non-WIOA complaint. Also, these procedures do not restrict the LWDA grant recipient staff in carrying out informal discussion Procedures do not restrict the LWDA grant recipient staff in carrying out informal discussion and resolution of any problems outside of and without resort to the formal complaint procedure. A. The following principles and rules apply to all complaints at all steps of the complaint procedures: 1. All complaints must be made in writing within 180 days of the alleged occurrence, except complaints alleging fraud or criminal activity. 2. All persons filing a complaint shall be free from restraint, coercion, reprisal, or discrimination. Good faith efforts shall be made to informally resolve the complaint prior to the scheduled hearing. Complainants have the right to withdraw their complaints (in writing) at any time prior to the hearing. A complainant may amend his/her complaint to correct technical deficiencies but not to add issues. 3. Complainants shall have the right to be represented at their own expense by person(s) of their choosing at all levels of the complaint process. 4, Upon enrollment into employment or training, participants shall be provided with a written description of these procedures, including notification of their right to file complaints and instructions for filing. An employer of participants, including private -for -profit employers of participants, may use this or other complaint resolution procedures so long as the participant is informed of the complaint resolution procedure they are to follow and the time frames governing review of complaints are met. EXHIBIT H A "participant", within the meaning of these procedures, is an individual who receives employment -training services under a program funded by Santa Ana LWDA. The Complaint Resolution Procedures contained herein (or the alternative procedures which an employer may use) shall be available to participants to resolve disputes regarding items and conditions of employment of such participants in employment training programs. However, such procedures shall not be used to resolve disputes regarding terms and conditions of employment of any employee who is not a participant as defined herein. 5. If a complaint does not receive a decision at the LWDA grant recipient level within 60 days of filing the complaint or receives an unsatisfactory decision, the complainant then has a right to request a review of the complaint by the Governor. 6. Complainants must initially file and exhaust LWDA grant recipient/hearing procedures prior to appealing to the State except where the State determines that the LWDA grant recipient's procedures are not in compliance with the State's procedures. III. Procedures for Handling Complaints at the LWDA Level A. Receipt Complaints Pursuant to the WIOA regulations found at 20 CFR, Section 683.600, the LWDA administrative entities have the responsibility to conduct hearings and resolve complaints made by individuals about the administration of programs in the LWDA. "LWDA level" encompasses LWDA administrative entity and employers to which the administrative entity has delegated the complaint resolution process. The following comprise the guidelines for resolving issues arising in connection with WIOA programs operated by the Santa Ana LWDA including resolutions of complaints arising from actions, such as audit disallowances or the imposition of sanctions taken by the Governor with respect to audit findings, investigations or monitoring reports. 1. Form and Filing of Compliant Official filing date of the compliant is the date the written complaint is received. The filing of the complaint with the Santa Ana LWDA Equal Employment Opportunity Officer shall be considered as a request for hearing and a decision must be issued within 60 days. The complaint must be in writing and must be signed and dated. The complaint should also contain the following information: a. Full name, telephone number, if any, and mailing address of the complainant; b. Full name, telephone number, and mailing address of the agency involved (respondent); c. Clear and concise statement of facts including dates constituting alleged violation; d. What provisions under the Act, regulations, grant or other agreements under the Act, are believed to have been violated; EXHIBIT H e. Remedy sought by the complainant; and f. If the complainant is a private or public entity or corporation, and not a natural person, the filing of the complaint must be duly authorized by the governing body of such entity or corporation. The absence of any of the requested information shall not be a basis for dismissing the complaint. A copy of the complaint must be sent to the respondent and both parties notified of the opportunity for an informal resolution. At each step of the complaint process, the complainant must be notified in writing of the next procedural step. 2. Informal Conference Informal conferences will be utilized by the Santa Ana LWDA to resolve complaints; however, such informal conferences shall not extend the time within which a decision must be issued after receipt of a complaint. Attempts at informal resolution will commence with two (2) weeks of the date of filing of the complaint. a. The EEO Officer will review the case and ascertain facts prior to the conference so that appropriate resolution can take place at the time of this meeting whenever possible. b. Although the complainant should be encouraged to attend this conference, his/her failure to do so should not preclude his/her right to request a hearing on the matter. c. If mutually satisfactory resolution results and the Santa Ana LWDA concurs, the EEO Officer will write a brief report for the file stating the issues and resolution. The matter shall then be considered closed. d. If resolution does not result, the complainant shall be provided the necessary information and assistance to request a hearing if he/she so desires. 3. Request for Hearing a. As in the case of the complaint, the request for a hearing should be put in writing and be filed in person or by mail. A governing board resolution of authorization to appeal should also be submitted when appropriate. The request should be filled with: Daniel Durham Sr. Personnel Analyst— EEO Officer 20 Civic Center Drive, M-24 Santa Ana, CA 92701 (714)647-5330 EXHIBIT H b. A hearing will be scheduled by the EEO Officer within thirty (30) days of the date of filing of the complaint. 4. Notice of Hearing Upon receipt of the request for hearing, the complainant and the respondent will be notified in writing of the hearing ten (10) calendar days prior to the date of the hearing. The ten-day notice may be shortened with the written consent of the parties. A decision will be issued by the Santa Ana LWDA within sixty (60) days of the date of filing of the complaint. The hearing notice shall be in writing and contain the following information: a. The date of notice, name of the complainant, and the name of the party against whom the complaint is filed. b. The date, time and place of hearing before an impartial hearing officer. c. A statement(s) of the alleged violation(s) d. Advise as to where information or assistance may be obtained, and the name, address, and telephone number of the Santa Ana LWDA Equal Employment Opportunities (EEO) Officer who can answer inquiries. B. Conduct of Hearing The hearing shall be conducted in an informal manner with strict rules of evidence not applicable. Unnecessary technicalities should be avoided. It should provide the flexibility to enable adjustment to the circumstances presented. 1. The hearing officer shall have complete independence to obtain facts and make decisions. The hearing officer shall be in a position to render impartial decisions and thus should not be subordinate to the Santa Ana LWDA or its sub recipients. The hearing officer will be selected from a list of names on file with the EEO Officer. 2. Full regard must be given to the requirements of due process to insure a fair and impartial hearing. 3. The hearing office designated by the EEO Officer to function in a quasi-judicial capacity should begin the hearing by summarizing the record and the issue and should explain the manner in which the hearing will be conducted, making sure that everyone involved understands the proceedings. Such explanations should be adapted to the needs of the specific situation. The hearing officer might take testimony under oath or affirmation to give some assurance of veracity to the hearing. so EXHIBIT H 4. The burden of proof should be reasonable and flexible, dependent upon the circumstances of the case involved. The hearing officer determines the order of proof. Generally, the party making the complaint has the obligation of establishing his or her case and should be examined first. 5. The party involved should have the right to be represented (at their own expense) if he/she so desires, Other he/she is limited to his/her own abilities and those to the hearing officer in obtaining testimony in the case. 6. It is important that the hearing officer obtain the fullest information for the record. If the parties involved, or their representatives, do not know how to ask the right or pertinent questions in pursuing their right to due process, it shall be necessary for the hearing officer to step in to have all the materials and relevant facts elicited. 7. The practice in informal hearings is generally not to apply strict rules of evidence in obtaining facts. However, the quantity of evidence required to support a decision on an issue should be sufficiently credible that the state (or other appropriate agency), upon reviewing the decision, would conclude that the decision is supported by substantial evidence. 8. The hearing officer should attempt to negotiate a resolution of the issue at any time prior to the conclusion of the hearing. Within ten (10) days of the conclusion of the hearing, the hearing officer will issue a recommended decision to the LWDA for final determination. The recommended decision shall be in writing and may be accepted, rejected or modified by the Santa Ana Workforce Development Board. C. Issuance of Decision Within sixty (60) calendar days of filing of the complaint, the Santa Ana LWDA shall issue a written decision to all parties by first class mail. The final decision shall contain the following information: 1. The name of the parties involved. 2. A statement of the alleged violation and issues related to the alleged violation. 3. A statement of the facts. 4. The decision and the reasons for the decision. 5. A statement of corrective action, if any, to be taken. 6. Notice of the right to request, within ten (10) calendar days of receipt of the decision, a review of the decision by the State Review Panel. 11 EXHIBIT H D. Record of Hearing An administrative file containing support documents on the complaint resolution process hearing conducted will be retained by the Santa Ana LWDA. The purpose of a record is to serve as substantiation of the process followed by the Santa Ana LWDA on the resolution of the issues and the results. This information would then be available for subsequent review in the event the matter is raised with the State. Such records must be retained for a three- year period after the grant has been officially closed out. The Santa Ana LWDA's written decision will be included in the record. Evidence received at the hearing, notes by the hearing officer, stenographer's notes and tape recordings may also be used. E. Establishment of Complaint Procedures In accordance with Section 683.600, each employing agency including private -for -profit employers of participants under the Act is required to establish a complaint procedure for resolving matters relating to the terms and conditions of employment. Employers may operate their own grievance system or may utilize the Santa Ana LWIDA's established procedures under Section 683.600. At a minimum these procedures must include: Written notice, upon enrollment into employment training services, of the scope and availability of such procedures. Employer's grievance procedures shall be set forth in a written document and must meet the regulation mandate that a complaint will be resolved with sixty (60) days from the date the complaint was filed. A copy of employer's grievance procedure shall be provided to each participant upon enrollment in employment training. 2. Written notice, at the time the grievance is filed, of the procedures under which the grievance will be processed. 3. Written notification of the disposition of the grievance and a written decision shall be issued within thirty (30) days of the filing of the grievance unless a present and long established grievance specifically provides other limits; and 4. Written notification of the participant's right to request a review of the employer's decision by the Santa Ana LWDA and the State Review Panel in accordance with Section 683.600. IV. Procedures for Handling Complaints at the State Level Section 181 (c) of the Act and the WIOA regulations at 20 CFR, Section 683.600 (d) requires the Governor to establish a State Review process of complaints filed at the LWDA grant recipient level and of complaints initially filed at the State level. Appeals of decisions issued at the LWDA level including audit disallowances and sanctions shall be reviewed by the State Review Panel. The State Review Panel shall review the record 12 EXHIBIT H established at the LWDA level and shall issue a decision based on the information contained therein. Complaints which may be initially filed at the State level will be heard by an independent hearing officer designated by the State Workforce Investment Division (WID). The hearing officer shall conduct a hearing and issue a recommended decision to the State Panel. The recommended decision shall be in writing and may be accepted, rejected or modified by the State Review Panel. A. Form and Filing of Complaint. 1. Request for State Review of LWDA Level Decisions On receipt of a complainant's request for review because of an unsatisfactory decision, the State shall provide for an independent state review. 2. Filing of Requests for State Review The State Review Panel shall review all LWDA level decisions when a request for review is filed within 10 days of receipt of the adverse decision. Such requests must be filed in writing with the Chief of the WID Office. The request for review should contain the following information: a. Full name, address, and telephone number of the party requesting the review b. Full name, address, and telephone number of the other party c. A copy of the decision d. Brief statement of reasons for review or the section of the LWDA decision to be reviewed including regulatory and statutory citations e. A statement of the relief sought. 3. Complainant Responsibility It is the responsibility of the complainant to include in the request for review a written statement setting forth the facts presented at the LWDA hearing which support the requested relief. The Chief, WID, shall mail a copy of the request for review to the other party and to the LWDA. It shall be the responsibility of the LWDA to submit the complete record including a typed record of the hearing to the Chief, WID, within ten (10) days. B. Conduct of Hearings. 1. Request for Hearing at the State Level 13 EXHIBIT H If no decision has been issued at the LWDA level or the State has determined an audit disallowance or imposed sanctions, the complainant may request a hearing. The hearing officer will then issue a recommended decision to the State's Review Panel for final determination. 2. Filing for Request for Review The request for a State hearing shall be filed within ten (10) days after LWDA should have issued a decision or ten (10) days after the issuance of the audit disallowance or sanction. The request shall be filed directly with the Chief of the WID in writing and should include the following: a. Full name, address, and telephone number of the LWDA b. Name, address, and telephone number of the LWDA C. Copies of complaints made at LWDA level from which no decisions were issued or sanctions and imposed. d. A statement of basis for the request for hearing. 3. Evidentiary Hearing Upon receipt of the request for a State level hearing, a hearing before a designated hearing officer will be scheduled. The hearing will be recorded mechanically or by court reporter. Both parties concerned will have the opportunity to present oral and written testimony under oath, to call and question witnesses in support of his/her position, to present oral and/or written arguments, to examine records and documents relevant to the issue(s), and to be represented. The hearing officer shall issue a written decision, which shall be forwarded to the State Review Panel for final determination. The State Review Panel may accept, reject or modify this recommendation. The decision of the State Review Panel is final except for audit disallowances, which must be approved by the Secretary of Labor C. State Review Panel The State Review Panel will consist of a panel of three representatives from the Employment Development Department: one from the Legal Offices, one from the WID, and one from the Director's office. The panel will issue a written decision, which will be sent to the appropriate parties within thirty (30) days of receipt of the request for State review. 14 EXHIBIT H Decisions issued by this panel, under the authority of the Governor, are final. D. Issuance of State Review Decision. The State review will be limited to violations of the WIOA, implementing WIOA regulations or the grant agreement. This review shall be limited to the record established at the LWDA hearing. V. Procedures for Handling Discrimination Complaints by Participants. A. Complaints on the basis of race, color, or national origin, age, sex, religion, political affiliation or belief, retaliation, and citizenship, where appropriate, must be filed within 180 days of the alleged occurrence. 1. It is the responsibility of the Santa Ana LWDA's Equal Employment Opportunity (EEO) Officer to determine jurisdiction and to make the complainant aware of and provide assistance in filing a complaint in accordance with the Santa Ana LWDA's procedure under Section II (A). 15 EXHIBIT H PROCED'[JRES FOR I Ab `IDLING 00 Cl RMII #AL M LAI ' U �. No later than 180 days of alleged discrimination Handling of complaints filed at LWDA level arising in connection with WIOA programs operated by LWDAs Informal Resolution Process Unsatisfactory Decision or LWDA Decision not issued within 60 days Within 10 days of receipt of unsatisfactory decision or 10 Request for State Review o days from date LWDA decision should have been Issued. Governor's Decision issued by State Review Panel If no decision issued by State Review Panel Appeal to DOL 16 EXHIBIT H 2. In cases where areas of authority overlap, it is the responsibility of the EEO Officer to advise the complainant of the existence of State, Federal and other proper action agencies, which may also have a bearing. 3. Complainants alleging discrimination under this part will be made aware of their right to file directly with the Office of Civil Rights (OCR), U.S. Department of Labor and applicable procedures. 4. Complainants must file their complaint directly with: Daniel Durham Sr. Personnel Analyst — EEO Officer 20 Civic Center Drive, M-24 Santa Ana, CA 92701 (714)647-5330 VI. Procedures for Handling Disability Complaints by Participants Complaints alleging discrimination on the basis of disability will be filed and processed under the Department of Labor regulations implementing Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973 at 29 Code of Federal Regulations Section 32. 1. Complaints must exhaust the Santa Ana LWDA's informal resolution procedures before filing their complaint with OCR. 2. Complainants will be made aware of the 180 days requirement in which to file his/her complaint. A. Procedures at the LWDA Level The complainant shall file his/her complaint directly with the Santa Ana LWDA. Upon receipt of the complaint, the EEO Officer shall investigate and gather information concerning the complaint. 2. An informal conference will be held with the parties concerned in an effort to resolve the issue(s). The complainant has the right to be present and may be represented during the conference. 3. The Santa Ana LWDA shall issue in writing its decision to the complainant no later than thirty (30) days after the filing of the complaint. B. Procedures at the State Level 1. The complainant may appeal to the State if he/she is not satisfied with the decision of the Santa Ana LWDA. 17 EXHIBIT H 2. The Complainant must file his/her appeal as a request for review directly with the Chief WID within ten (10) calendar days after the receipt of the Santa Ana LWDA's decision. 3. The Chief-WID, shall issue a decision no later than thirty (30) calendar days after receipt of the request for review. 4. After the complainant has received a decision or no decision has been received from the Director of Employment Development Department (on behalf of the Governor), the complainant has the right to appeal his/her complaint within thirty (30) calendar days to the Office of Civil Rights (OCR) with the Department of Labor. 18 EXHIBIT H No later than 180 days of alleged discriminatlon Filed within 30 days of LW DA/State Decision or 90 days from date of Initial filing of complaints Filing of complaint on the basis of Disability with LWDA Informal Resolution If no resolution reached Request for Hearing Notice of Hearing Hearing Conducted LW DA Decision Unsatisfactory Decision or No Decision State Review Governor's Decision Appeal to Assistant Secretary Department of Labor 19 EXHIBIT H Day 1 Day/45 Day 60 Days GLOSSARY OF WIOA TERM AGE DISCRIMINATION ACT — A law passed by Congress in 1975 which prohibits discrimination on the basis of age by any program or activity receiving Federal Funds. APPLICANT — An individual who applies to a subrecipient or contract for services provided under WIOA and who has not yet transitioned to the status of participant. ASSESSMENT — Services designed to determine each participant's employability, aptitudes, abilities and interests and to develop a plan to achieve the participant's employment and related goals; also to identify the available employment and traning activities appropriate for the participant. Testing and counseling may also be used during assessment process. CHARGING PARTY (CP)COMPLAINANT GRIEVANT OR AGGRIEVED PERSON — The person who charges that he/she has been discriminated against under Department of Justice nondiscrimination and civil rights regulations and/or guidelines. DISCRIMINATION — In general, a failure to treat all equally, whether intentional or unintentional; the effect of an action, policy or practice which selects an individual or class of persons to receive unequal treatment. ELIGIBLE NON -CITIZEN — Lawfully admitted permanent resident, aliens, lawfully admitted refugees, and parolees and other individuals authorized by the Attorney General to work in the United States. EMPLOYER — An employer subject to the provisions of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, as amended, including state and local governments and any Federal agency subjects to the provisions of Section 717 of the Civil Rights Act, as amended; and any Federal contractor or subcontractor covered by executive Order 11246, as amended. GRIEVANCE — An allegation that something imposes an illegal obligation or burden or denies some equitable or legal right, or causes injustice . INDIVIDUAL WITH A DISABILITY — Any individual who has a physical or mental disability that constitutes or results in a substantial challenge to employment. INTAKE — Includes screening to determine eligibility; to select from eligible applicants those individuals who are most in need and can benefit from program services; to complete procedural requirements necessary to enroll an individual into the program and to refer those not enrolled to other programs. JOINT COMPLAINT — A complaint of employment discrimination covered by Title VII or the Equal Pay Act and by Title VI or Title IX. Individual "joint complaints" are normally investigated by EEOC unless OCR has a compelling reason to investigate. "Joint complaints" alleging discrimination in employment and other practices and pattern or practice "joint complaints" are normally investigated by OCR. 20 EXHIBIT H JURISDICTION — Authority to investigate and resolve complaints against an institution subject to a law or statute which has been assigned to OCR for enforcement, i.e., Title VI, Title IX, etc. PARTICIPANT — Any applicant who has: (1) Been determine and (2) Who is receiving subsidized employment, training services) funded under the Act, following intake, except for an and/or intake and assessment services. zs EXHIBIT H d eligible for participation upon intake; or services (except post -termination individual who receives only outreach Cazarez, Juan From: City of Santa Ana <certificate-request@ctrax.jdidata.com> Sent: Thursday, March 2, 2023 8:13 AM To: ashams@scitech.edu; Goodson, Audrey Subject: Internal Notice of Compliance NOTICE OF COMPLIANCE CITY STAFF: PRINT THIS PAGE AND INCLUDE WITH AGREEMENT TO THE CLERK OF THE COUNCIL Contractor Southern California Education Corporation Name: Project A-2020-194-04 Number: Project Agreement For Workforce Training Name: The Certificate of Insurance (COI) submitted indicates that the coverages are in compliance with the insurance requirements. No further action is required at this time. com are: GENERAL LIABILITY NPP8882811 01/15/2024 01/19/2023 SCIT 01152024.pdf -.---..--_-,--- WORKERS COMPENSATION AND EMPLOYERS' SCIT LIABILITY EIG514875400 01/01/2024 01/19/2023 I 01152024.pdf Thank you, City of Santa Ana Risk Management Division in partnership with CTrax Plus Services Team 3/2/2023 11:12 AM 1 NOTICE OF COMPLIANCE CITY STAFF: PRINT THIS PAGE AND INCLUDE WITH AGREEMENT TO THE CLERK OF THE COUNCIL Contractor Southern California Education Corporation Name: Project A-2023-069-08 Number: Project Agreement for Workforce Training Name: The Certificate of Insurance (COI) submitted indicates that the coverages comply with the insurance requirements. The compliant coverage(s) are: POLICY EXPIRATION TYPE OF INSURANCE COI DATE FILE NAME NUMBER DATE Auto Liability - AUTOMOBILE LIABILITY WIAVER 03/13/2025 03/13/2024 SCIT (003).pdf SCIT Insurance GENERAL LIABILITY NPP8882890 01/15/2025 02/01/2024 Certificate.pdf Professional Insurance PROFESSIONAL LIABILITY WAIVER 03/13/2025 03/14/2024 Liability - SCIT.pdf WORKERS COMPENSATION AND SCIT Insurance EIG514875401 01/01/2025 02/01/2024 EMPLOYERS' LIABILITY Certificate.pdf No further action is required at this time. Thank you, City of Santa Ana Risk Management Division in partnership with CTrax Plus Services Team 3/18/2024 2:50 PM DATE(MM/DD/YYYY) �® CERTIFICATE OF LIABILITY INSURANCE 2/19/2025 THIS CERTIFICATE IS ISSUED AS A MATTER OF INFORMATION ONLY AND CONFERS NO RIGHTS UPON THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER. THIS CERTIFICATE DOES NOT AFFIRMATIVELY OR NEGATIVELY AMEND, EXTEND OR ALTER THE COVERAGE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES BELOW. THIS CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE DOES NOT CONSTITUTE A CONTRACT BETWEEN THE ISSUING INSURER(S), AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OR PRODUCER,AND THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER. IMPORTANT: If the certificate holder is an ADDITIONAL INSURED,the policy(ies) must have ADDITIONAL INSURED provisions or be endorsed. If SUBROGATION IS WAIVED, subject to the terms and conditions of the policy, certain policies may require an endorsement. A statement on this certificate does not confer rights to the certificate holder in lieu of such endorsement(s). PRODUCER CONTACT NAME: Rachael Orman Arthur J. Gallagher Risk Management Services, LLC PHONE FAX 500 N Brand Boulevard, Suite 100 A/C No EXt: 818-539-9422 A/C,No:818-539-1510 Glendale CA 91203 ADDRESS: Rachael_Orman@ajg.com INSURER(S)AFFORDING COVERAGE NAIC# License#:OD69293 INSURERA: Underwriters at Lloyd's London 15792 INSURED SOUTCAL-64 INSURERB: Indian Harbor Insurance Company 36940 Southern California Education Corporation dba Southern California Institute of Technology INsuRERc:Western World Insurance Company 13196 525 N Muller St INSURERD: Nautilus Insurance Company 17370 Anaheim CA 92801 INSURER E: Employers Preferred Insurance Company 10346 INSURER F: COVERAGES CERTIFICATE NUMBER:1659256183 REVISION NUMBER: THIS IS TO CERTIFY THAT THE POLICIES OF INSURANCE LISTED BELOW HAVE BEEN ISSUED TO THE INSURED NAMED ABOVE FOR THE POLICY PERIOD INDICATED. NOTWITHSTANDING ANY REQUIREMENT, TERM OR CONDITION OF ANY CONTRACT OR OTHER DOCUMENT WITH RESPECT TO WHICH THIS CERTIFICATE MAY BE ISSUED OR MAY PERTAIN, THE INSURANCE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES DESCRIBED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO ALL THE TERMS, EXCLUSIONS AND CONDITIONS OF SUCH POLICIES.LIMITS SHOWN MAY HAVE BEEN REDUCED BY PAID CLAIMS. INSR TYPE OF INSURANCE ADDL SUBR POLICY EFF POLICY EXP LIMITS LTR I POLICY NUMBER MM/DD/YYYY MM/DDIYYYY C X COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY Y Y NPP8883049 1/15/2025 1/15/2026 EACH OCCURRENCE $2,000,000 CLAIMS-MADE OCCUR DAMAGE TO RENTED PREMISES Ea occurrence $100,000 MED EXP(Any one person) $5,000 PERSONAL&ADV INJURY $2,000,000 GEN'L AGGREGATE LIMIT APPLIES PER: GENERAL AGGREGATE $3,000,000 POLICY PRO LOC PRODUCTS-COMP/OP AGG $Included X JECT OTHER:El $ AUTOMOBILE LIABILITY COMBINED SINGLE LIMIT $ Ea accident ANY AUTO BODILY INJURY(Per person) $ OWNED SCHEDULED BODILY INJURY(Per accident) $ AUTOS ONLY AUTOS HIRED NON-OWNED PROPERTY DAMAGE $ AUTOS ONLY AUTOS ONLY Per accident D UMBRELLALIAB X OCCUR AN1336575 1/15/2025 1/15/2026 EACH OCCURRENCE $5,000,000 X EXCESS LIAB CLAIMS-MADE AGGREGATE $5,000,000 DED RETENTION$ $ E WORKERS COMPENSATION EIG514875402 1/1/2025 1/1/2026 X PER OTH- AND EMPLOYERS'LIABILITY YIN y STATUTE ER ANYPROPRIETOR/PARTNER/EXECUTIVE E.L.EACH ACCIDENT $1,000,000 ❑ OFFICER/MEMBER EXCLUDED? N I A (Mandatory in NH) E.L.DISEASE-EA EMPLOYEE $1,000,000 If yes,describe under DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS below E.L.DISEASE-POLICY LIMIT $1,000,000 A Cyber Liability ESN0340227555 1/15/2025 1/15/2026 Limit $1,000,000 B Educator Legal Liability ELL09516107 1/15/2025 1/15/2026 See Below See Below Employment Practices Liability DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS I LOCATIONS/VEHICLES (ACORD 101,Additional Remarks Schedule,may be attached if more s APPROVED ELL/EPL Limits: Limit:$1,000,000/Aggregate:$1,000,000/Retention:$25,000 By Tu Tran Nguyen at 10:27 am, Feb 20, 2025 The Entity, its officers,officials,employees,and volunteers are named additional insured with respect to the operations of the named insured.Such insurance is Primary and Non-Contributory.Waiver of Subrogation on General Liability applies in favor of Additional insured.Written notice shall be provided at least ten(10) days in advance of cancellation for non-payment of premium and thirty(30)days in advance for any other cancellation or policy change. Digitallysignedb Tu Tran Tu Tran Nguyen Date:2025.02.20 CERTIFICATE HOLDER CANCELLATION Nguyen 10:2r.51-08o0 SHOULD ANY OF THE ABOVE DESCRIBED POLICIES BE CANCELLED BEFORE THE EXPIRATION DATE THEREOF, NOTICE WILL BE DELIVERED IN City of Santa Ana ACCORDANCE WITH THE POLICY PROVISIONS. ATTN:Audrey Goodson 801 W. Civic Center Dr., Suite 200 AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE Santa Ana CA 92701 @ 1988-2015 ACORD CORPORATION. All rights reserved. ACORD 25(2016/03) The ACORD name and logo are registered marks of ACORD COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY CG 20 01 04 13 THIS ENDORSEMENT CHANGES THE POLICY. PLEASE READ IT CAREFULLY. PRIMARY AND NONCONTRIBUTORY - OTHER INSURANCE CONDITION This endorsement modif es insurance pr vided under the following: COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY COVERAGE PART PRODUCTS/COMPLETED OPERATIONS LIABILITY COVERAGE PART The following is added to the Other Insurance (2) You have agreed in w ting in a contract o Condition and supersedes any provision to the agreement that this insurance would be contrary: primary and would not seek contribution Primary And Noncontributory Insurance from any other insurance available to the additional insured. This insurance is primary t and will not seek contribution from any the insurance available to an additional insured under your policy provided that: (1) The additional insured s a Named Insured under such other insurance; and G 20 01 04 13 yright, Insurance Sery ces Office, Inc., 2 12 Page 1 of 1 OLICY N ER NPP8883049 COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY CG 24 04 05 09 WAIVER OF TRANSFER OF RIGHTS OF RECOVERY AGAINST OTHERS TO US This endorsement modifies insurance provided under the following: COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY COVERAGE PART PRODUCTS/COMPLETED O ERATIONS LIABILITY COVERAGE PART SCHEDULE CITY OF SANTA ANA, ITS OFFICER , OFFICALS, EMPLOYEES, AGENTS, AND VOLUNTEERS Information required to complete this Schedule, if not shown above, will be shown in the Declarations. The following is added to Paragraph 8. Transfer Of Rights Of Recovery Against Others To Us of Section IV-Conditions: We waive any right of recovery we may have against the person or organization shown in the Schedule above because of payments we make for injury or damage arising out of your ongoing operations or "your work"done under a contract with that person or organization and included in the "products-completed operations hazard". This waiver applies only to the person or organization shown in the Schedule above. CG 24 04 05 09 Copyright, Insurance Services Office, Inc., 2008 Page 1 of 1 This Endorsement Modifies Your Policy (Effective At Inception Unless Another Date Shown Below) ADDITIONAL INSURED ENDORSEMENT This endorsement modifies insurance provided under the following: COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY COVERAGE PART The insurance afforded by this policy for"bodily injury,""property damage"and/or"personal and advertising injury" shall also apply to the "additional insured" listed below for claims, suits, and/or damages made against the "additional insured," but only to the extent the "additional insured" is being held responsible for the acts, omissions and/or negligence of the "named insured." This insurance afforded shall not apply to claims, suits and/or damages arising out of the acts, omissions and/or negligence of the "additional insured(s)." The inclusion of the "additional insured(s)"shall not operate to increase the Limits of Insurance. To the extent, if any, that this policy affords coverage to an "additional insured," the "additional insured" is subject to all of the terms of the policy. Our obligation to provide coverage to an "additional insured" is further limited by the interest of the "additional insured" as defined below. Interest of the Additional Insured(s) Defined: With respects to the operations of the named insured For the purpose of this endorsement, the "named insured" is the person(s) and/or party(ies)designated on the Declarations Page of the policy or on any endorsement. The"additional insured" is the person(s)and/or party(ies) identified below. Identity of Additional Insured(s): CITY OF SANTA ANA, ITS OFFICER , OFFICALS, EMPLOYEES, AGENTS, AND VOLUNTEERS (Complete this section if endorsement is added after policy is issued.) Policy Number Endorsement Number Endorsement Effective Date Signature of Authorized Representative Producer Number Page 1 of 1 WWI 80(03/10) INSURED IL00171198 COMMON POLICY CONDITIONS This endorsement modifies insurance provided under the following: A. Cancellation b. Give you reports on the conditions we find; 1. The first Named Insured shown in the and Declarations may cancel this policy by mailing c. Recommend changes. or delivering to us advance written notice of 2. We are not obligated to make any inspections, cancellation. surveys, reports or recommendations and any 2. We may cancel this policy by mailing or such actions we do undertake relate only to delivering to the first Named Insured written insurability and the premiums to be charged. notice of cancellation at least: We do not make safety inspections. We do not a. 10 days before the effective date of undertake to perform the duty of any person or cancellation if we cancel for nonpayment of organization to provide for the health or safety premium; or of workers or the public. And we do not warrant that conditions: b. 30 days before the effective date of cancellation if we cancel for any other a. Are safe or healthful; or reason. b. Comply with laws, regulations, codes or 3. We will mail or deliver our notice to the first standards. Named Insured's last mailing address known to 3. Paragraphs 1. and 2. of this condition apply not US. only to us, but also to any rating, advisory, rate 4. Notice of cancellation will state the effective service or similar organization which makes date of cancellation. The policy period will end insurance inspections, surveys, reports or on that date. recommendations. 5. If this policy is cancelled, we will send the first 4. Paragraph 2. of this condition does not apply to Named Insured any premium refund due. If we any inspections, surveys, reports or cancel, the refund will be pro rata. If the first recommendations we may make relative to Named Insured cancels,the refund may be less certification, under state or municipal statutes, than pro rats. The cancellation will be effective ordinances or regulations, of boilers, pressure even if we have not made or offered a refund. vessels or elevators. 6. If notice is mailed, proof of mailing will be E. Premiums sufficient proof of notice. The first Named Insured shown in the Declarations: B. Changes 1. Is responsible for the payment of all premiums; This policy contains all the agreements between and you and us concerning the insurance afforded. The 2. Will be the payee for any return premiums we first Named Insured shown in the Declarations is pay. authorized to make changes in the terms of this F. Transfer Of Your Rights And Duties Under This policy with our consent. This policy's terms can be Policy amended or waived only by endorsement issued by us and made a part of this policy. Your rights and duties under this policy may not be transferred without our written consent except in C. Examination Of Your Books And Records the case of death of an individual named insured. We may examine and audit your books and records If you die, your rights and duties will be transferred as they relate to this policy at any time during the to your legal representative but only while acting policy period and up to three years afterward. within the scope of duties as your legal D. Inspections And Surveys representative. Until your legal representative is 1. We have the right to: appointed, anyone having proper temporary custody of your property will have your rights and a. Make inspections and surveys at any time; duties but only with respect to that property. IL 00 17 11 98 Copyright, Insurance Services Office, Inc., 1998 Page 1 of 1 WORKERS COMPENSATION AND EMPLOYERS LIABILITY INSURANCE POLICY WC 04 03 06 (Ed. 4-84) WAIVER OF OUR RIGHT TO RECOVER FROM OTHERS ENDORSEMENT-CALIFORNIA We have the right to recover our payments from anyone liable for an injury covered by this policy. We will not enforce our right against the person or organization named in the Schedule. (This agreement applies only to the extent that you perform work under a written contract that requires you to obtain this agreement from us.) You must maintain payroll records accurately segregating the remuneration of your employees while engaged in the work described in the Schedule. The additional premium for this endorsement shall be 0 % of the California workers' compensation premium otherwise due on such remuneration. Schedule Person or Organization Job Description CITY OF SANTA ANA, ITS OFFICER , OFFICALS, EMPLOYEES, AGENTS, AND VOLUNTEERS The charge for this endorsement is $ 250 This endorsement changes the policy to which it is attached and is effective on the date issued unless otherwise stated. (The information below is required only when this endorsement is issued subsequent to preparation of the policy.) This endorsement, effective 01/01/2025 at 12:01 AM standard time, forms a part of Policy No. EIG 514875402 Of the EMPLOYERS PREFERRED INS. CO. Carrier Code 00920 Issued to SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA EDUCATION Endorsement No. Premium _ Countersigned at on By: Authorized Representative WC 04 03 06 (Ed. 4-84) ©1998 by the Workers'Compensation Insurance Rating Bureau of California.All rights reserved. 525 North Muller Street Southern California Anaheim,CA92801 (714)300-0300 :SCAL-�"H Institute of Technology (714)300-0311 Fax www.scitech.edu January 23,2025 City of Santa Ana Risk Management Division 20 Civic Center Plaza Santa Ana,CA 92702 Re: Professional Liability Insurance Requirement. Dear City of Santa Ana Risk Management Division: Southern California Education Corporation (dba Southern California Institute of Technology) has intent to enter into an agreement with the City of Santa Ana.Throughout the course of this agreement,Southern California Education Corporation attests that I am not a licensed professional and will not employ a licensed professional during the course of my contract with the City of Santa Ana. By signing below, I attest that I possess the legal authority to enter into an agreement with the City of Santa Ana as well as the legal authority to attest to the statements above. If at any time it is found that Southern California Education Corporation is not adhering to any/all statements in this document,the contract will be considered null and void and the company will be held fully liable for any and all damages. Arian Shams President Southern California Education Corporation (714) 300-0300 ashams@scitech.edu 525 North Muller Street •��•� Southern California Anaheim,CA92801 � (714)300-0300 uffi, Institute of Technology (714)300-0311 Fax WWW.Scitech.edu January 23,2025 City of Santa Ana Risk Management Division 20 Civic Center Plaza Santa Ana,CA 92702 Re:Auto Insurance Requirement Dear City of Santa Ana Risk Management Division: Southern California Education Corporation (dba Southern California Institute of Technology) has intent to enter into an agreement with the City of Santa Ana.Throughout the course of this agreement,Southern California Education Corporation attests to the following: 1.Southern California Education Corporation,will not use/drive any vehicle during the course and scope of the services provided in the agreement/contract. 2.Southern California Education Corporation will not use any owned/rented/leased vehicles during the course and scope of the services provided in the agreement/contract. 3.Southern California Education Corporation consultants/independent contractors/employees utilize their personal vehicles/non-company owned, borrowed,or rented/leased vehicles for transportation to and from work and if applicable carry their own automobile insurance. By signing below, I,Arian Shams attest that I possess the legal authority to enter into an agreement with the City of Santa Ana as well as the legal authority to attest to the statements above. If at any time it is found that [company name] is not adhering to any/all statements in this document and has not provided the minimum Auto liability insurance coverage of$1 million per occurrence,the contract will be considered null and void and the company will be held fully liable for any and all damages. Arian Shams President Southern California Education Corporation Contact Phone: 714-300-0300 Email Address: ashams@scitech.edu DATE(MM/DD/YYYY) A�" CERTIFICATE OF LIABILITY INSURANCE 2/20/2026 THIS CERTIFICATE IS ISSUED AS A MATTER OF INFORMATION ONLY AND CONFERS NO RIGHTS UPON THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER. THIS CERTIFICATE DOES NOT AFFIRMATIVELY OR NEGATIVELY AMEND, EXTEND OR ALTER THE COVERAGE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES BELOW. THIS CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE DOES NOT CONSTITUTE A CONTRACT BETWEEN THE ISSUING INSURER(S), AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OR PRODUCER,AND THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER. IMPORTANT: If the certificate holder is an ADDITIONAL INSURED,the policy(ies)must have ADDITIONAL INSURED provisions or be endorsed. If SUBROGATION IS WAIVED, subject to the terms and conditions of the policy, certain policies may require an endorsement. A statement on this certificate does not confer rights to the certificate holder in lieu of such endorsement(s). PRODUCER CONTACT NAME: Brittani Jackson Arthur J. Gallagher Risk Management Services, LLC PHONE FAX 500 N Brand Boulevard, Suite 100 A/C No Ext: (818)539 8628 A/C,NO): E-MGlendale CA 91203 ADDRESS: Brittani—Jackson@ajg.com INSURER(S)AFFORDING COVERAGE NAIC# License#:OD69293 INSURERA:Western World Insurance Company 13196 INSURED SOUTCAL-64 INSURERB: Nautilus Insurance Company 17370 Southern California Education Corporation dba INSURERC:The Pie Insurance Company 21857 Southern California Institute of Technology 525 N Muller St INSURERD: Houston Casualty Company 42374 Anaheim CA 92801 INSURERE: INSURER F: COVERAGES CERTIFICATE NUMBER:33533043 REVISION NUMBER: THIS IS TO CERTIFY THAT THE POLICIES OF INSURANCE LISTED BELOW HAVE BEEN ISSUED TO THE INSURED NAMED ABOVE FOR THE POLICY PERIOD INDICATED. NOTWITHSTANDING ANY REQUIREMENT, TERM OR CONDITION OF ANY CONTRACT OR OTHER DOCUMENT WITH RESPECT TO WHICH THIS CERTIFICATE MAY BE ISSUED OR MAY PERTAIN, THE INSURANCE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES DESCRIBED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO ALL THE TERMS, EXCLUSIONS AND CONDITIONS OF SUCH POLICIES.LIMITS SHOWN MAY HAVE BEEN REDUCED BY PAID CLAIMS. INSR TYPE OF INSURANCE ADDL SUBR POLICY EFF POLICY EXP LIMITS LTR INSD WVD POLICY NUMBER MM/DD MM/DD A X COMMERCIAL GENERALLIABILRY Y Y NPP8883297 1/15/2026 1/15/2027 EACH OCCURRENCE $2,000,000 CLAIMS-MADE � OCCUR PREMISES DAMAGE TO PREMISES Ea occurrence) ccurrence $100,000 MED EXP(Any one person) $5,000 PERSONAL&ADV INJURY $2,000,000 GEN'L AGGREGATE LIMIT APPLIES PER: GENERAL AGGREGATE $3,000,000 POLICY� PRO- � LOC PRODUCTS-COMP/OP AGG $ OTHER: $ AUTOMOBILE LIABILITY COMBINED SINGLE LIMIT $ Ea accident ANY AUTO BODILY INJURY(Per person) $ OWNED SCHEDULED BODILY INJURY(Per accident) $ AUTOS ONLY AUTOS HIRED NON-OWNED FIR ER DAMAGE $ AUTOS ONLY AUTOS ONLY Per accident L $ B UMBRELLALIAB X OCCUR AN1373311 1/15/2026 1/15/2027 EACH OCCURRENCE $5,000,000 X EXCESS LAB CLAIMS-MADE AGGREGATE $5,000,000 DED RETENTION$ $ C WORKERS COMPENSATION Y WC PI 3228801-000 1/1/2026 1/1/2027 X PER OTH- AND EMPLOYERS'LIABILITY Y/N STATUTE ER ANYPROPRIETOR/PARTNER/EXECUTIVE E.L.EACH ACCIDENT $1,000,000 OFFICE R/M EMBER EXCLUDED? ❑ N/A (Mandatory in NH) E.L.DISEASE-EA EMPLOYEE $1,000,000 If yes,describe under DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS below E.L.DISEASE-POLICY LIMIT $1,000,000 D Cyber Liability H26NGP266066-00 1/15/2026 1/15/2027 Limit $1,000,000 Educator Legal Liability Retention $5,000 Employment Practices Liability DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS/LOCATIONS/VEHICLES (ACORD 101,Additional Remarks Schedule,may be attached if more space is required) Policy: Educator legal liability& Employment Practices liability Policy#: ELL0951610-08 APPROVED Policy term: 1/15/2026 to 1/15/2027 By Tu Tran Nguyen at 8:35 am,Mar 1Z 2026 Carrier: Indian Harbor Insurance Company Limit:$1,000,000/Aggregate:$1,000,000/Retention:$25,000 City of Santa Ana, its City Council,officers,officials,employees,agents,and volunteers are named additional insured with respect to the operations of the named insured. Such insurance is Primary and Non-Contributory.Waiver of Subrogation on General Liability and Workers Compensation applies in favor of See Attached... CERTIFICATE HOLDER CANCELLATION SHOULD ANY OF THE ABOVE DESCRIBED POLICIES BE CANCELLED BEFORE THE EXPIRATION DATE THEREOF, NOTICE WILL BE DELIVERED IN City of Santa Ana ACCORDANCE WITH THE POLICY PROVISIONS. Attention: CDA—Work Center 801 W Civic Center Dr AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE Santa Ana CA 92701 ©1988-2015 ACORD CORPORATION. All rights reserved. ACORD 25(2016/03) The ACORD name and logo are registered marks of ACORD AGENCY CUSTOMER ID: SOUTCAL-64 LOC#: ,a`oRo ADDITIONAL REMARKS SCHEDULE Page 1 of 1 AGENCY NAMED INSURED Arthur J. Gallagher Risk Management Services, LLC Southern California Education Corporation dba Southern California Institute of Technology POLICY NUMBER 525 N Muller St Anaheim CA 92801 CARRIER NAIC CODE EFFECTIVE DATE: ADDITIONAL REMARKS THIS ADDITIONAL REMARKS FORM IS A SCHEDULE TO ACORD FORM, FORM NUMBER: 25 FORM TITLE: CERTIFICATE OF LIABILITY INSURANCE certificate holder.Written notice shall be provided at least ten(10)days in advance of cancellation for non-payment of premium and thirty(30)days in advance for any other cancellation or policy change. Endorsement to follow ACORD 101 (2008/01) ©2008 ACORD CORPORATION. All rights reserved. The ACORD name and logo are registered marks of ACORD AX Western World Insurance Company ❑ Tudor Insurance Company ❑ Stratford Insurance Company GENERAL CHANGE ENDORSEMENT Attaching to and forming a part of: Policy#: NP P 8 8 8 3 2 9 7 Effective Date of Policy: 01/15/2 0 2 6 Endorsement#: 1 Effective Date of Endorsement: 02 2 0/2 0 2 6 Insured: Southern California Education Corporation; Se e Form WW10B Additional Premium $ Return Premium $ The following change(s) is/are made in this policy: With no change in premium, it is agreed and understood that the Additional Insured amended to read: (Insured Type) Additional Insured (Insured Name) City of Santa Ana, its City Council, officers, officials, employees, agents, and, and volunteers, Attention: CDA - Work Center, 801 W Civic Center Dr, Santa Ana, CA 92701 The following forms have been amended: WW180 03/10 Additional Insured Endorsement ALL OTHER TERMS AND CONDITIONS REMAIN UNCHANGED Dated: 02/26/2026 Agent No. 17 610 Authorized Agent INSURED WW453(05/23) This Endorsement Modifies Your Policy (Effective At Inception Unless Another Date Shown Below) ADDITIONAL INSURED ENDORSEMENT This endorsement modifies insurance provided under the following: COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY COVERAGE PART The insurance afforded by this policy for"bodily injury,""property damage"and/or"personal and advertising injury" shall also apply to the "additional insured" listed below for claims, suits, and/or damages made against the "additional insured," but only to the extent the "additional insured" is being held responsible for the acts, omissions and/or negligence of the"named insured." This insurance afforded shall not apply to claims, suits and/or damages arising out of the acts, omissions and/or negligence of the"additional insured(s)." The inclusion of the"additional insured(s)"shall not operate to increase the Limits of Insurance. To the extent, if any, that this policy affords coverage to an "additional insured," the "additional insured" is subject to all of the terms of the policy. Our obligation to provide coverage to an "additional insured" is further limited by the interest of the "additional insured"as defined below. Interest of the Additional Insured(s) Defined: Additional Insured For the purpose of this endorsement,the "named insured"is the person(s)and/or party(ies)designated on the Declarations Page of the policy or on any endorsement. The"additional insured"is the person(s)and/or party(ies)identified below. Identity of Additional Insured(s): City of Santa Ana, its City Council,officers,officials,employees,agents,and and volunteers Attention:CDA-Work Center 801 W Civic Center Dr Santa Ana,CA 92701 (Complete this section if endorsement is added after policy is issued.) NPP8883297 1 02/20/2026 Policy Number Endorsement Number Endorsement Effective Date 17610 Signature of Authorized Representative Producer Number Page 1 of 1 WW180(03/10) INSURED POLICY NUMBER:NPP8883297 COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY CG 24 04 05 09 WAIVER OF TRANSFER OF RIGHTS OF RECOVERY AGAINST OTHERS TO US This endorsement modifies insurance provided under the following: COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY COVERAGE PART PRODUCTS/COMPLETED OPERATIONS LIABILITY COVERAGE PART SCHEDULE Name Of Person Or Organization: Any person or organization with whom the insured has agreed to waive rights of recovery, provided such agreement is made in writing and prior to the loss Information required to complete this Schedule, if not shown above, will be shown in the Declarations. The following is added to Paragraph 8. Transfer Of Rights Of Recovery Against Others To Us of Section IV-Conditions: We waive any right of recovery we may have against the person or organization shown in the Schedule above because of payments we make for injury or damage arising out of your ongoing operations or "your work"done under a contract with that person or organization and included in the "products-completed operations hazard". This waiver applies only to the person or organization shown in the Schedule above. CG 24 04 05 09 Copyright, Insurance Services Office, Inc., 2008 Page 1 of 1 COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY CG 20 01 04 13 THIS ENDORSEMENT CHANGES THE POLICY. PLEASE READ IT CAREFULLY. PRIMARY AND NONCONTRIBUTORY - OTHER INSURANCE CONDITION This endorsement modifies insurance provided under the following: COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY COVERAGE PART PRODUCTS/COMPLETED OPERATIONS LIABILITY COVERAGE PART The following is added to the Other Insurance (2) You have agreed in writing in a contract or Condition and supersedes any provision to the agreement that this insurance would be contrary: primary and would not seek contribution Primary And Noncontributory Insurance from any other insurance available to the additional insured. This insurance is primary to and will not seek contribution from any other insurance available to an additional insured under your policy provided that: (1) The additional insured is a Named Insured under such other insurance; and CG 20 01 04 13 Copyright, Insurance Services Office, Inc., 2012 Page 1 of 1 IL 00 17 11 98 COMMON POLICY CONDITIONS This endorsement modifies insurance provided under the following: A. Cancellation b. Give you reports on the conditions we find; 1. The first Named Insured shown in the and Declarations may cancel this policy by mailing c. Recommend changes. or delivering to us advance written notice of 2. We are not obligated to make any inspections, cancellation. surveys, reports or recommendations and any 2. We may cancel this policy by mailing or such actions we do undertake relate only to delivering to the first Named Insured written insurability and the premiums to be charged. notice of cancellation at least: We do not make safety inspections. We do not a. 10 days before the effective date of undertake to perform the duty of any person or cancellation if we cancel for nonpayment of organization to provide for the health or safety premium; or of workers or the public. And we do not warrant that conditions: b. 30 days before the effective date of cancellation if we cancel for any other a. Are safe or healthful; or reason. b. Comply with laws, regulations, codes or 3. We will mail or deliver our notice to the first standards. Named Insured's last mailing address known to 3. Paragraphs 1. and 2. of this condition apply not us. only to us, but also to any rating, advisory, rate 4. Notice of cancellation will state the effective service or similar organization which makes date of cancellation. The policy period will end insurance inspections, surveys, reports or on that date. recommendations. 5. If this policy is cancelled, we will send the first 4. Paragraph 2. of this condition does not apply to Named Insured any premium refund due. If we any inspections, surveys, reports or cancel, the refund will be pro rata. If the first recommendations we may make relative to Named Insured cancels,the refund may be less certification, under state or municipal statutes, than pro rata. The cancellation will be effective ordinances or regulations, of boilers, pressure even if we have not made or offered a refund. vessels or elevators. 6. If notice is mailed, proof of mailing will be E. Premiums sufficient proof of notice. The first Named Insured shown in the Declarations: B. Changes 1. Is responsible for the payment of all premiums; This policy contains all the agreements between and you and us concerning the insurance afforded. The 2. Will be the payee for any return premiums we first Named Insured shown in the Declarations is pay. authorized to make changes in the terms of this F. Transfer Of Your Rights And Duties Under This policy with our consent. This policy's terms can be Policy amended or waived only by endorsement issued by us and made a part of this policy. Your rights and duties under this policy may not be transferred without our written consent except in C. Examination Of Your Books And Records the case of death of an individual named insured. We may examine and audit your books and records If you die, your rights and duties will be transferred as they relate to this policy at any time during the to your legal representative but only while acting policy period and up to three years afterward. within the scope of duties as your legal D. Inspections And Surveys representative. Until your legal representative is 1. We have the right to: appointed, anyone having proper temporary custody of your property will have your rights and a. Make inspections and surveys at any time; duties but only with respect to that property. IL 00 17 11 98 Copyright, Insurance Services Office, Inc., 1998 Page 1 of 1 WORKERS COMPENSATION AND EMPLOYERS LIABILITY INSURANCE POLICY WC 04 03 06 (Ed. 04-84) WAIVER OF OUR RIGHT TO RECOVER FROM OTHERS ENDORSEMENT—CALIFORNIA We have the right to recover our payments from anyone liable for an injury covered by this policy. We will not enforce our right against the person or organization named in the Schedule. (This agreement applies only to the extent that you perform work under a written contract that requires you to obtain this agreement from us.) You must maintain payroll records accurately segregating the remuneration of your employees while engaged in the work described in the Schedule. The additional premium for this endorsement shall be 0.02 % of the California workers' compensation premium otherwise due on such remuneration. Schedule Person Or Organization Job Description Any person or organization as required by written contract within states covered under this policy. This endorsement changes the policy to which it is attached and is effective on the date issued unless otherwise stated. (The information below is required only when this endorsement is issued subsequent to preparation of the policy.) Endorsement Effective 01/01/2026 Policy No. WC PI 3228801-000 Endorsement No. 003 Insured Southern California Education Insurance Company The Pie Insurance Company Countersigned By WC 04 03 06 (Ed. 04-84) CITY OF SANTA ANA OWNL Risk Management a division of Human Resources s. Managing Risk through Awareness and Action AFFIDAVIT OF EXEMPTION FOR AUTOMOBILE LIABILITY INSURANCE 1, Arian Shams ("Representative"),attest that I am an authorized (Name and Title of Vendor Representative) representative of Southern California Education Corporation ("Company"), and (Consultant/Company Name) possess the authority to legally bind Company. In my capacity as Representative of Company,I represent and confirm the following,as relates to the agreement between Company and City of Santa Ana, agreement number ("Agreement")to provide Educational Services ("Services"): (Services to be provided under agreement/contract) During the course and scope of Company's agreement with the City of Santa Ana, Company employees,consultants,representatives, and agents will not use and/or drive any Company owned/rented/leased/borrowed vehicles to perform Services to, for,or on behalf of City of Santa Ana. If at any time it is found that Company is not adhering to any and/or all of the statements in this document and does not maintain the minimum automobile liability insurance coverage as required in the Agreement,it will be considered a breach of Agreement rendering the Agreement null and void and Company will be fully liable for any and all damages. 2/24/2026 Signature Date Arian Shams Print Name President Title (714) 300-0300, ashams@scitech.edu Contact hiformation,i.e.,Telephone Number and/or Email Address Affidavit of Exemption for Automobile Liability Insurance 11.12.2024 CITY OF SANTA ANA Risk Management a division of Human Resources Managing Risk through Awareness and Action AFFIDAVIT OF EXEMPTION FOR PROFESSIONAL LIABILITY INSURANCE 1, Arian Shams ("Representative"), attest that I am an authorized (Name and Title of Vendor Representative) representative of Southern California Education Corporation ("Company"), and (Consultant/Company Name) possess the authority to legally bind Company. In my capacity as Representative of Company, I represent and confirm the following,as relates to the agreement between Company and City of Santa Ana, agreement number ("Agreement")to provide Educational Services ("Services"): (Services to be provided under agreement/contract) During the course and scope of Company's agreement with the City of Santa Ana, Company will not use the services of an expert necessitating professional liability/errors &omissions liability insurance coverage in the performance of Services to,for,or on behalf of City of Santa Ana. If at any time it is found that Company is not adhering to any and/or all of the statements in this document and does not maintain the minimum professional liability insurance coverage as required in the Agreement,it will be considered a breach of Agreement rendering the Agreement null and void and Company will be fully liable for any and all damages. 2/24/2026 Signature Date Arian Shams Print Name President Title (714) 300-0300, ashams@scitech.edu Contact hiformation,i.e.,Telephone Number and/or Email Address Affidavit of Exemption for Professional Liability Insurance 11.12.2024